14.05.2014 Views

Compumotor Step Motor & Servo Motor Systems and Controls

Compumotor Step Motor & Servo Motor Systems and Controls

Compumotor Step Motor & Servo Motor Systems and Controls

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

1996/1997<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong><br />

<strong>Step</strong> <strong>Motor</strong><br />

& <strong>Servo</strong> <strong>Motor</strong><br />

<strong>Systems</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Controls</strong>


STEPMOTOR&<br />

SERVOMOTOR<br />

SYSTEMSAND<br />

CONTROLSSTE<br />

PMOTOR&SERV<br />

OMOTORSYST<br />

EMSANDCON<br />

TROLSSTEPM<br />

OTOR&SERVOM<br />

OTORSYSTEM<br />

SANDCONTRO<br />

COMPUMOTOR<br />

THE COMPLETE SOURCE FOR<br />

PROGRAMMABLE MOTION CONTROL<br />

A Broad Range of Capabilities<br />

If you have a motion control problem,<br />

turn to <strong>Compumotor</strong>. We offer<br />

a comprehensive line-up of product<br />

technologies, plus we provide the<br />

technical support to ensure timely,<br />

expert assistance in product selection,<br />

installation, programming,<br />

training <strong>and</strong> troubleshooting. From<br />

h<strong>and</strong>s-on technical seminars to<br />

local Automation Technology Centers<br />

to factory-trained field application<br />

engineers—solutions to your<br />

motion control problems are only a<br />

phone call away.<br />

A Basis to Objectively Recommend<br />

the Best Solution<br />

A full spectrum of motion control<br />

technologies allows us to objectively<br />

recommend the best solution<br />

to your specific problem. We offer:<br />

• <strong>Step</strong>per motor <strong>and</strong> servo systems<br />

• Half/full step <strong>and</strong> microstepping<br />

• Digital <strong>and</strong> analog drives<br />

• Open loop <strong>and</strong> closed loop systems<br />

• Brushed <strong>and</strong> brushless motor/drives<br />

• Position, velocity <strong>and</strong> torque control<br />

servos<br />

• St<strong>and</strong> alone <strong>and</strong> peripheral controls<br />

• Absolute <strong>and</strong> incremental feedback<br />

• Encoder <strong>and</strong> resolver feedback<br />

servos<br />

• Direct drive rotary motors <strong>and</strong> motors<br />

attached to gearboxes, tables, etc.<br />

• Linear motors <strong>and</strong> motors mounted<br />

to leadscrews, belt drives, etc.<br />

So, if you’re looking for the final<br />

word on motion control, turn to the<br />

company that has all the possibilities—<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>.


P<br />

A POWERFUL LINE-UP OF PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLS<br />

Engineering Reference<br />

<strong>and</strong> Application<br />

Solutions<br />

<strong>Step</strong> <strong>Motor</strong> <strong>Systems</strong><br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> provides<br />

thorough technical data <strong>and</strong><br />

support for every product. In<br />

Section A, you’ll find motor<br />

<strong>and</strong> drive technology<br />

definitions, how-to application<br />

information, formulas, <strong>and</strong><br />

application examples. A<br />

special <strong>Motor</strong> Sizing <strong>and</strong><br />

Selection Software disk<br />

compliments this catalog <strong>and</strong><br />

is available to help you<br />

determine the optimum motor<br />

for your application. And if you<br />

have any other questions<br />

about products or services,<br />

call your local, factory-trained<br />

applications engineer or our<br />

Applications Engineering<br />

department at our toll-free<br />

factory line: 1-800-358-9070.<br />

<strong>Servo</strong> <strong>Systems</strong><br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s servo systems<br />

offer power <strong>and</strong> diversity in a<br />

multitude of form factors.<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> offers a wide<br />

range of digital <strong>and</strong> analog<br />

servo drives for all your motion<br />

needs, as well as convenient<br />

packaged servo systems.<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s powerful servo<br />

controllers operate st<strong>and</strong>alone<br />

or in an AT-bus structure<br />

<strong>and</strong> are easily interfaced to<br />

PLCs, PCs or other factory<br />

equipment.<br />

B1-B146<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> pioneered<br />

microstepping techniques to<br />

electronically improve the<br />

smoothness <strong>and</strong> resolution of<br />

step motors. The leadership<br />

continues with a complete<br />

range of products, from full<br />

step <strong>and</strong> microstepping<br />

systems to packaged single<strong>and</strong><br />

multi-axis drive/indexer<br />

systems <strong>and</strong> powerful single<strong>and</strong><br />

multi-axis indexers.<br />

C1-C160<br />

An Introduction to<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong><br />

Page<br />

Worldwide Support .......... 2-3<br />

Technical Support Team .. 4-5<br />

Seminars ......................... 6-7<br />

Support Software ............ 8-9<br />

<strong>Servo</strong> vs. <strong>Step</strong>per<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> Selection ........... 10-11<br />

<strong>Servo</strong> <strong>Systems</strong> ............ 12-13<br />

<strong>Step</strong>per <strong>Systems</strong> ......... 14-15<br />

Custom Products .............. 16<br />

A1-A96<br />

O<br />

T<br />

O<br />

R<br />

M<br />

U<br />

M<br />

O<br />

C<br />

1


INNOVATIVE SOLUTIONS AND UNRIVALLED SUPPORT<br />

The Foundation for<br />

Continued Leadership<br />

Manufacturing<br />

Workcells<br />

Our corporate mission is to<br />

become the leading supplier of<br />

electronic motion control<br />

equipment worldwide.<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s merger in May<br />

1986, with Parker Hannifin<br />

Corporation has helped<br />

provide the technical <strong>and</strong><br />

financial resources necessary<br />

to fulfill that role. With a 70-<br />

year history of successfully<br />

supplying motion control<br />

components <strong>and</strong> systems,<br />

Parker Hannifin enhances<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s foundation for<br />

continued leadership.<br />

Our Strategy for Your<br />

Success<br />

Our strategy for success is<br />

simple: provide our customers<br />

with a competitive advantage.<br />

We do so by offering<br />

continuous product<br />

innovation, complete<br />

solutions, <strong>and</strong> unrivalled<br />

technical support.<br />

Our manufacturing workforce<br />

consists of efficient workcells,<br />

all dedicated to producing a<br />

product family. Each workcell<br />

member has a voice in<br />

streamlining every<br />

manufacturing process. The<br />

workcell includes a member<br />

from our Marketing,<br />

Applications Engineering,<br />

Customer Service, <strong>and</strong><br />

Manufacturing departments—<br />

customer feedback <strong>and</strong><br />

special requests can be<br />

discussed with those actually<br />

making your product. This<br />

level of communication gives<br />

us the flexibility to alter<br />

manufacturing steps to furnish<br />

you with the exact product<br />

you want. Our manufacturing<br />

workforce is completely crosstrained<br />

to work on several<br />

different workcells. Crosstraining<br />

is yet another method<br />

we use to efficiently respond<br />

to your order <strong>and</strong> overall<br />

product dem<strong>and</strong>.<br />

Internal Manufacturing<br />

Parker Hannifin has invested in<br />

state-of-the-art surface mount<br />

<strong>and</strong> automated insertion<br />

machines to guarantee a<br />

prompt response to orders.<br />

Unlike many other companies,<br />

Parker Hannifin has the<br />

flexibility to build any product<br />

in any quantity (based on<br />

dem<strong>and</strong>) without relying on an<br />

outside turn-key vendor to<br />

build our boards. If your<br />

manufacturing growth requires<br />

more Parker Hannifin product,<br />

we can grow with you! Our<br />

manufacturing philosophy is<br />

simple:<br />

• Authorize JIT-based vendors<br />

to provide raw materials<br />

with low lead times<br />

• Reduce our dock-to-stock<br />

time required to receive the<br />

raw parts before we can<br />

build products<br />

• Build all boards internally<br />

with state-of-the-art surface<br />

mount <strong>and</strong> PCA equipment<br />

• Provide consistent lead<br />

times to our customers<br />

regardless of product mix<br />

2


COMPUMOTOR<br />

Quality Products<br />

At Parker Hannifin, producing<br />

quality products is our number<br />

one priority. Our products are<br />

designed with high quality<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ards <strong>and</strong> are<br />

manufactured with state-ofthe-art<br />

equipment <strong>and</strong><br />

production methods. Before<br />

any product reaches our<br />

customers, it must pass a<br />

rigorous set of hardware <strong>and</strong><br />

software tests. JIT (Just-intime)<br />

manufacturing <strong>and</strong> DFM<br />

(Design-for-Manufacturability)<br />

methods lend themselves to<br />

creating the necessary<br />

flexibility to readily<br />

accommodate your special<br />

needs. As an example of these<br />

manufacturing principles in<br />

action, many of our products<br />

have earned UL recognition.<br />

In addition to adhering to our<br />

own rigorous st<strong>and</strong>ards,<br />

Parker Hannifin is dedicated to<br />

meeting existing quality<br />

requirements established by<br />

the industry. The ISO-9000<br />

international quality st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

involves a supplier’s internal<br />

production processes <strong>and</strong><br />

services. ISO-9000 is a<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ard credential that<br />

verifies that a supplier has a<br />

quality process in place. Due<br />

to the emphasis of ISO-9000<br />

in Europe, Parker Hannifin has<br />

already achieved the ISO-<br />

9000 st<strong>and</strong>ard at its Digiplan<br />

division. Many of the quality<br />

practices performed at<br />

Digiplan have been adopted at<br />

the <strong>Compumotor</strong> division.<br />

Two-Year Warranty<br />

It’s one thing to promise<br />

reliability, quality <strong>and</strong> service;<br />

<strong>and</strong> quite another to<br />

guarantee it—especially in a<br />

global marketplace. That’s<br />

why we offer a two-year<br />

warranty on our entire line of<br />

motors, drives, encoders, <strong>and</strong><br />

controllers.<br />

U<br />

T<br />

I<br />

O<br />

L<br />

O<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

3


TOTAL SUPPORT FROM CONCEPT TO IMPLEMENTATION<br />

Local Product<br />

Availability<br />

<strong>and</strong> Service—<br />

Around the World<br />

At Parker Hannifin, we<br />

underst<strong>and</strong> the dem<strong>and</strong>s of<br />

the global marketplace.<br />

Throughout North America,<br />

Europe <strong>and</strong> the Pacific Rim,<br />

our motion control products<br />

are delivered <strong>and</strong> supported<br />

through a comprehensive<br />

network of Automation<br />

Technology Centers (ATCs).<br />

ATCs serve the industrial<br />

needs unique to each region.<br />

Parker Hannifin’s<br />

Electromechanical<br />

Territory Manager<br />

Everyone promises service,<br />

but <strong>Compumotor</strong> has the<br />

people to assure timely, expert<br />

support. For example, Parker<br />

Hannifin employs a competent<br />

<strong>and</strong> motivated team of<br />

degreed, factory-trained field<br />

application engineers who are<br />

ready to offer you assistance<br />

in product selection,<br />

installation, product/system<br />

programming <strong>and</strong><br />

troubleshooting.<br />

Authorized Automation<br />

Technology Centers<br />

Your local independent<br />

Automation Technology Center<br />

has been factory-trained to<br />

offer you expert service <strong>and</strong><br />

advice. The network includes<br />

90 organizations <strong>and</strong> more<br />

than 125 outlets throughout<br />

the world. In addition to those<br />

services offered by traditional<br />

distributors, these<br />

organizations specialize in the<br />

application of high technology<br />

automation equipment. Parker<br />

Hannifin works cooperatively<br />

with its authorized ATCs to<br />

recruit, hire, <strong>and</strong> train degreed<br />

engineers for positions with<br />

ATC organizations. ATCs offer<br />

local product availability,<br />

product demonstrations,<br />

complementary products <strong>and</strong><br />

services, programming<br />

assistance, system integration,<br />

<strong>and</strong> in-depth customer<br />

seminars.<br />

Engineering Support<br />

Tools to Make Your Job<br />

Easier<br />

Years of experience have<br />

culminated in a vast<br />

assortment of engineering<br />

support tools that help to<br />

simplify the sizing, selection,<br />

<strong>and</strong> installation process,<br />

design a system to custom<br />

application requirements, <strong>and</strong><br />

troubleshoot existing<br />

installations. A few of these<br />

tools include:<br />

• <strong>Motor</strong> Sizing <strong>and</strong> Selection<br />

Software<br />

• Application Programming<br />

Software<br />

• Application success stories<br />

• Product installation videos<br />

• In-depth h<strong>and</strong>books on<br />

subjects such as feed-tolength<br />

• The consolidated<br />

engineering reference,<br />

Section A of this catalog<br />

• A customer newsletter<br />

4


ASSISTANCE AT YOUR FINGERTIPS<br />

1-800 Applications<br />

Engineering Assistance<br />

When you have urgent<br />

questions, expert answers are<br />

only a phone call away. A<br />

team of engineers is ready to<br />

take your call from 6:00 a.m.<br />

to 5:00 p.m. PST. These<br />

engineers have practical field<br />

experience <strong>and</strong> are prepared<br />

to provide you with application<br />

<strong>and</strong> product assistance<br />

throughout the stages of your<br />

project <strong>and</strong> for the life of the<br />

product. Just call 1-800-358-<br />

9070. Outside the U.S. call<br />

707-584-7558.<br />

E-Mail<br />

In addition to the 1-800<br />

number, you can call<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> via the Internet.<br />

Designed as a question <strong>and</strong><br />

answer forum, leave us<br />

messages, requests for<br />

literature, or send <strong>and</strong> retrieve<br />

files. <strong>Compumotor</strong>’s E-mail<br />

system is available 24 hours a<br />

day, 7 days a week. To reach<br />

our system simply punch in:<br />

tech_help@cmotor.com<br />

Fax<br />

Bulletin Board<br />

Use your modem to access a<br />

wide variety of sample<br />

programs, CAD drawings,<br />

support software, <strong>and</strong> even a<br />

message interface. To reach<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s Bulletin Board,<br />

dial 707-584-4059.<br />

S<br />

U<br />

P<br />

P<br />

O<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> offers a fax<br />

service to customers to<br />

answer questions <strong>and</strong> review<br />

short programs. Answers will<br />

be faxed or phoned back<br />

within 24 hours. To send us a<br />

fax dial 707-584-3793.<br />

R<br />

T<br />

5


S<br />

SEMINARS: PROVIDING THE TOOLS TO MAKE INFORMED DECISIONS<br />

Motion Control<br />

Technology Training at<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong><br />

Customers can attend training<br />

courses at <strong>Compumotor</strong>.<br />

Training courses are available<br />

on a variety of technical topics<br />

as well as product-specific<br />

instruction. The courses are<br />

designed to give attendees<br />

h<strong>and</strong>s-on, practical training<br />

with experienced engineers. In<br />

many cases, the actual<br />

product design engineers will<br />

conduct the training. This<br />

program provides our<br />

customers with a unique<br />

opportunity to develop a<br />

better underst<strong>and</strong>ing of<br />

application design,<br />

development, <strong>and</strong><br />

programming. Participants will<br />

also develop a better<br />

underst<strong>and</strong>ing of Parker<br />

Hannifin <strong>and</strong> its commitment<br />

to quality products <strong>and</strong><br />

service.<br />

N<br />

A<br />

Local <strong>and</strong> In-House<br />

Presentations Bring the<br />

Leading Edge to You<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> assures you<br />

have access to the latest<br />

information by conducting<br />

over 100 local seminars <strong>and</strong><br />

product workshops annually. If<br />

you need an in-house<br />

presentation, talk to your<br />

Automation Technology Center<br />

or field application engineer.<br />

We can customize programs<br />

to your specific requirements.<br />

R<br />

S<br />

I<br />

M<br />

E<br />

More Factory Training<br />

for Customers<br />

6


PROBLEM SOLVING WORKSHOPS & SEMINARS TO ADDRESS YOUR NEEDS<br />

Come With a Problem,<br />

Leave With a Solution<br />

Since 1986, our Automation<br />

Technology Centers have<br />

conducted motion control<br />

seminars for over 11,000<br />

attendees. At our seminars,<br />

you’ll be briefed not only on<br />

the basics of programmable<br />

motion control, but also on the<br />

newest, most innovative<br />

technologies in the industry—<br />

<strong>and</strong> given the facts to evaluate<br />

them for your applications.<br />

Seminars are more than<br />

informational programs—<br />

they’re problem-solving<br />

sessions that address your<br />

needs. So bring a motion<br />

control problem. You can<br />

expect to leave with a Parker<br />

Hannifin solution.<br />

You’ll Take Away More<br />

Than Ideas<br />

Attendees to our seminars get<br />

more than answers. They<br />

receive presentation materials,<br />

article reprints, support<br />

software, assignments with<br />

solutions, videos <strong>and</strong> specific<br />

application ideas.<br />

Contact your local<br />

Automation Technology<br />

Center or Electromechanical<br />

Territory Manager for<br />

upcoming seminars.<br />

Workshops<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> offers full-day<br />

workshops that guide users<br />

through the installation <strong>and</strong><br />

application of its most popular<br />

products. <strong>Compumotor</strong>’s<br />

workshops empower<br />

attendees with the following<br />

information.<br />

• Relevant technology issues<br />

• Application design tips<br />

• Basics of motion control<br />

hardware <strong>and</strong> software<br />

• Helpful troubleshooting tips<br />

The workshops are designed<br />

to help you get the most out<br />

of your new <strong>Compumotor</strong><br />

product in the least amount of<br />

time. These workshops are<br />

designed by <strong>Compumotor</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />

organized, scheduled, <strong>and</strong><br />

conducted by its authorized<br />

ATC network.<br />

Use <strong>Motor</strong> Sizing &<br />

Selection Software for<br />

the Right Product,<br />

Every Time<br />

A wide range of applications<br />

can be solved equally well by<br />

more than one motor.<br />

However, some applications<br />

are particularly appropriate for<br />

each motor type.<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s <strong>Motor</strong> Sizing<br />

<strong>and</strong> Selection software<br />

package is designed to help<br />

users easily identify the<br />

appropriate motor size <strong>and</strong><br />

type for a motion application.<br />

7


WITH SUPPORT SOFTWARE, THERE’S NO MORE GUESS WORK<br />

Motion Architect ®<br />

Software Does the Work<br />

for You... Configure,<br />

Diagnose, Debug<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s Motion<br />

Architect is a Microsoft ®<br />

Windows-based software<br />

development tool for 6000<br />

Series products that allows<br />

you to automatically generate<br />

commented setup code, edit<br />

<strong>and</strong> execute motion control<br />

programs, <strong>and</strong> create a<br />

custom operator test panel.<br />

The heart of Motion Architect<br />

is the shell, which provides an<br />

integrated environment to<br />

access the following modules.<br />

• System Configurator—This<br />

module prompts you to fill in<br />

all pertinent set-up<br />

information to initiate<br />

motion. Configurable to the<br />

specific 6000 Series<br />

product that is selected, the<br />

information is then used to<br />

generate actual 6000-<br />

language code that is the<br />

beginning of your program.<br />

• Program Editor—This<br />

module allows you to edit<br />

code. It also has the<br />

comm<strong>and</strong>s available<br />

through “Help” menus. A<br />

user’s guide is provided on<br />

disk.<br />

• Terminal Emulator—This<br />

module allows you to<br />

interact directly with the<br />

6000 product. “Help” is<br />

again available with all<br />

comm<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> their<br />

definitions available for<br />

reference.<br />

• Test Panel—You can<br />

simulate your programs,<br />

debug programs, <strong>and</strong> check<br />

for program flow using this<br />

module.<br />

Because Its Windows,<br />

You Already Know How<br />

to Use It<br />

Motion Architect ® has been<br />

designed for use with all 6000<br />

Series products—for both<br />

servo <strong>and</strong> stepper<br />

technologies. The versatility of<br />

Windows <strong>and</strong> the 6000 Series<br />

language allow you to solve<br />

applications ranging from the<br />

very simple to the complex.<br />

Motion Architect comes<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ard with each of the<br />

6000 Series products <strong>and</strong> is a<br />

tool that makes using these<br />

controllers even more<br />

simple—shortening the project<br />

development time<br />

considerably. A value-added<br />

feature of Motion Architect,<br />

when used with the 6000<br />

<strong>Servo</strong> Controllers, is its tuning<br />

aide. This additional module<br />

allows you to graphically<br />

display a variety of move<br />

parameters <strong>and</strong> see how<br />

these parameters change<br />

based on tuning values.<br />

Using Motion Architect, you<br />

can open multiple windows at<br />

once. For example, both the<br />

Program Editor <strong>and</strong> Terminal<br />

Emulator windows can be<br />

opened to run the program,<br />

get information, <strong>and</strong> then<br />

make changes to the program.<br />

On-line help is available<br />

throughout Motion Architect,<br />

including interactive access to<br />

the contents of the<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> 6000 Series<br />

Software Reference Guide.<br />

8


SOLVING APPLICATIONS FROM SIMPLE TO COMPLEX<br />

<strong>Servo</strong> Control is Yours<br />

with <strong>Servo</strong> Tuner<br />

Software<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> combines the<br />

6000 Series servo controllers<br />

with <strong>Servo</strong> Tuner software.<br />

The <strong>Servo</strong> Tuner is an add-on<br />

module that exp<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong><br />

enhances the capabilities of<br />

Motion Architect ® .<br />

Motion Architect <strong>and</strong> the<br />

<strong>Servo</strong> Tuner combine to<br />

provide graphical feedback of<br />

real-time motion information<br />

<strong>and</strong> provide an easy<br />

environment for setting tuning<br />

gains <strong>and</strong> related system<br />

parameters as well as<br />

providing file operations to<br />

save <strong>and</strong> recall tuning<br />

sessions.<br />

Draw Your Own Motion<br />

Control Solutions with<br />

Motion Toolbox<br />

Software<br />

Motion Toolbox is an<br />

extensive library of LabVIEW®<br />

virtual instruments (VIs) for<br />

icon-based programming of<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s 6000 Series<br />

motion controllers.<br />

When using Motion Toolbox<br />

with LabVIEW, programming<br />

of the 6000 Series controller is<br />

accomplished by linking<br />

graphic icons, or VIs, together<br />

to form a block diagram.<br />

Motion Toolbox’s has a library<br />

of more than 150 comm<strong>and</strong>,<br />

status, <strong>and</strong> example VIs. All<br />

comm<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> status VIs<br />

include LabVIEW source<br />

diagrams so you can modify<br />

them, if necessary, to suit your<br />

particular needs. Motion<br />

Toolbox also comes with a<br />

WIndows-based installer<br />

<strong>and</strong> a comprehensive user<br />

manual to help you gut up <strong>and</strong><br />

running quickly.<br />

CompuCAM Software<br />

for Computer-Aided<br />

Motion Applications<br />

CompuCAM is a Windowsbased<br />

programming package<br />

that imports geometry from<br />

CAD programs, plotter files,<br />

or NC programs <strong>and</strong><br />

generates 6000 code<br />

compatible with<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s 6000 Series<br />

motion controllers. Available<br />

for purchase from<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>, CompuCAM is<br />

an add-on module which is<br />

invoked as a utility from the<br />

menu bar of Motion Architect.<br />

From CompuCAM, run your<br />

CAD software package. Once<br />

a drawing is created, save it<br />

as either a DXF file, HP-GL<br />

plot file or G-code NC<br />

program. This geometry is<br />

then imported into<br />

CompuCAM where the 6000<br />

code is generated. After<br />

generating the program, you<br />

may use Motion Architect<br />

functions such as editing or<br />

downloading the code for<br />

execution.<br />

Motion Builder<br />

Software for Easy<br />

Programming of the<br />

6000 Series<br />

Motion Builder revolutionizes<br />

motion control programming.<br />

This innovative software allows<br />

programmers to program in a<br />

way they are familiar with—a<br />

flowchart-style method.<br />

Motion Builder decreases the<br />

learning curve <strong>and</strong> makes<br />

motion control programming<br />

easy.<br />

Motion Builder is a Microsoft<br />

Windows-based graphicaldevelopment<br />

environment<br />

which allows expert <strong>and</strong><br />

novice programmers to easily<br />

program the 6000 Series<br />

products without learning a<br />

new programming language.<br />

Simply drag <strong>and</strong> drop visual<br />

icons that represent the<br />

motion functions you want to<br />

perform.<br />

Motion Builder is a complete<br />

application development<br />

environment. In addition to<br />

visually programming the 6000<br />

Series products, users may<br />

configure, debug, download,<br />

<strong>and</strong> execute the motion<br />

program.<br />

Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. Motion Architect is a<br />

registered trademark of Parker Hannifin Corporation, <strong>Compumotor</strong> Division. Motion<br />

Toolbox is a trademark of Snider Consultants, Inc. CompuCAM is a trademark of<br />

Parker Hannifin Corporation, <strong>Compumotor</strong> Division.<br />

9


SERVO VERSUS STEPPER... WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> Types <strong>and</strong> Their<br />

Applications<br />

Short, rapid, repetitive<br />

moves<br />

The following section will give<br />

you some idea of the<br />

applications that are<br />

particularly appropriate for<br />

each motor type, together with<br />

certain applications that are<br />

best avoided. It should be<br />

stressed that there is a wide<br />

range of applications which<br />

can be equally well met by<br />

more than one motor type,<br />

<strong>and</strong> the choice will tend to be<br />

dictated by customer<br />

preference, previous<br />

experience or compatibility<br />

with existing equipment.<br />

A helpful tool for selecting the<br />

proper motor for your<br />

application is <strong>Compumotor</strong>’s<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> Sizing <strong>and</strong> Selection<br />

software package. Using this<br />

software, users can easily<br />

identify the appropriate motor<br />

size <strong>and</strong> type.<br />

High torque, low speed<br />

continuous duty applications<br />

are appropriate to the step<br />

motor. At low speeds it is very<br />

efficient in terms of torque<br />

output relative to both size<br />

<strong>and</strong> input power.<br />

Microstepping can be used to<br />

improve smoothness in lowspeed<br />

applications such as a<br />

metering pump drive for very<br />

accurate flow control.<br />

High torque, high<br />

speed<br />

continuous duty applications<br />

suit the servo motor, <strong>and</strong> in<br />

fact a step motor should be<br />

avoided in such applications<br />

because the high-speed<br />

losses can cause excessive<br />

motor heating.<br />

are the natural domain of the<br />

stepper due to its high torque<br />

at low speeds, good torqueto-inertia<br />

ratio <strong>and</strong> lack of<br />

commutation problems. The<br />

brushes of the DC motor can<br />

limit its potential for frequent<br />

starts, stops <strong>and</strong> direction<br />

changes.<br />

Low speed, high<br />

smoothness<br />

applications<br />

are appropriate for<br />

microstepping or direct drive<br />

servos.<br />

Applications in<br />

hazardous<br />

environments<br />

or in a vacuum may not be<br />

able to use a brushed motor.<br />

Either a stepper or a brushless<br />

motor is called for, depending<br />

on the dem<strong>and</strong>s of the load.<br />

Bear in mind that heat<br />

dissipation may be a problem<br />

in a vacuum when the loads<br />

are excessive.<br />

The Right <strong>Motor</strong>/Drive Technology for Your Application<br />

<strong>Step</strong> <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

Full/Half/Mini<br />

Microstepping<br />

Brushless <strong>Servo</strong>s*<br />

Speed<br />

revs/min 0 180 360 720 1080 1440 1800 3000 6000<br />

revs/sec 0 3 6 12 18 24 30 50 100<br />

Series Page Torque (oz-in)<br />

PDS & PDX Series C55 910 850 650 426 270 170 130 70<br />

PK130 C67 4500 5000 3300 3000 2200 1450 1000 750<br />

ZETA4 C17 400 400 380 350 200 150 125 100<br />

ZETA6104 C17 400 400 380 350 200 150 125 100<br />

S & SX C37 1900 1900 1800 1500 1000 750 600 350<br />

LN C51 85 60 35 10<br />

APEX Series B17 8400 8300 8200 8100 8000 7900 4700 3300 1500<br />

TQ10 B39 25 324 323 322 318 319 318 313 114<br />

BLH & BLHX B47 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 430 70<br />

Z Series B61 18000 17825 17650 17270 16800 11300 11100 7320 1300<br />

Direct Drive<br />

Brushless <strong>Servo</strong>s*<br />

Series Page Speed (revs/sec) 0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0<br />

Dynaserv B80 Torque (ft-lb) 370 330 50 50 40<br />

* The torque values indicated are peak values. Please refer to the product section for full technical data.<br />

10 SERVO<br />

VS.


SELECTING THE MOTOR THAT SUITS YOUR APPLICATION<br />

The flow chart seen below will guide you to the<br />

recommended drive technology.<br />

Start at the top left corner <strong>and</strong> proceed by answering the given<br />

questions until you end at the recommended drive technology.<br />

You can then proceed to the stepper or servo sections of the<br />

catalog to determine what type of controller is required for your<br />

application.<br />

Start Here<br />

S E R V O S<br />

& S T E P P E R & S E R V O S<br />

Will a stepper meet<br />

the torque/speed<br />

requirements?<br />

Yes<br />

Do you need to run<br />

continuously at<br />

speeds above<br />

2000 rpm?<br />

No<br />

Do you need to<br />

control torque?<br />

No<br />

Will a brush<br />

servo meet<br />

the torque/speed<br />

requirements?<br />

Yes<br />

Must the motor<br />

EITHER<br />

1) Be maintenancefree<br />

2) Operate in any<br />

environment<br />

No<br />

No<br />

Yes<br />

Will a brushless<br />

servo meet<br />

the torque/speed<br />

requirements?<br />

Yes<br />

Use a brushless<br />

servo.<br />

No<br />

Higher<br />

torque/speed<br />

technology.<br />

& S T E P P E R S &<br />

No<br />

Does the load<br />

change rapidly<br />

during operation?<br />

No<br />

Are there any<br />

other brush<br />

servos in the<br />

system?<br />

Yes<br />

Use a brush servo.<br />

No<br />

If there are other<br />

brushless motors, it may<br />

be better to be consistent<br />

with this one.<br />

Otherwise use a brush servo.<br />

Do you need to<br />

detect position<br />

loss OR measure<br />

actual load<br />

position to correct<br />

for backlash?<br />

Yes<br />

Is rapid settling<br />

important?<br />

Yes<br />

Is there a hybrid<br />

servo which meets<br />

the torque/speed<br />

requirements?<br />

Yes<br />

No<br />

No<br />

Is low-speed<br />

smoothness<br />

important?<br />

No<br />

Yes<br />

No<br />

Use a microstepping<br />

with encoder<br />

feedback?<br />

Is quiet operation<br />

important?<br />

Yes<br />

Try a hybrid<br />

servo with<br />

encoder feedback<br />

if necessary.<br />

Really quiet?<br />

Yes<br />

Is quiet operation<br />

important?<br />

Yes<br />

No<br />

No<br />

No<br />

Use a stepper<br />

Use a microstepping,<br />

hybrid servo, or<br />

direct drive servo<br />

STEPPER<br />

11


COMPUMOTOR: YOUR SERVO CONTROL SPECIALIST<br />

Powerful Controllers<br />

Designed with the User<br />

in Mind<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s servo<br />

controllers offer power <strong>and</strong><br />

diversity with the capability of<br />

supporting multi-axis<br />

applications, in 1-, 2-, or 4-<br />

axis configurations. Operating<br />

st<strong>and</strong>-alone or with a host<br />

computer, these controllers<br />

incorporate the leading<br />

processor technology in the<br />

industry. Support for I/O,<br />

operator interface, <strong>and</strong><br />

communications is st<strong>and</strong>ard in<br />

all of the controllers. Other<br />

complex operations including<br />

multi-axis following can be<br />

achieved with very little effort.<br />

Tuning Your <strong>Servo</strong><br />

<strong>Servo</strong> tuning—one of the more<br />

challenging aspects of servo<br />

motion control—is supported<br />

with powerful software tools<br />

offered by <strong>Compumotor</strong>.<br />

Tuning modules graphically<br />

depict actual versus<br />

programmed motion <strong>and</strong><br />

performance, greatly reducing<br />

the time required to tune the<br />

servo system.<br />

Extensive servo application<br />

experience allows us to<br />

provide useful <strong>and</strong> easy-to-use<br />

front-end software to our<br />

customers. These programs<br />

reduce labor-intensive set-up<br />

<strong>and</strong> programming tasks.<br />

Examples of these programs<br />

include:<br />

• Motion Architect ® , which is<br />

used to set up, test, <strong>and</strong><br />

communicate with the 6000<br />

Series of controllers,<br />

• <strong>Servo</strong> Tuner, which<br />

combines with Motion<br />

Architect to provide<br />

graphical feedback of move<br />

information <strong>and</strong> makes<br />

servo tuning a snap,<br />

• Xware, a terminal emulation<br />

software package, used<br />

with our combination<br />

controller drive packages.<br />

S<br />

E<br />

R<br />

<strong>Systems</strong> Made Simple<br />

by Design<br />

At <strong>Compumotor</strong>, we have<br />

designed each system with<br />

the user in mind. Our goal is to<br />

provide you with everything<br />

that is required to get your<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> servo system up<br />

<strong>and</strong> running quickly. This<br />

implies that every unit shipped<br />

from our factory includes the<br />

necessary cables,<br />

documentation, <strong>and</strong> software.<br />

Because the needs of every<br />

user is different, drives <strong>and</strong><br />

controllers are either<br />

packaged with a power supply<br />

or provided separately to suit<br />

the needs of the specific<br />

system. System wiring can<br />

often be nightmarish with<br />

other controllers <strong>and</strong> drives.<br />

However, <strong>Compumotor</strong><br />

provides screw-terminal<br />

connections to make wiring<br />

straight forward <strong>and</strong> troublefree.<br />

At <strong>Compumotor</strong>, we take<br />

“easy-to-use” seriously,<br />

because we know you are<br />

serious about saving valuable<br />

project development time.<br />

V<br />

O<br />

The Power of the<br />

6000 Series<br />

S<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> combines the<br />

6000 Series products with<br />

Motion Architect—<strong>and</strong> servo<br />

control never looked so good.<br />

The 6000 family provides 1 to<br />

4 axes of servo control, in<br />

st<strong>and</strong>-alone or AT-bus-based<br />

systems as well as single axis<br />

packaged drive/controller<br />

units. All of the products<br />

accept incremental encoder<br />

feedback, <strong>and</strong> add valuable<br />

servo tuning capability to the<br />

package through Motion<br />

Architect’s optional <strong>Servo</strong><br />

Tuner Module. Position-based<br />

following is st<strong>and</strong>ard on all<br />

6000 Series products.<br />

12


FLEXIBLE AND EASY TO USE CONTROLLER AND DRIVE COMBINATIONS<br />

Controller <strong>and</strong> Drive<br />

Combinations—<br />

Excellent Options for<br />

Single-Axis<br />

Applications<br />

An industry leader in<br />

innovation, <strong>Compumotor</strong><br />

introduced the X Series—the<br />

first system that combined<br />

controller <strong>and</strong> drive electronics<br />

in one package. The result?<br />

The most versatile, costeffective,<br />

single-axis motion<br />

control systems available. But<br />

we have not stopped there.<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> has now<br />

combined the 6000 servo<br />

controller with the APEX drive<br />

to provide the easiest to use<br />

packaged servo system on the<br />

market.<br />

The APEX Series:<br />

Drives or Complete<br />

Packaged <strong>Systems</strong><br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s competitively<br />

priced APEX family of servo<br />

products includes both servo<br />

drives <strong>and</strong> complete packaged<br />

servo systems. APEX drives<br />

were designed for use with<br />

servo controllers, in torque or<br />

velocity mode. Flexibility is the<br />

word to describe these drives,<br />

since they mix <strong>and</strong> match with<br />

all of <strong>Compumotor</strong>’s controls.<br />

These analog input drives are<br />

available for single or multiaxis<br />

applications, offer many<br />

motor options, <strong>and</strong> come in a<br />

variety of power ranges.<br />

APEX packaged controller/<br />

drive systems offer<br />

tremendous value by saving<br />

both space <strong>and</strong> money. These<br />

systems marry <strong>Compumotor</strong>’s<br />

6000 Series of controllers with<br />

the APEX family of drives—<br />

resulting in a single-axis<br />

controller <strong>and</strong> servo drive in<br />

one package that uses<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s front end 6000<br />

software tools for quick <strong>and</strong><br />

easy operation.<br />

State of the Art<br />

Precision with the<br />

Dynaserv<br />

If high accuracy <strong>and</strong><br />

repeatability are required,<br />

Dynaserv is the answer. By<br />

utilizing advanced resolver <strong>and</strong><br />

encoder techniques, the<br />

Dynaserv has accuracies to<br />

±30 arc-sec <strong>and</strong> repeatabilities<br />

up to ±2 arc-sec. The<br />

resolution is also astounding—<br />

with values up to 1,024,000<br />

steps/rev.<br />

When it comes to loads,<br />

Dynaserv has a sophisticated<br />

servo algorithm allowing<br />

controllability of extremely<br />

large loads. The proprietary<br />

cross-roller bearing design can<br />

carry over 4 tons in<br />

compression <strong>and</strong> 296 ft-lbs of<br />

overhung load.<br />

High Speed Capability<br />

with the BL Series<br />

The BL Series is a costeffective<br />

solution in a wide<br />

variety of brushless servo<br />

applications. With high-speed<br />

capability in excess of 10,000<br />

rpm, the system offers<br />

industry-st<strong>and</strong>ard analog input,<br />

position feedback from the<br />

built-in incremental encoder,<br />

torque <strong>and</strong> velocity monitor<br />

outputs, <strong>and</strong> rack compatible<br />

design. The BL Drive operates<br />

in torque or velocity amplifier<br />

mode, <strong>and</strong> can be supplied<br />

with an integral positioner to<br />

accept motion control<br />

comm<strong>and</strong>s via an RS-232C<br />

link.<br />

Pre-engineered AC<br />

Brushless <strong>Servo</strong><br />

<strong>Systems</strong><br />

There’s no need to mix <strong>and</strong><br />

match components with<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s digital AC<br />

brushless servo systems—<br />

they’re completely preengineered<br />

for optimum<br />

performance. That means<br />

easy set-up <strong>and</strong> low<br />

maintenance. <strong>Compumotor</strong><br />

brushless servo systems offer<br />

high torque per motor size <strong>and</strong><br />

weight, rapid acceleration <strong>and</strong><br />

smoother machine<br />

operation—all in one proven,<br />

pre-engineered package.<br />

Pretested speed, torque <strong>and</strong><br />

acceleration performance<br />

assures that every system<br />

meets your design<br />

requirements. Each single axis<br />

model includes everything<br />

needed—motor, drive,<br />

resolver, cables <strong>and</strong> feedback.<br />

6000 Series <strong>and</strong> X version<br />

controller systems include a<br />

controller integral to the drive<br />

package.<br />

Turn to the B Section<br />

for more information<br />

<strong>and</strong> complete product<br />

specifications on<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s wide<br />

selection of servo<br />

motor systems.<br />

13


FROM POWERFUL AND COMPACT FULL OR MINISTEPPING SYSTEMS...<br />

Ministepping <strong>Motor</strong><br />

Drives<br />

The PDX Series drives<br />

combine built-in RS-232C<br />

indexers with advanced<br />

ministepping techniques for<br />

output resolutions of up to<br />

4000 steps/revolution. The<br />

PDX Series drives provide a<br />

unique level of functionality in<br />

a compact package, <strong>and</strong> offer<br />

an excellent cost/performance<br />

ratio. The ministepping<br />

capability offers improved<br />

smoothness over conventional<br />

full <strong>and</strong> half step drives. The<br />

drive’s ability to run directly<br />

from local supply voltages<br />

virtually anywhere in the world<br />

simplifies the design of<br />

equipment built for export,<br />

making the units ideal for<br />

OEMs <strong>and</strong> system integrators.<br />

Low-cost, Slow-speed<br />

Rotation<br />

The PDS Series offers<br />

completely self-contained lowcost<br />

motion control for<br />

applications that require a<br />

combination of good dynamic<br />

performance <strong>and</strong> smooth<br />

slow-speed rotation. Digiplan’s<br />

PDS Series features built-in<br />

intelligent switch-mode power<br />

supply that allows direct online<br />

operation from any AC<br />

supply in the range of 95V to<br />

265V without the need for<br />

adjustment. PDS drives are<br />

available with 3A <strong>and</strong> 5A<br />

outputs, <strong>and</strong> a 70V DC bus<br />

maximizes high-speed torque.<br />

High Resolution <strong>and</strong><br />

Smooth Control Make<br />

the Job Easier<br />

Microstepping, a technique<br />

pioneered by <strong>Compumotor</strong>,<br />

offers precise positioning<br />

exceptional smoothness at<br />

very slow speeds.<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s precision<br />

microstepping electronics offer<br />

more than smooth, low-speed<br />

operation. They also provide<br />

smooth acceleration <strong>and</strong><br />

deceleration which eliminates<br />

damaging vibration, shock,<br />

overshoot, <strong>and</strong> ringing.<br />

T<br />

E<br />

P<br />

25,000 <strong>Step</strong>s/Rev<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s 25,000 steps<br />

per revolution has become the<br />

industrial st<strong>and</strong>ard for<br />

microstepping. A wide range<br />

of resolutions are available—<br />

from 2,000 to 100,000 steps<br />

per revolution for closed loop<br />

applications requiring submicron<br />

resolutions.<br />

While microstepping’s<br />

increased positional resolution<br />

isn’t necessary for all<br />

applications, its low velocity<br />

ripple <strong>and</strong> resonance control<br />

assures smooth machine<br />

operation that’s unattainable<br />

with conventional full step<br />

motors <strong>and</strong> many servo<br />

systems.<br />

S<br />

P<br />

E<br />

R<br />

S<br />

14


...TO SMOOTH AND PRECISE MICROSTEPPING SYSTEMS<br />

ZETA: Revolution in<br />

Microstepping<br />

Technology<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s innovative<br />

leadership continues with the<br />

introduction of the ZETA<br />

Series—a true revolution in<br />

microstepping technology.<br />

The ZETA drive incorporates<br />

patentable techniques known<br />

as active damping <strong>and</strong><br />

electronic viscosity. The result<br />

is higher throughput in a<br />

smaller package system—<strong>and</strong><br />

all at a reduced cost.<br />

The ZETA Series combines the<br />

benefits of a smaller footprint,<br />

with increased throughput by<br />

reducing settling time <strong>and</strong><br />

decreasing motor vibration.<br />

The user has selectable<br />

damping to optimize<br />

performance, <strong>and</strong> reduce<br />

audible noise. This<br />

combination of innovative<br />

features makes the ZETA drive<br />

the most cost-effective <strong>and</strong><br />

highest performing<br />

microstepping systems<br />

available today.<br />

Indexer <strong>and</strong> Drive<br />

Combinations: Excellent<br />

Options for Single Axis<br />

Applications<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s ZETA6104 <strong>and</strong><br />

SX Series combine the<br />

functions of an indexer <strong>and</strong><br />

microstepping drive in one<br />

compact system. Each model<br />

is capable of storing multiple<br />

move motion programs in<br />

battery backed memory.<br />

Programs can be selected in a<br />

variety of ways including BCD<br />

switches, programmable<br />

controllers or a computer via a<br />

RS-232C interface.<br />

The ZETA6104 combines the<br />

flexibility of the 6000 Series<br />

controls with the revolutionary<br />

design features of the ZETA<br />

drive. As a member of the<br />

6000 Series, the ZETA6104<br />

offers all the capabilities of the<br />

6000 language <strong>and</strong> the benefit<br />

of Motion Architect<br />

development software <strong>and</strong><br />

other 6000 Series-compatible<br />

software packages.<br />

The SX uses a high-level<br />

programming language which<br />

evolved from <strong>Compumotor</strong>’s<br />

X-language. This popular<br />

language provides both easeof<br />

use <strong>and</strong> the ability to<br />

program complex motion.<br />

UL-Recognized<br />

Microstepping <strong>Systems</strong><br />

Today’s laboratory <strong>and</strong> factory<br />

automation products face<br />

increasingly stringent<br />

performance <strong>and</strong> safety<br />

criteria. To meet these<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ards, our ZETA Series<br />

<strong>and</strong> S Series microstepping<br />

systems are certified as UL<br />

Recognized Components<br />

under the UL508 safety<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ard covering Industrial<br />

Control Equipment.<br />

Open or Closed Loop<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> offers open- or<br />

closed-loop pre-engineered<br />

microstepping systems with a<br />

complete range of motors.<br />

Both incremental <strong>and</strong> absolute<br />

encoder feedback is available.<br />

Powerful Indexers<br />

Designed with the User<br />

in Mind<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s indexers offer<br />

the power <strong>and</strong> diversity of<br />

supporting multi-axis<br />

applications, in 1-, 2-, or 4-<br />

axis configurations. These<br />

indexers incorporate the<br />

leading processor technology<br />

in the industry <strong>and</strong> operate<br />

st<strong>and</strong>-alone or with a host<br />

computer. Support for I/O,<br />

operator interface, <strong>and</strong><br />

communications is st<strong>and</strong>ard in<br />

all of the indexers. Other<br />

complex operations including<br />

multi-axis following can be<br />

achieved almost effortlessly.<br />

The Power of the 6000<br />

Series<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> combines the<br />

6000 Series with Motion<br />

Architect, <strong>and</strong> microstepping<br />

control is better than ever<br />

before. The 6000 family<br />

provides 1 to 4 axes of control<br />

in st<strong>and</strong>-alone or AT-busbased<br />

systems as well as one<br />

<strong>and</strong> two axis packaged drive/<br />

indexer units. All of the<br />

products accept incremental<br />

encoder feedback in order to<br />

detect stalls, verify position,<br />

<strong>and</strong> correct for positioning<br />

errors.<br />

Turn to the C Section<br />

for more information<br />

<strong>and</strong> complete product<br />

specifications on<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s wide<br />

selection of stepper<br />

motor systems.<br />

15


CUSTOM PRODUCTS... JUST GIVE US A CALL<br />

Adaptability<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> will enhance<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ard catalog products by<br />

adding software <strong>and</strong> hardware<br />

features for your unique<br />

application requirements.<br />

Connectability<br />

Out of the box component<br />

installation can be even easier<br />

with custom cables, modified<br />

motors <strong>and</strong> customer specific<br />

interfaces.<br />

C<br />

Complete Subsystems<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> can provide<br />

custom packaging, private<br />

labeling or several<br />

components integrated into a<br />

single part number to save<br />

engineering <strong>and</strong> production<br />

time. From your initial concept<br />

through custom product<br />

completion, <strong>Compumotor</strong> is<br />

your source for application<br />

specific flexibility.<br />

If you don’t find what you’re<br />

looking for in this catalog,<br />

contact your Automation<br />

Technology Center or your<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> Electromechanical<br />

Territory Manager<br />

for application-specific motion<br />

control solutions involving<br />

customized:<br />

• <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

• <strong>Controls</strong><br />

• Drives<br />

U<br />

• Absolute encoders<br />

• Software<br />

• Hardware<br />

• Cabling<br />

S<br />

T<br />

O<br />

M<br />

I<br />

Z<br />

E<br />

!<br />

16


Table<br />

Drill<br />

Head<br />

Engineering<br />

Reference <strong>and</strong><br />

Application<br />

Solutions<br />

Rotating Nut<br />

Ballscrew<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Transfer<br />

Machine<br />

Drive/Controller<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Drive<br />

Drive<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Joystick<br />

Indexer<br />

Circuit Board<br />

Rotary Indexer<br />

PLC<br />

Programmable<br />

Logic Controller<br />

Controller<br />

Drive<br />

A1


<strong>Motor</strong> Overview Technologies<br />

Introduction<br />

Motion control, in its widest sense, could relate to<br />

anything from a welding robot to the hydraulic<br />

system in a mobile crane. In the field of Electronic<br />

Motion Control, we are primarily concerned with<br />

systems falling within a limited power range,<br />

typically up to about 10HP (7KW), <strong>and</strong> requiring<br />

precision in one or more aspects. This may involve<br />

accurate control of distance or speed, very often<br />

both, <strong>and</strong> sometimes other parameters such as<br />

torque or acceleration rate. In the case of the two<br />

examples given, the welding robot requires precise<br />

control of both speed <strong>and</strong> distance; the crane<br />

hydraulic system uses the driver as the feedback<br />

system so its accuracy varies with the skill of the<br />

operator. This wouldn’t be considered a motion<br />

control system in the strict sense of the term.<br />

Our st<strong>and</strong>ard motion control system consists of<br />

three basic elements:<br />

Fig. 1 Elements of motion control system<br />

Host<br />

Computer<br />

or PLC<br />

The motor. This may be a stepper motor (either<br />

rotary or linear), a DC brush motor or a brushless<br />

servo motor. The motor needs to be fitted with<br />

some kind of feedback device unless it is a stepper<br />

motor.<br />

Fig. 2 shows a system complete with feedback to<br />

control motor speed. Such a system is known as a<br />

closed-loop velocity servo system.<br />

Fig. 2 Typical closed loop (velocity) servo system<br />

Controller<br />

High-Level<br />

Comm<strong>and</strong>s<br />

Indexer/<br />

Controller<br />

Comm<strong>and</strong><br />

Signals<br />

Drive<br />

Drive<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Hybrid <strong>Step</strong>per<br />

DC <strong>Servo</strong><br />

Brushless <br />

<strong>Servo</strong> Linear<br />

<strong>Step</strong>per<br />

Tachometer<br />

Velocity Feedback<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

The drive. This is an electronic power amplifier that<br />

delivers the power to operate the motor in response<br />

to low-level control signals. In general, the drive will<br />

be specifically designed to operate with a particular<br />

motor type – you can’t use a stepper drive to<br />

operate a DC brush motor, for instance.<br />

The control system. The actual task performed by<br />

the motor is determined by the indexer/controller; it<br />

sets things like speed, distance, direction <strong>and</strong><br />

acceleration rate. The control function may be<br />

distributed between a host controller, such as a<br />

desktop computer, <strong>and</strong> a slave unit that accepts<br />

high-level comm<strong>and</strong>s. One controller may operate<br />

in conjunction with several drives <strong>and</strong> motors in a<br />

multi-axis system.<br />

We’ll be looking at each of these system elements<br />

as well as their relationships to each other.<br />

Table of Contents<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> Applications<br />

<strong>Step</strong> <strong>Motor</strong> Technology<br />

Linear <strong>Step</strong> <strong>Motor</strong> Technology<br />

Common Questions Regarding <strong>Step</strong> <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

DC Brush <strong>Motor</strong> Technology<br />

Brushless <strong>Motor</strong> Technology<br />

Hybrid <strong>Servo</strong> Technology<br />

Direct Drive <strong>Motor</strong> Technology<br />

<strong>Step</strong> <strong>Motor</strong> Drive Technology<br />

Microstepping Drive Technology<br />

Analog <strong>and</strong> Digital <strong>Servo</strong> Drives<br />

Brushless <strong>Servo</strong> Drive Technology<br />

<strong>Servo</strong> Tuning<br />

Feedback Devices<br />

Machine Control<br />

Control System Overview<br />

Underst<strong>and</strong>ing I/O Modules<br />

Serial & Parallel Communications<br />

Electrical Noise Symptoms & Solutions<br />

Emergency Stop<br />

System Selection Considerations<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> Sizing <strong>and</strong> Selection Software<br />

System Calculations – Move Profiles<br />

System Calculations – Leadscrew Drives<br />

System Calculations – Direct Drives<br />

System Calculations – Gear Drives<br />

System Calculations – Tangential Drives<br />

System Calculations – Linear <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

Glossary of Terms<br />

Technical Data<br />

Application Examples<br />

A3<br />

A4<br />

A9<br />

A12<br />

A13<br />

A17<br />

A20<br />

A21<br />

A23<br />

A29<br />

A31<br />

A34<br />

A36<br />

A39<br />

A45<br />

A46<br />

A48<br />

A51<br />

A52<br />

A54<br />

A55<br />

A57<br />

A58<br />

A60<br />

A63<br />

A64<br />

A65<br />

A66<br />

A68<br />

A71<br />

A72<br />

A2


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

Application Areas of <strong>Motor</strong> Types<br />

The following section gives some idea of the<br />

applications that are particularly appropriate for<br />

each motor type, together with certain<br />

applications that are best avoided. It should be<br />

stressed that there is a wide range of<br />

applications that can be equally well met by<br />

more than one motor type, <strong>and</strong> the choice will<br />

tend to be dictated by customer preference,<br />

previous experience or compatibility with<br />

existing equipment.<br />

Cost-conscious applications will always be<br />

worth attempting with a stepper, as it will<br />

generally be hard to beat the stepper’s price.<br />

This is particularly true when the dynamic<br />

requirements are not severe, such as “setting”<br />

type applications like positioning a guillotine<br />

back-stop or a print roller.<br />

High-torque, low-speed, continuous-duty<br />

applications are also appropriate for step<br />

motors. At low speeds, it is very efficient in<br />

terms of torque output relative to both size <strong>and</strong><br />

input power. Microstepping can improve lowspeed<br />

applications such as a metering pump<br />

drive for very accurate flow control.<br />

High-torque, high-speed, continuous-duty<br />

applications suit the servo motor, <strong>and</strong> in fact, a<br />

step motor should be avoided in such<br />

applications because the high-speed losses can<br />

cause excessive motor heating. A DC motor<br />

can deliver greater continuous shaft power at<br />

high speeds than a stepper of the same frame<br />

size.<br />

Short, rapid, repetitive moves are the natural<br />

domain of steppers or hybrid servos due to their<br />

high torque at low speeds, good torque-toinertia<br />

ratio <strong>and</strong> lack of commutation problems.<br />

The brushes of the DC motor can limit its<br />

potential for frequent starts, stops <strong>and</strong> direction<br />

changes.<br />

Low-friction, mainly inertial loads can be<br />

efficiently h<strong>and</strong>led by the DC servo provided the<br />

start/stop duty requirements are not excessive.<br />

This type of load requires a high ratio of peak to<br />

continuous torque <strong>and</strong> in this respect the servo<br />

motor excels.<br />

Very arduous applications with a high<br />

dynamic duty cycle or requiring very high<br />

speeds may require a brushless motor. This<br />

solution may also be dictated when<br />

maintenance-free operation is necessary.<br />

Low-speed, high-smoothness applications<br />

are appropriate for microstepping or direct drive<br />

servos.<br />

Applications in hazardous environments or in<br />

a vacuum may not be able to use a brush<br />

motor. Either a stepper or a brushless motor is<br />

called for, depending on the dem<strong>and</strong>s of the<br />

load. Bear in mind that heat dissipation may be<br />

a problem in a vacuum when the loads are<br />

excessive.<br />

Start Here<br />

Will a stepper meet<br />

the torque/speed<br />

requirements?<br />

Yes<br />

Do you need to run<br />

continuously at<br />

speeds above<br />

2000 rpm?<br />

No<br />

Do you need to<br />

control torque?<br />

No<br />

Does the load<br />

change rapidly<br />

during operation?<br />

No<br />

Do you need to<br />

detect position<br />

loss OR measure<br />

actual load<br />

position to correct<br />

for backlash?<br />

No<br />

Is low-speed<br />

smoothness<br />

important?<br />

No<br />

Is quiet operation<br />

important?<br />

No<br />

Use a stepper<br />

No<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Will a brush<br />

servo meet<br />

the torque/speed<br />

requirements?<br />

Yes<br />

Must the motor<br />

EITHER<br />

1)Be maintenance-<br />

free<br />

2) Operate in any<br />

environment<br />

No<br />

Are there any<br />

other brush<br />

servos in the<br />

system?<br />

Yes<br />

Use a brush servo.<br />

Is rapid settling<br />

important?<br />

No<br />

Use a microstepping<br />

with encoder<br />

feedback?<br />

Is quiet operation<br />

important?<br />

No<br />

Use a microstepping,<br />

hybrid servo, or<br />

direct drive servo<br />

No<br />

Yes<br />

No<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Will a brushless<br />

servo meet<br />

the torque/speed<br />

requirements?<br />

Yes<br />

Use a brushless<br />

servo.<br />

If there are other<br />

brushless motors, it may<br />

be better to be consistent<br />

with this one.<br />

Otherwise use a brush servo.<br />

Is there a hybrid<br />

servo which meets<br />

the torque/speed<br />

requirements?<br />

Yes<br />

Try a hybrid<br />

servo with<br />

encoder feedback<br />

if necessary.<br />

Really quiet?<br />

No<br />

No<br />

Higher<br />

torque/speed<br />

technology.<br />

No<br />

Yes<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

A3


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

<strong>Step</strong>per <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

<strong>Step</strong>per <strong>Motor</strong> Benefits<br />

<strong>Step</strong>per motors have the following benefits:<br />

• Low cost<br />

• Ruggedness<br />

• Simplicity in construction<br />

• High reliability<br />

• No maintenance<br />

• Wide acceptance<br />

• No tweaking to stabilize<br />

• No feedback components are needed<br />

• They work in just about any environment<br />

• Inherently more failsafe than servo motors.<br />

There is virtually no conceivable failure within the<br />

stepper drive module that could cause the motor to<br />

run away. <strong>Step</strong>per motors are simple to drive <strong>and</strong><br />

control in an open-loop configuration. They only<br />

require four leads. They provide excellent torque at<br />

low speeds, up to 5 times the continuous torque of<br />

a brush motor of the same frame size or double the<br />

torque of the equivalent brushless motor. This often<br />

eliminates the need for a gearbox. A stepper-driven<br />

system is inherently stiff, with known limits to the<br />

dynamic position error.<br />

Permanent Magnet (P.M.) <strong>Motor</strong>s. The tin-can or<br />

“canstack” motor shown in Fig. 1.1 is perhaps the<br />

most widely-used type in non-industrial<br />

applications. It is essentially a low-cost, low-torque,<br />

low-speed device ideally suited to applications in<br />

fields such as computer peripherals. The motor<br />

construction results in relatively large step angles,<br />

but their overall simplicity lends itself to economic<br />

high-volume production at very low cost. The axialair<br />

gap or disc motor is a variant of the permanent<br />

magnet design which achieves higher performance,<br />

largely because of its very low rotor inertia.<br />

However this does restrict the applications of the<br />

motor to those involving little inertia. (e.g.,<br />

positioning the print wheel in a daisy-wheel printer).<br />

<strong>Step</strong>per <strong>Motor</strong> Disadvantages<br />

<strong>Step</strong>per motors have the following disadvantages:<br />

• Resonance effects <strong>and</strong> relatively long settling<br />

times<br />

• Rough performance at low speed unless a<br />

microstep drive is used<br />

• Liability to undetected position loss as a result of<br />

operating open-loop<br />

• They consume current regardless of load<br />

conditions <strong>and</strong> therefore tend to run hot<br />

• Losses at speed are relatively high <strong>and</strong> can cause<br />

excessive heating, <strong>and</strong> they are frequently noisy<br />

(especially at high speeds).<br />

• They can exhibit lag-lead oscillation, which is<br />

difficult to damp. There is a limit to their available<br />

size, <strong>and</strong> positioning accuracy relies on the<br />

mechanics (e.g., ballscrew accuracy). Many of<br />

these drawbacks can be overcome by the use of<br />

a closed-loop control scheme.<br />

Note: The <strong>Compumotor</strong> Zeta Series minimizes or<br />

reduces many of these different stepper motor<br />

disadvantages.<br />

There are three main stepper motor types:<br />

• Permanent Magnet (P.M.) <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

• Variable Reluctance (V.R.) <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

• Hybrid <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

Variable Reluctance (V.R.) <strong>Motor</strong>s. There is no<br />

permanent magnet in a V.R. motor, so the rotor<br />

spins freely without “detent” torque. Torque output<br />

for a given frame size is restricted, although the<br />

torque-to-inertia ratio is good, <strong>and</strong> this type of motor<br />

is frequently used in small sizes for applications such<br />

as micro-positioning tables. V.R. motors are seldom<br />

used in industrial applications (having no permanent<br />

magnet). They are not sensitive to current polarity<br />

<strong>and</strong> require a different driving arrangement than the<br />

other motor types.<br />

Fig. 1.2 Variable reluctance motor<br />

Fig. 1.1 “Canstack” or permanent magnet motor<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N S<br />

S N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

Stator cup A<br />

Rotor<br />

Coil A<br />

Coil B<br />

Stator cup B<br />

Output shaft<br />

Courtesy Airpax Corp., USA<br />

A4


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

Hybrid <strong>Motor</strong>s. The hybrid motor shown in Fig. 1.3<br />

is by far the most widely-used stepper motor in<br />

industrial applications. The name is derived from the<br />

fact that it combines the operating principles of the<br />

other two motor types (P.M. & V.R.). Most hybrid<br />

motors are 2-phase, although 5-phase versions are<br />

available. A recent development is the “enhanced<br />

hybrid” motor, which uses flux-focusing magnets to<br />

give a significant improvement in performance,<br />

albeit at extra cost.<br />

Fig. 1.3 Hybrid stepper motor<br />

Housing<br />

Prelubricated<br />

Bearing<br />

Rotor<br />

Non-magnetic<br />

Stainless<br />

Steel Shaft<br />

Stator<br />

The operation of the hybrid motor is most easily<br />

understood by looking at a very simple model that<br />

will produce 12 steps per rev. (Fig. 1.4).<br />

Fig. 1.4 Simple 12 step/rev hybrid motor<br />

The rotor of this machine consists of two pole<br />

pieces with three teeth on each. In between the<br />

pole pieces is a permanent magnet that is<br />

magnetized along the axis of the rotor, making one<br />

end a north pole <strong>and</strong> the other a south pole. The<br />

teeth are offset at the north <strong>and</strong> south ends as<br />

shown in the diagram.<br />

The stator consists of a shell having four teeth that<br />

run the full length of the rotor. Coils are wound on<br />

the stator teeth <strong>and</strong> are connected together in<br />

pairs.<br />

With no current flowing in any of the motor<br />

windings, the rotor will take one of the positions<br />

shown in the diagrams. This is because the<br />

permanent magnet in the rotor is trying to minimize<br />

the reluctance (or “magnetic resistance”) of the flux<br />

path from one end to the other. This will occur<br />

when a pair of north <strong>and</strong> south pole rotor teeth are<br />

aligned with two of the stator poles. The torque<br />

tending to hold the rotor in one of these positions is<br />

usually small <strong>and</strong> is called the “detent torque”. The<br />

motor shown will have 12 possible detent positions.<br />

If current is now passed through one pair of stator<br />

windings, as shown in Fig. 1.5(a), the resulting north<br />

<strong>and</strong> south stator poles will attract teeth of the<br />

opposite polarity on each end of the rotor. There<br />

are now only three stable positions for the rotor, the<br />

same as the number of rotor teeth. The torque<br />

required to deflect the rotor from its stable position<br />

is now much greater, <strong>and</strong> is referred to as the<br />

“holding torque”.<br />

Fig. 1.5 Full stepping, one phase on<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

1A<br />

(a)<br />

(b)<br />

N<br />

2A<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

2B<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

S<br />

(c)<br />

(d)<br />

S<br />

1B<br />

S<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

N<br />

By changing the current flow from the first to the<br />

second set of stator windings (b), the stator field<br />

rotates through 90° <strong>and</strong> attracts a new pair of rotor<br />

poles. This results in the rotor turning through 30°,<br />

corresponding to one full step. Reverting to the first<br />

set of stator windings but energizing them in the<br />

opposite direction, we rotate the stator field<br />

through another 90° <strong>and</strong> the rotor takes another<br />

30° step (c). Finally, the second set of windings are<br />

energized in the opposite direction (d) to give a<br />

third step position. We can now go back to the<br />

first condition (a), <strong>and</strong> after these four steps the<br />

rotor will have moved through one tooth pitch. This<br />

simple motor therefore performs 12 steps per rev.<br />

Obviously, if the coils are energized in the reverse<br />

sequence, the motor will go round the other way.<br />

A5


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

If two coils are energized simultaneously (Fig. 1.6),<br />

the rotor takes up an intermediate position since it<br />

is equally attracted to two stator poles. Greater<br />

torque is produced under these conditions because<br />

all the stator poles are influencing the rotor. The<br />

motor can be made to take a full step simply by<br />

reversing the current in one set of windings; this<br />

causes a 90° rotation of the stator field as before. In<br />

fact, this would be the normal way of driving the<br />

motor in the full-step mode, always keeping two<br />

windings energized <strong>and</strong> reversing the current in<br />

each winding alternately.<br />

Fig. 1.6 Full stepping, two phase on<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

motor <strong>and</strong> drive characteristics). In the half-step<br />

mode, we are alternately energizing two phases<br />

<strong>and</strong> then only one as shown in Fig. 1.9. Assuming<br />

the drive delivers the same winding current in each<br />

case, this will cause greater torque to be produced<br />

when there are two windings energized. In other<br />

words, alternate steps will be strong <strong>and</strong> weak.<br />

This does not represent a major deterrent to motor<br />

performance—the available torque is obviously<br />

limited by the weaker step, but there will be a<br />

significant improvement in low-speed smoothness<br />

over the full-step mode.<br />

Clearly, we would like to produce approximately<br />

equal torque on every step, <strong>and</strong> this torque should<br />

be at the level of the stronger step. We can achieve<br />

this by using a higher current level when there is<br />

only one winding energized. This does not overdissipate<br />

the motor because the manufacturer’s<br />

current rating assumes two phases to be energized<br />

(the current rating is based on the allowable case<br />

temperature). With only one phase energized, the<br />

same total power will be dissipated if the current is<br />

increased by 40%. Using this higher current in the<br />

one-phase-on state produces approximately equal<br />

torque on alternate steps (see Fig. 1.10).<br />

Fig. 1.8 Full step current, 2-phase on<br />

1 2 3 4<br />

By alternately energizing one winding <strong>and</strong> then two<br />

(Fig. 1.7), the rotor moves through only 15° at each<br />

stage <strong>and</strong> the number of steps per rev will be<br />

doubled. This is called half stepping, <strong>and</strong> most<br />

industrial applications make use of this stepping<br />

mode. Although there is sometimes a slight loss of<br />

torque, this mode results in much better<br />

smoothness at low speeds <strong>and</strong> less overshoot <strong>and</strong><br />

ringing at the end of each step.<br />

Fig. 1.7 Half stepping<br />

Phase 1<br />

Phase 2<br />

Fig. 1.9 Half step current<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

N<br />

Phase 1<br />

N<br />

N<br />

Current Patterns in the <strong>Motor</strong> Windings<br />

When the motor is driven in its full-step mode,<br />

energizing two windings or “phases” at a time (see<br />

Fig. 1.8), the torque available on each step will be<br />

the same (subject to very small variations in the<br />

Phase 2<br />

Fig. 1.10 Half step current, profiled<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8<br />

Phase 1<br />

Phase 2<br />

A6


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

We have seen that energizing both phases with<br />

equal currents produces an intermediate step<br />

position half-way between the one-phase-on<br />

positions. If the two phase currents are unequal, the<br />

rotor position will be shifted towards the stronger<br />

pole. This effect is utilized in the microstepping<br />

drive, which subdivides the basic motor step by<br />

proportioning the current in the two windings. In this<br />

way, the step size is reduced <strong>and</strong> the low-speed<br />

smoothness is dramatically improved. Highresolution<br />

microstep drives divide the full motor step<br />

into as many as 500 microsteps, giving 100,000<br />

steps per revolution. In this situation, the current<br />

pattern in the windings closely resembles two sine<br />

waves with a 90° phase shift between them (see<br />

Fig. 1.11). The motor is now being driven very much<br />

as though it is a conventional AC synchronous<br />

motor. In fact, the stepper motor can be driven in<br />

this way from a 60 Hz-US (50Hz-Europe) sine wave<br />

source by including a capacitor in series with one<br />

phase. It will rotate at 72 rpm.<br />

Fig. 1.11 Phase currents in microstep mode<br />

Phase 1 Current: Zero<br />

Phase 2 Current: Zero<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard 200-<strong>Step</strong> Hybrid <strong>Motor</strong><br />

The st<strong>and</strong>ard stepper motor operates in the same<br />

way as our simple model, but has a greater number<br />

of teeth on the rotor <strong>and</strong> stator, giving a smaller<br />

basic step size. The rotor is in two sections as<br />

before, but has 50 teeth on each section. The halftooth<br />

displacement between the two sections is<br />

retained. The stator has 8 poles each with 5 teeth,<br />

making a total of 40 teeth (see Fig. 1.12).<br />

Fig. 1.12 200-step hybrid motor<br />

+<br />

-<br />

+<br />

-<br />

If we imagine that a tooth is placed in each of the<br />

gaps between the stator poles, there would be a<br />

total of 48 teeth, two less than the number of rotor<br />

teeth. So if rotor <strong>and</strong> stator teeth are aligned at 12<br />

o’clock, they will also be aligned at 6 o’clock. At 3<br />

o’clock <strong>and</strong> 9 o’clock the teeth will be misaligned.<br />

However, due to the displacement between the<br />

sets of rotor teeth, alignment will occur at 3 o’clock<br />

<strong>and</strong> 9 o’clock at the other end of the rotor.<br />

The windings are arranged in sets of four, <strong>and</strong><br />

wound such that diametrically-opposite poles are<br />

the same. So referring to Fig. 1.12, the north poles<br />

at 12 <strong>and</strong> 6 o’clock attract the south-pole teeth at<br />

the front of the rotor; the south poles at 3 <strong>and</strong> 9<br />

o’clock attract the north-pole teeth at the back. By<br />

switching current to the second set of coils, the<br />

stator field pattern rotates through 45°. However, to<br />

align with this new field, the rotor only has to turn<br />

through 1.8°. This is equivalent to one quarter of a<br />

tooth pitch on the rotor, giving 200 full steps per<br />

revolution.<br />

Note that there are as many detent positions as<br />

there are full steps per rev, normally 200. The<br />

detent positions correspond with rotor teeth being<br />

fully aligned with stator teeth. When power is<br />

applied to a stepper drive, it is usual for it to<br />

energize in the “zero phase” state in which there is<br />

current in both sets of windings. The resulting rotor<br />

position does not correspond with a natural detent<br />

position, so an unloaded motor will always move by<br />

at least one half step at power-on. Of course, if the<br />

system was turned off other than in the zero phase<br />

state, or the motor is moved in the meantime, a<br />

greater movement may be seen at power-up.<br />

Another point to remember is that for a given<br />

current pattern in the windings, there are as many<br />

stable positions as there are rotor teeth (50 for a<br />

200-step motor). If a motor is de-synchronized, the<br />

resulting positional error will always be a whole<br />

number of rotor teeth or a multiple of 7.2°. A motor<br />

cannot “miss” individual steps – position errors of<br />

one or two steps must be due to noise, spurious<br />

step pulses or a controller fault.<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Stator<br />

Rotor<br />

A7


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

Bifilar Windings<br />

Most motors are described as being “bifilar wound”,<br />

which means there are two identical sets of<br />

windings on each pole. Two lengths of wire are<br />

wound together as though they were a single coil.<br />

This produces two windings that are electrically <strong>and</strong><br />

magnetically almost identical – if one coil were to be<br />

wound on top of the other, even with the same<br />

number of turns, the magnetic characteristics<br />

would be different. In simple terms, whereas almost<br />

all the flux from the inner coil would flow through<br />

the iron core, some of the flux from the outer coil<br />

would flow through the windings of the coil<br />

underneath.<br />

The origins of the bifilar winding go back to the<br />

unipolar drive (see Drive Technologies section,<br />

page A23). Rather than have to reverse the current<br />

in one winding, the field may be reversed by<br />

transferring current to a second coil wound in the<br />

opposite direction. (Although the two coils are<br />

wound the same way, interchanging the ends has<br />

the same effect.) So with a bifilar-wound motor, the<br />

drive can be kept simple. However, this<br />

requirement has now largely disappeared with the<br />

widespread availability of the more-efficient bipolar<br />

drive. Nevertheless, the two sets of windings do<br />

give us additional flexibility, <strong>and</strong> we shall see that<br />

different connection methods can be used to give<br />

alternative torque-speed characteristics.<br />

If all the coils in a bifilar-wound motor are brought<br />

out separately, there will be a total of 8 leads (see<br />

Fig. 1.13). This is becoming the most common<br />

configuration since it gives the greatest flexibility.<br />

However, there are still a number of motors<br />

produced with only 6 leads, one lead serving as a<br />

common connection to each winding in a bifilar<br />

pair. This arrangement limits the motor’s range of<br />

application since the windings cannot be connected<br />

in parallel. Some motors are made with only 4<br />

leads, these are not bifilar-wound <strong>and</strong> cannot be<br />

used with a unipolar drive. There is obviously no<br />

alternative connection method with a 4-lead motor,<br />

but in many applications this is not a drawback <strong>and</strong><br />

the problem of insulating unused leads is avoided.<br />

Fig. 1.13 <strong>Motor</strong> lead configurations<br />

4-lead 5-lead 6-lead 8-lead<br />

Occasionally a 5-lead motor may be encountered.<br />

These are not recommended since they cannot be<br />

used with conventional bipolar drives requiring<br />

electrical isolation between the phases.<br />

Looking at the motor longitudinal section (Fig. 1.14),<br />

we can see the permanent magnet in the rotor <strong>and</strong><br />

the path of the flux through the pole pieces <strong>and</strong> the<br />

stator. The alternating flux produced by the stator<br />

windings flows in a plane at right angles to the<br />

page. Therefore, the two flux paths are at right<br />

angles to each other <strong>and</strong> only interact in the rotor<br />

pole pieces. This is an important feature of the<br />

hybrid motor – it means that the permanent magnet<br />

in the rotor does not “see” the alternating field from<br />

the windings, hence it does not produce a<br />

demagnetizing effect. Unlike the DC servo motor, it<br />

is generally impossible to de-magnetize a stepper<br />

motor by applying excess current. However, too<br />

much current will damage the motor in other ways.<br />

Excessive heating may melt the insulation or the<br />

winding formers, <strong>and</strong> may soften the bonding<br />

material holding the rotor laminations. If this<br />

happens <strong>and</strong> the laminations are displaced, the<br />

effects can be the same as if the rotor had been<br />

de-magnetized<br />

Fig. 1.14 Longitudinal section through single<br />

stack motor<br />

Fig. 1.14 also shows that the rotor flux only has to<br />

cross a small air gap (typically 0.1mm or 0.004")<br />

when the rotor is in position. By magnetizing the<br />

rotor after assembly, a high flux density is obtained<br />

that can be largely destroyed if the rotor is<br />

removed. <strong>Step</strong>per motors should therefore not be<br />

dismantled purely to satisfy curiosity, since the<br />

useful life of the motor will be terminated.<br />

Because the shaft of the motor passes through the<br />

center of the permanent magnet, a non-magnetic<br />

material must be used to avoid a magnetic shortcircuit.<br />

<strong>Step</strong>per shafts are therefore made of<br />

stainless steel, <strong>and</strong> should be h<strong>and</strong>led with care.<br />

Small-diameter motors are particularly vulnerable if<br />

they are dropped on the shaft end, as this will<br />

invariably bend the shaft.<br />

To produce a motor with a higher torque output,<br />

we need to increase the strength of both the<br />

permanent magnet in the rotor <strong>and</strong> the field<br />

produced by the stator. A stronger rotor magnet<br />

can be obtained by increasing the diameter, giving<br />

us a larger cross-sectional area. However,<br />

increasing the diameter will degrade the<br />

acceleration performance of the motor because<br />

the torque-to-inertia ratio worsens (to a first<br />

approximation, torque increases with diameter<br />

squared but inertia goes up by the fourth power).<br />

Nevertheless, we can increase torque output<br />

without degrading acceleration performance by<br />

A8


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

Air<br />

Gap<br />

adding further magnet sections or “stacks” to the<br />

same shaft (Fig. 1.15). A second stack will enable<br />

twice the torque to be produced <strong>and</strong> will double the<br />

inertia, so the torque-to-inertia ratio remains the<br />

same. Hence, stepper motors are produced in<br />

single-, two- <strong>and</strong> three-stack versions in each<br />

frame size.<br />

Fig. 1.15 Three-stack hybrid stepping motor<br />

As a guideline, the torque-to-inertia ratio reduces by<br />

a factor of two with each increase in frame size<br />

(diameter). So an unloaded 34-size motor can<br />

accelerate twice as rapidly as a 42-size, regardless<br />

of the number of stacks.<br />

Linear <strong>Step</strong>ping <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

Fig. 1.16 Linear stepping motor<br />

{<br />

Phase A<br />

Electromagnet<br />

{<br />

Forcer<br />

Permanent<br />

Magnet<br />

N<br />

Phase B<br />

Electromagnet<br />

A 1 A 2 B 1 B2<br />

Pole Faces<br />

S<br />

{<br />

{<br />

Field Windings<br />

Platen<br />

Platen Teeth<br />

The linear stepper is essentially a conventional<br />

rotary stepper that has been “unwrapped” so that it<br />

operates in a straight line. The moving component<br />

is referred to as the forcer <strong>and</strong> it travels along a<br />

fixed element or platen. For operational purposes,<br />

the platen is equivalent to the rotor in a normal<br />

stepper, although it is an entirely passive device<br />

<strong>and</strong> has no permanent magnet. The magnet is<br />

incorporated in the moving forcer together with the<br />

coils (see Fig. 1.16).<br />

The forcer is equipped with 4 pole pieces each<br />

having 3 teeth. The teeth are staggered in pitch<br />

with respect to those on the platen, so that<br />

switching the current in the coils will bring the next<br />

set of teeth into alignment. A complete switching<br />

cycle (4 full steps) is equivalent to one tooth pitch<br />

on the platen. Like the rotary stepper, the linear<br />

motor can be driven from a microstep drive. In this<br />

case, a typical linear resolution will be 12,500 steps<br />

per inch.<br />

The linear motor is best suited for applications that<br />

require a low mass to be moved at high speed. In a<br />

leadscrew-driven system, the predominant inertia is<br />

usually the leadscrew rather than the load to be<br />

moved. Hence, most of the motor torque goes to<br />

accelerate the leadscrew, <strong>and</strong> this problem<br />

becomes more severe the longer the travel<br />

required. Using a linear motor, all the developed<br />

force is applied directly to the load <strong>and</strong> the<br />

performance achieved is independent of the length<br />

of the move. A screw-driven system can develop<br />

greater linear force <strong>and</strong> better stiffness; however,<br />

the maximum speed may be as much as ten times<br />

higher with the equivalent linear motor. For<br />

example, a typical maximum speed for a linear<br />

motor is 100 in/sec. To achieve this with a 10-pitch<br />

ballscrew would require a rotary speed of 6,000<br />

rpm. In addition, the linear motor can travel up to<br />

12 feet using a st<strong>and</strong>ard platen.<br />

How the Linear <strong>Motor</strong> Works<br />

The forcer consists of two electromagnets (A <strong>and</strong> B)<br />

<strong>and</strong> a strong rare earth permanent magnet. The<br />

two pole faces of each electromagnet are toothed<br />

to concentrate the magnetic flux. Four sets of teeth<br />

on the forcer are spaced in quadrature so that only<br />

one set at a time can be aligned with the platen<br />

teeth.<br />

The magnetic flux passing between the forcer <strong>and</strong><br />

the platen gives rise to a very strong force of<br />

attraction between the two pieces. The attractive<br />

force can be up to 10 times the peak holding force<br />

of the motor, requiring a bearing arrangement to<br />

maintain precise clearance between the pole faces<br />

<strong>and</strong> platen teeth. Either mechanical roller bearings<br />

or air bearings are used to maintain the required<br />

clearance.<br />

When current is established in a field winding, the<br />

resulting magnetic field tends to reinforce<br />

permanent magnetic flux at one pole face <strong>and</strong><br />

cancel it at the other. By reversing the current, the<br />

reinforcement <strong>and</strong> cancellation are exchanged.<br />

Removing current divides the permanent magnetic<br />

flux equally between the pole faces. By selectively<br />

applying current to phase A <strong>and</strong> B, it is possible to<br />

concentrate flux at any of the forcer’s four pole<br />

faces. The face receiving the highest flux<br />

concentration will attempt to align its teeth with the<br />

platen. Fig. 1.17 shows the four primary states or<br />

full steps of the forcer. The four steps result in<br />

motion of one tooth interval to the right. Reversing<br />

the sequence moves the forcer to the left.<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

A9


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

Repeating the sequence in the example will cause<br />

the forcer to continue its movement. When the<br />

sequence is stopped, the forcer stops with the<br />

appropriate tooth set aligned. At rest, the forcer<br />

develops a holding force that opposes any attempt<br />

to displace it. As the resting motor is displaced from<br />

equilibrium, the restoring force increases until the<br />

displacement reaches one-quarter of a tooth<br />

interval. (See Fig. 1.18.) Beyond this point, the<br />

restoring force drops. If the motor is pushed over<br />

the crest of its holding force, it slips or jumps rather<br />

sharply <strong>and</strong> comes to rest at an integral number of<br />

tooth intervals away from its original location. If this<br />

occurs while the forcer is travelling along the platen,<br />

it is referred to as a stall condition.<br />

Fig. 1.17 The four cardinal states or full steps of<br />

the forcer<br />

Phase A<br />

N<br />

S<br />

Phase B<br />

<strong>Step</strong> <strong>Motor</strong> Characteristics<br />

There are numerous step motor performance<br />

characteristics that warrant discussion. However,<br />

we’ll confine ourselves to those traits with the<br />

greatest practical significance.<br />

Fig. 1.18 illustrates the static torque curve of the<br />

hybrid step motor. This relates to a motor that is<br />

energized but stationary. It shows us how the<br />

restoring torque varies with rotor position as it is<br />

deflected from its stable point. We’re assuming that<br />

there are no frictional or other static loads on the<br />

motor. As the rotor moves away from the stable<br />

position, the torque steadily increases until it<br />

reaches a maximum after one full step (1.8°). This<br />

maximum value is called the holding torque <strong>and</strong> it<br />

represents the largest static load that can be<br />

applied to the shaft without causing continuous<br />

rotation. However, it doesn’t tell us the maximum<br />

running torque of the motor – this is always less<br />

than the holding torque (typically about 70%).<br />

Fig. 1.18 Static torque-displacement<br />

characteristic<br />

A 1 Aligned<br />

Direction of MMF due <br />

to electromagnet<br />

N<br />

S<br />

Flux Lines<br />

Torque<br />

Clockwise Counter Clockwise<br />

Stable<br />

Max<br />

Torque<br />

4 <strong>Motor</strong> <strong>Step</strong>s<br />

Unstable<br />

Stable<br />

Angle<br />

B 2 Aligned<br />

As the shaft is deflected beyond one full step, the<br />

torque will fall until it is again at zero after two full<br />

steps. However, this zero point is unstable <strong>and</strong> the<br />

torque reverses immediately beyond it. The next<br />

stable point is found four full steps away from the<br />

first, equivalent to one tooth pitch on the rotor or<br />

1/50 of a revolution.<br />

A Aligned<br />

2<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

Although this static torque characteristic isn’t a<br />

great deal of use on its own, it does help explain<br />

some of the effects we observe. For example, it<br />

indicates the static stiffness of the system, (i.e.,<br />

how the shaft position changes when a torque load<br />

is applied to a stationary motor). Clearly the shaft<br />

must deflect until the generated torque matches the<br />

applied load. If the load varies, so too will the static<br />

position. Non-cumulative position errors will<br />

therefore result from effects such as friction or outof-balance<br />

torque loads. It is important to<br />

remember that the static stiffness is not improved<br />

by using a microstepping drive—a given load on the<br />

shaft will produce the same angular deflection. So<br />

while microstepping increases resolution <strong>and</strong><br />

smoothness, it may not necessarily improve<br />

positioning accuracy.<br />

B Aligned<br />

1<br />

A10


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

Under dynamic conditions with the motor running,<br />

the rotor must be lagging behind the stator field if it<br />

is producing torque. Similarly, there will be a lead<br />

situation when the torque reverses during<br />

deceleration. Note that the lag <strong>and</strong> lead relate only<br />

to position <strong>and</strong> not to speed. From the static<br />

torque curve (Fig. 1.18), clearly this lag or lead<br />

cannot exceed two full steps (3.6°) if the motor is to<br />

retain synchronism. This limit to the position error<br />

can make the stepper an attractive option in<br />

systems where dynamic position accuracy is<br />

important.<br />

When the stepper performs a single step, the<br />

nature of the response is oscillatory as shown in<br />

Fig. 1.19. The system can be likened to a mass that<br />

is located by a “magnetic spring”, so the behavior<br />

resembles the classic mass-spring characteristic.<br />

Looking at it in simple terms, the static torque curve<br />

indicates that during the step, the torque is positive<br />

during the full forward movement <strong>and</strong> so is<br />

accelerating the rotor until the new stable point is<br />

reached. By this time, the momentum carries the<br />

rotor past the stable position <strong>and</strong> the torque now<br />

reverses, slowing the rotor down <strong>and</strong> bringing it<br />

back in the opposite direction. The amplitude,<br />

frequency <strong>and</strong> decay rate of this oscillation will<br />

depend on the friction <strong>and</strong> inertia in the system as<br />

well as the electrical characteristics of the motor<br />

<strong>and</strong> drive. The initial overshoot also depends on<br />

step amplitude, so half-stepping produces less<br />

overshoot than full stepping <strong>and</strong> microstepping will<br />

be better still.<br />

Fig. 1.19 Single step response<br />

Angle<br />

Time<br />

Attempting to step the motor at its natural<br />

oscillation frequency can cause an exaggerated<br />

response known as resonance. In severe cases,<br />

this can lead to the motor desynchronizing or<br />

“stalling.” It is seldom a problem with half-step<br />

drives <strong>and</strong> even less so with a microstepper. The<br />

natural resonant speed is typically 100-200 full<br />

steps/sec. (0.5-1 rev/sec).<br />

Under full dynamic conditions, the performance of<br />

the motor is described by the torque-speed curve as<br />

shown in Fig. 1.20. There are two operating ranges,<br />

the start/stop (or pull in) range <strong>and</strong> the slew (or pull<br />

out) range. Within the start/stop range, the motor can<br />

be started or stopped by applying index pulses at<br />

constant frequency to the drive. At speeds within this<br />

range, the motor has sufficient torque to accelerate<br />

its own inertia up to synchronous speed without the<br />

position lag exceeding 3.6°. Clearly, if an inertial load<br />

is added, this speed range is reduced. So the start/<br />

stop speed range depends on the load inertia. The<br />

upper limit to the start/stop range is typically between<br />

200 <strong>and</strong> 500 full steps/sec (1-2.5 revs/sec).<br />

Fig. 1.20 Start/stop <strong>and</strong> slew curves<br />

Holding<br />

Torque<br />

Torque<br />

Start/<br />

Stop<br />

Range<br />

Start/Stop Curve<br />

Slew<br />

Range<br />

<strong>Step</strong>s per second<br />

Slew Curve<br />

To operate the motor at faster speeds, it is<br />

necessary to start at a speed within the start/stop<br />

range <strong>and</strong> then accelerate the motor into the slew<br />

region. Similarly, when stopping the motor, it must<br />

be decelerated back into the start/stop range<br />

before the clock pulses are terminated. Using<br />

acceleration <strong>and</strong> deceleration “ramping” allows<br />

much higher speeds to be achieved, <strong>and</strong> in<br />

industrial applications the useful speed range<br />

extends to about 3000 rpm (10,000 full steps/sec).<br />

Note that continuous operation at high speeds is<br />

not normally possible with a stepper due to rotor<br />

heating, but high speeds can be used successfully<br />

in positioning applications.<br />

The torque available in the slew range does not<br />

depend on load inertia. The torque-speed curve is<br />

normally measured by accelerating the motor up to<br />

speed <strong>and</strong> then increasing the load until the motor<br />

stalls. With a higher load inertia, a lower<br />

acceleration rate must be used but the available<br />

torque at the final speed is unaffected.<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

A11


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

Common Questions <strong>and</strong> Answers<br />

About <strong>Step</strong> <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

1. Why do step motors run hot?<br />

Two reasons: 1. Full current flows through the<br />

motor windings at st<strong>and</strong>still. 2. PWM drive<br />

designs tend to make the motor run hotter.<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> construction, such as lamination<br />

material <strong>and</strong> riveted rotors, will also affect<br />

heating.<br />

2. What are safe operating temperatures?<br />

The motors have class B insulation, which is<br />

rated at 130°C. <strong>Motor</strong> case temperatures of<br />

90°C will not cause thermal breakdowns.<br />

<strong>Motor</strong>s should be mounted where operators<br />

cannot come into contact with the motor case.<br />

3. What can be done to reduce motor heating?<br />

Many drives feature a “reduce current at<br />

st<strong>and</strong>still” comm<strong>and</strong> or jumper. This reduces<br />

current when the motor is at rest without<br />

positional loss.<br />

4. What does the absolute accuracy specification<br />

mean?<br />

This refers to inaccuracies, non-cumulative,<br />

encountered in machining the motor.<br />

5. How can the repeatability specification be<br />

better than that of accuracy?<br />

Repeatability indicates how precisely a<br />

previous position can be re-obtained. There<br />

are no inaccuracies in the system that affect a<br />

given position, returning to that position, the<br />

same inaccuracy is encountered.<br />

6. Will motor accuracy increase proportionately<br />

with the resolution?<br />

No. The basic absolute accuracy <strong>and</strong><br />

hysteresis of the motor remain unchanged.<br />

7. Can I use a small motor on a large load if the<br />

torque requirement is low?<br />

Yes, however, if the load inertia is more than<br />

ten times the rotor inertia, cogging <strong>and</strong><br />

extended ringing at the end of the move will be<br />

experienced.<br />

8. How can end of move “ringing” be reduced?<br />

Friction in the system will help damp this<br />

oscillation. Acceleration/deceleration rates<br />

could be increased. If start/stop velocities are<br />

used, lowering or eliminating them will help.<br />

9. Why does the motor stall during no load<br />

testing?<br />

The motor needs inertia roughly equal to its<br />

own inertia to accelerate properly. Any<br />

resonances developed in the motor are at their<br />

worst in a no-load condition.<br />

10. Why is motor sizing important, why not just go<br />

with a larger motor?<br />

If the motor’s rotor inertia is the majority of the<br />

load, any resonances may become more<br />

pronounced. Also, productivity would suffer as<br />

excessive time would be required to accelerate<br />

the larger rotor inertia. Smaller may be better.<br />

11. What are the options for eliminating<br />

resonance?<br />

This would most likely happen with full step<br />

systems. Adding inertia would lower the<br />

resonant frequency. Friction would tend to<br />

dampen the modulation. Start/stop velocities<br />

higher than the resonant point could be used.<br />

Changing to half step operation would greatly<br />

help. Ministepping <strong>and</strong> microstepping also<br />

greatly minimize any resonant vibrations.<br />

Viscous inertial dampers may also help.<br />

12. Why does the motor jump at times when it's<br />

turned on?<br />

This is due to the rotor having 200 natural<br />

detent positions. Movement can then be ±3.6°<br />

in either direction.<br />

13. Do the rotor <strong>and</strong> stator teeth actually mesh?<br />

No. While some designs used this type of<br />

harmonic drive, in this case, an air gap is very<br />

carefully maintained between the rotor <strong>and</strong> the<br />

stator.<br />

14. Does the motor itself change if a microstepping<br />

drive is used?<br />

The motor is still the st<strong>and</strong>ard 1.8° stepper.<br />

Microstepping is accomplished by<br />

proportioning currents in the drive (higher<br />

resolutions result). Ensure the motor’s<br />

inductance is compatible.<br />

15. A move is made in one direction, <strong>and</strong> then the<br />

motor is comm<strong>and</strong>ed to move the same<br />

distance but in the opposite direction. The<br />

move ends up short, why?<br />

Two factors could be influencing the results.<br />

First, the motor does have magnetic hysteresis<br />

that is seen on direction changes. This is in the<br />

area of 0.03°. Second, any mechanical<br />

backlash in the system to which the motor is<br />

coupled could also cause loss of motion.<br />

16. Why are some motors constructed as eightlead<br />

motors?<br />

This allows greater flexibility. The motor can be<br />

run as a six-lead motor with unipolar drives.<br />

With bipolar drives, the windings can then be<br />

connected in either series or parallel.<br />

17. What advantage do series or parallel<br />

connection windings give?<br />

With the windings connected in series, lowspeed<br />

torques are maximized. But this also<br />

gives the most inductance so performance at<br />

higher speeds is lower than if the windings<br />

were connected in parallel.<br />

18. Can a flat be machined on the motor shaft?<br />

Yes, but care must be taken to not damage<br />

the bearings. The motor must not be<br />

disassembled. <strong>Compumotor</strong> does not warranty<br />

the user’s work.<br />

19. How long can the motor leads be?<br />

For bipolar drives, 100 feet. For unipolar<br />

designs, 50 feet. Shielded, twisted pair cables<br />

are required.<br />

20. Can specialty motors, explosion-proof,<br />

radiation-proof, high-temperature, lowtemperature,<br />

vacuum-rated, or waterproof, be<br />

provided?<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> is willing to quote on most<br />

requirements with the exception of explosion<br />

proof.<br />

21. What are the options if an explosion-proof<br />

motor is needed?<br />

Installing the motor in a purged box should be<br />

investigated.<br />

A12


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

DC Brush <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

The history of the DC motor can be traced back to<br />

the 1830s, when Michael Faraday did extensive<br />

work with disc type machines (Fig. 1.21).<br />

Fig. 1.21 Simple disc motor<br />

Magnet<br />

N<br />

Conductive Disc<br />

Brush<br />

S<br />

Practical Considerations<br />

The problem now is that of using this force to<br />

produce the continuous torque required in a<br />

practical motor.<br />

To achieve maximum performance from the motor,<br />

the maximum number of conductors must be<br />

placed in the magnetic field, to obtain the greatest<br />

possible force. In practice, this produces a cylinder<br />

of wire, with the windings running parallel to the axis<br />

of the cylinder. A shaft is placed down this axis to<br />

act as a pivot, <strong>and</strong> this arrangement is called the<br />

motor armature (Fig. 1.23).<br />

Fig. 1.23 DC motor armature<br />

Resultant<br />

Field Due to<br />

Armature<br />

Current<br />

Shaft<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

This design was quickly improved, <strong>and</strong> by the end<br />

of the 19th century the design principles of DC<br />

motors had become well established.<br />

About that time; however, AC power supply<br />

systems came into general use <strong>and</strong> the popularity<br />

of the DC motor declined in favor of the less<br />

expensive AC induction motor. More recently, the<br />

particular characteristics of DC motors, notably high<br />

starting torque <strong>and</strong> controllability, have led to their<br />

application in a wide range of systems requiring<br />

accurate control of speed <strong>and</strong> position. This<br />

process has been helped by the development of<br />

sophisticated modern drive <strong>and</strong> computer control<br />

systems.<br />

Principles<br />

It is well known that when a current-carrying<br />

conductor is placed in a magnetic field, it<br />

experiences a force (Fig. 1.22).<br />

Fig. 1.22 Force on a conductor in a<br />

magnetic field<br />

Magnetic Field (B)<br />

Stator Field<br />

Armature<br />

Direction<br />

of Current<br />

Into Page<br />

As the armature rotates, so does the resultant<br />

magnetic field. The armature will come to rest with<br />

its resultant field aligned with that of the stator field,<br />

unless some provision is made to constantly<br />

change the direction of the current in the individual<br />

armature coils.<br />

Commutation<br />

The force that rotates the motor armature is the<br />

result of the interaction between two magnetic<br />

fields (the stator field <strong>and</strong> the armature field). To<br />

produce a constant torque from the motor, these<br />

two fields must remain constant in magnitude <strong>and</strong><br />

in relative orientation.<br />

Fig. 1.24 Electrical arrangement of the armature<br />

2<br />

Conductor<br />

Carrying<br />

Current (I)<br />

(Into Page)<br />

Current<br />

In<br />

1 3<br />

Out<br />

Force (F)<br />

6<br />

4<br />

Force on Conductor F = I x B<br />

5<br />

The force acting on the conductor is given by:<br />

F = I x B<br />

where B = magnetic flux density <strong>and</strong> I = current<br />

If this single conductor is replaced by a large<br />

number of conductors (i.e., a length of wire is<br />

wound into a coil), the force per unit length is<br />

increased by the number of turns in the coil. This is<br />

the basis of a DC motor.<br />

This is achieved by constructing the armature as a<br />

series of small sections connected in sequence to<br />

the segments of a commutator (Fig 1.24). Electrical<br />

connection is made to the commutator by means of<br />

two brushes. It can be seen that if the armature<br />

rotates through 1/6 of a revolution clockwise, the<br />

current in coils 3 <strong>and</strong> 6 will have changed direction.<br />

As successive commutator segments pass the<br />

brushes, the current in the coils connected to those<br />

segments changes direction. This commutation or<br />

switching effect results in a current flow in the<br />

A13


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

armature that occupies a fixed position in space,<br />

independent of the armature rotation, <strong>and</strong> allows<br />

the armature to be regarded as a wound core with<br />

an axis of magnetization fixed in space. This gives<br />

rise to the production of a constant torque output<br />

from the motor shaft.<br />

The axis of magnetization is determined by the<br />

position of the brushes. If the motor is to have similar<br />

characteristics in both directions of rotation, the<br />

brush axis must be positioned to produce an axis of<br />

magnetization that is at 90° to the stator field.<br />

DC <strong>Motor</strong> Types<br />

Several different types of DC motor are currently<br />

in use.<br />

Iron cored. (Fig. 1.25). This is the most common<br />

type of motor used in DC servo systems. It is made<br />

up of two main parts; a housing containing the field<br />

magnets <strong>and</strong> a rotor made up of coils of wire<br />

wound in slots in an iron core <strong>and</strong> connected to a<br />

commutator. Brushes, in contact with the<br />

commutator, carry current to the coils.<br />

Fig. 1.25 Iron-cored motor<br />

Commutator<br />

Brushes<br />

Stator Magnets<br />

Rotor Winding<br />

Moving coil. There are two principle forms of this<br />

type of motor. 1. The “printed” motor (Fig. 1.26),<br />

using a disc armature. 2. The “shell” type armature<br />

(Fig. 1.27).<br />

Since these types of motors have no moving iron in<br />

their magnetic field, they do not suffer from iron<br />

losses. Consequently, higher rotational speeds can<br />

be obtained with low power inputs.<br />

Fig. 1.26 Disc-armature “printed” motor<br />

Motion<br />

Brushless. The major limiting factor in the<br />

performance of iron-cored motors is internal<br />

heating. This heat escapes through the shaft <strong>and</strong><br />

bearings to the outer casing, or through the airgap<br />

between the armature <strong>and</strong> field magnets <strong>and</strong> from<br />

there to the casing. Both of these routes are<br />

thermally inefficient, so cooling of the motor<br />

armature is very poor.<br />

Fig. 1.28 Brushless motor<br />

Backiron<br />

Return<br />

Path<br />

Stator<br />

Lam Teeth<br />

N<br />

In the brushless motor, the construction of the iron<br />

cored motor is turned inside out, so that the rotor<br />

becomes a permanent magnet <strong>and</strong> the stator<br />

becomes a wound iron core.<br />

The current-carrying coils are now located in the<br />

housing, providing a short, efficient thermal path to<br />

the outside air. Cooling can further be improved by<br />

finning the outer casing <strong>and</strong> blowing air over it if<br />

necessary (to effectively cool an iron-cored motor, it<br />

is necessary to blow air through it.) The ease of<br />

cooling the brushless motor allows it to produce a<br />

much higher power in relation to its size.<br />

The other major advantage of brushless motors is<br />

their lack of a conventional commutator <strong>and</strong> brush<br />

gear. These items are a source of wear <strong>and</strong><br />

potential trouble <strong>and</strong> may require frequent<br />

maintenance. By not having these components, the<br />

brushless motor is inherently more reliable <strong>and</strong> can<br />

be used in adverse environmental conditions.<br />

To achieve high torque <strong>and</strong> low inertia, brushless<br />

motors do require rare earth magnets that are<br />

much more expensive than conventional ceramic<br />

magnets. The electronics necessary to drive a<br />

brushless motor are also more complex than for a<br />

brush motor. A more thorough explanation of<br />

brushless motors is provided on page A17.<br />

S<br />

Magnets<br />

S<br />

N<br />

Windings<br />

Motion<br />

Armature<br />

(Hollow cup, shaped<br />

conductor array)<br />

Permanent magnet<br />

(8 pole)<br />

Fig. 1.27 Shell-armature motor<br />

Air gap<br />

Core<br />

S<br />

S<br />

Magnet pole<br />

Flux path<br />

Losses in DC <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

DC motors are designed to convert electrical power<br />

into mechanical power <strong>and</strong> as a consequence of<br />

this, during periods of deceleration or if externally<br />

driven, will generate electrical power. However, all<br />

the input power is not converted into mechanical<br />

power due to the electrical resistance of the<br />

armature <strong>and</strong> other rotational losses. These losses<br />

give rise to heat generation within the motor.<br />

Diagrams courtesy of Electro-Craft Ltd.<br />

A14


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> losses can be divided into two areas: Those<br />

that depend on the load <strong>and</strong> those that depend on<br />

speed (Fig. 1.29).<br />

Fig. 1.29 Losses in a DC motor<br />

Winding<br />

losses<br />

Iron<br />

losses<br />

Load<br />

Friction<br />

losses<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> losses<br />

Brush<br />

losses<br />

Speed<br />

Short-cut<br />

circuit losses<br />

Winding losses. These are caused by the electrical<br />

resistance of the motor windings <strong>and</strong> are equal to<br />

I 2 R (where I = armature current <strong>and</strong> R = armature<br />

resistance).<br />

As the torque output of the motor increases, I<br />

increases, which gives rise to additional losses.<br />

Consideration of winding losses is very important<br />

since heating of the armature winding causes an<br />

increase in R, which results in further losses <strong>and</strong><br />

heating. This process can destroy the motor if the<br />

maximum current is not limited. Furthermore, at<br />

higher temperatures, the field magnets begin to<br />

lose their strength. Hence, for a required torque<br />

output the current requirement becomes greater.<br />

Brush contact losses. These are fairly complex to<br />

analyze since they depend upon several factors that<br />

will vary with motor operation. In general, brush<br />

contact resistance may represent a high proportion<br />

of the terminal resistance of the motor. The result of<br />

this resistance will be increased heating due to I 2 R<br />

losses in the brushes <strong>and</strong> contact area.<br />

Iron losses. Iron losses are the major factor in<br />

determining the maximum speed that may be<br />

attained by an iron-cored motor. These fall into two<br />

categories:<br />

• Eddy current losses are common in all<br />

conductive cored components experiencing a<br />

changing magnetic field. Eddy currents are<br />

induced into the motor armature as it undergoes<br />

changes in magnetization. These currents are<br />

speed-dependent <strong>and</strong> have a significant heating<br />

effect at high speeds. In practice, eddy currents<br />

are reduced by producing the armature core as a<br />

series of thin, insulated sections or laminations,<br />

stacked to produce the required core length.<br />

• Hysteresis losses are caused by the resistance<br />

of the core material to constant changes of<br />

magnetic orientation, giving rise to additional heat<br />

generation, which increases with speed.<br />

Friction losses. These are associated with the<br />

mechanical characteristics of the motor <strong>and</strong> arise<br />

from brush friction, bearing friction, <strong>and</strong> air<br />

resistance. These variables will generate heat <strong>and</strong><br />

will require additional armature current to offset this<br />

condition.<br />

Short circuit currents. As the brushes slide over<br />

the commutator, the brush is in contact with two<br />

commutator segments for a brief period. During this<br />

period, the brush will short out the coil connected<br />

to those segments (Fig. 1.30). This condition<br />

generates a torque that opposes the main driving<br />

torque <strong>and</strong> increases with motor speed.<br />

Fig. 1.30 Generation of short-circuit currents<br />

All these losses will contribute heat to the motor<br />

<strong>and</strong> it is this heating that will ultimately limit the<br />

motor application.<br />

Other Limiting Considerations<br />

Torque ripple. The requirement for constant torque<br />

output from a DC motor is that the magnetic fields<br />

due to the stator <strong>and</strong> the armature are constant in<br />

magnitude <strong>and</strong> relative orientation, but this ideal is<br />

not achieved in practice. As the armature rotates,<br />

the relative orientation of the fields will change<br />

slightly <strong>and</strong> this will result in small changes in torque<br />

output called “torque ripple” (Fig. 1.31).<br />

Fig. 1.31 Torque ripple components<br />

Torque<br />

Commutator<br />

Winding<br />

Brush<br />

Torque Ripple<br />

Steady Torque<br />

O/P<br />

Time<br />

This will not usually cause problems at high speeds<br />

since the inertia of the motor <strong>and</strong> the load will tend<br />

to smooth out the effects, but problems may arise<br />

at low speeds.<br />

<strong>Motor</strong>s can be designed to minimize the effects of<br />

torque ripple by increasing the number of windings,<br />

or the number of motor poles, or by skewing the<br />

armature windings.<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

A15


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

Demagnetization. The permanent magnets of a<br />

DC motor field will tend to become demagnetized<br />

whenever a current flows in the motor armature.<br />

This effect is known as “armature reaction” <strong>and</strong> will<br />

have a negligible effect in normal use. Under high<br />

load conditions, however, when motor current may<br />

be high, the effect will cause a reduction in the<br />

torque constant of the motor <strong>and</strong> a consequent<br />

reduction in torque output.<br />

Above a certain level of armature current, the field<br />

magnets will become permanently demagnetized.<br />

Therefore, it is important not to exceed the<br />

maximum pulse current rating for the motor.<br />

Mechanical resonances <strong>and</strong> backlash. It might<br />

normally be assumed that a motor <strong>and</strong> its load,<br />

including a tachometer or position encoder, are all<br />

rigidly connected together. This may, however, not<br />

be the case.<br />

It is important for a bi-directional drive or positioning<br />

system that the mechanics are free from backlash,<br />

otherwise, true positioning will present problems.<br />

In high-performance systems, with high<br />

accelerations, interconnecting shafts <strong>and</strong> couplings<br />

may deflect under the applied torque, such that the<br />

various parts of the system may have different<br />

instantaneous velocities that may be in opposite<br />

directions. Under certain conditions, a shaft may go<br />

into torsional resonance (Fig. 1.32).<br />

Fig. 1.32 Torsional oscillation<br />

Shaft<br />

Load <strong>Motor</strong> Tach<br />

Back emf<br />

As described previously, a permanent magnet DC<br />

motor will operate as a generator. As the shaft is<br />

rotated, a voltage will appear across the brush<br />

terminals. This voltage is called the back<br />

electromotive force (emf) <strong>and</strong> is generated even<br />

when the motor is driven by an applied voltage. The<br />

output voltage is essentially linear with motor speed<br />

<strong>and</strong> has a slope that is defined as the motor voltage<br />

constant, K E<br />

(Fig. 1.33). K E<br />

is typically quoted in<br />

volts per 1000 rpm.<br />

Fig. 1.33 Back-emf characteristic<br />

Output<br />

volts<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> Equations<br />

Unlike a step motor, the DC brush motor exhibits<br />

simple relationships between current, voltage,<br />

torque <strong>and</strong> speed. It is therefore worth examining<br />

these relationships as an aid to the application of<br />

brush motors.<br />

The application of a constant voltage to the<br />

terminals of a motor will result in its accelerating to<br />

attain a steady final speed (n). Under these<br />

conditions, the voltage (V) applied to the motor is<br />

opposed by the back emf (nK E<br />

) <strong>and</strong> the resultant<br />

voltage drives the motor current (I) through the<br />

motor armature <strong>and</strong> brush resistance (R s<br />

).<br />

The equivalent circuit of a DC motor is shown in<br />

Fig. 1.34.<br />

Fig. 1.34 DC motor equivalent circuit<br />

v<br />

I<br />

R s<br />

R L V g<br />

R s<br />

= motor resistance<br />

L = winding inductance<br />

V g<br />

= back emf <strong>and</strong><br />

R L<br />

represents magnetic losses.<br />

The value of R L<br />

is usually large <strong>and</strong> so can be<br />

ignored, as can the inductance L, which is generally<br />

small.<br />

If we apply a voltage (V) to the motor <strong>and</strong> a current<br />

(I) flows, then:<br />

V = IR s<br />

+ V g<br />

but V g<br />

= nK E<br />

so V = IR s<br />

+ nK E<br />

(1)<br />

This is the electrical equation of the motor.<br />

If K T<br />

is the torque constant of the motor (typically in<br />

oz/in per Amp), then the torque generated by the<br />

motor is given by:<br />

T = IK T<br />

(2)<br />

The opposing torque due to friction (T F<br />

) <strong>and</strong> viscous<br />

damping (K D<br />

) is given by:<br />

T M<br />

= T F<br />

+ nK D<br />

If the motor is coupled to a load T L<br />

,then at<br />

constant speed:<br />

T = T L<br />

+ T F<br />

+ nK D<br />

(3)<br />

Equations (1), (2) <strong>and</strong> (3) allow us to calculate the<br />

required current <strong>and</strong> drive voltage to meet given<br />

torque <strong>and</strong> speed requirements. The values of K T<br />

,<br />

K E<br />

, etc. are given in the motor manufacturer’s data.<br />

L<br />

Shaft speed<br />

A16


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

Brushless <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

Before we talk about brushless motors in detail,<br />

let’s clear up a few points about terminology. The<br />

term “brushless” has become accepted as referring<br />

to a particular variety of servo motor. Clearly a step<br />

motor is a brushless device, as is an AC induction<br />

motor (in fact, the step motor can form the basis of<br />

a brushless servo motor, often called a hybrid<br />

servo, which is discussed later). However, the socalled<br />

“brushless” motor has been designed to have<br />

a similar performance to the DC brush servo<br />

without the limitations imposed by a mechanical<br />

commutator.<br />

Within the brushless category are two basic motor<br />

types: trapezoidal <strong>and</strong> sine wave motors. The<br />

trapezoidal motor is really a brushless DC servo,<br />

whereas the sine wave motor bears a close<br />

resemblance to the AC synchronous motor. To fully<br />

explain the difference between these motors, we<br />

must review the evolution of the brushless motor.<br />

Fig. 1.35 Conventional DC brush motor<br />

Brushless <strong>Motor</strong> Operation<br />

To turn this motor into a brushless design, we must<br />

start by eliminating the windings on the rotor. This<br />

can be achieved by turning the motor inside out. In<br />

other words, we make the permanent magnet the<br />

rotating part <strong>and</strong> put the windings on the stator<br />

poles. We still need some means of reversing the<br />

current automatically – a cam-operated reversing<br />

switch could be made to do this job (Fig. 1.36).<br />

Obviously such an arrangement with a mechanical<br />

switch is not very satisfactory, but the switching<br />

capability of non-contacting devices tends to be<br />

very limited. However, in a servo application, we<br />

will use an electronic amplifier or drive which can<br />

also be used to do the commutation in response to<br />

low-level signals from an optical or hall-effect<br />

sensor (see Fig. 1.37). This component is referred<br />

to as the commutation encoder. So unlike the DC<br />

brush motor, the brushless version cannot be<br />

driven by simply connecting it to a source of direct<br />

current. The current in the external circuit must be<br />

reversed at defined rotor positions. Hence, the<br />

motor is actually being driven by an alternating<br />

current.<br />

Fig. 1.37 Brushless motor<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

N<br />

S<br />

+<br />

-<br />

Commutator<br />

A simple conventional DC brush motor (Fig. 1.35)<br />

consists of a wound rotor that can turn within a<br />

magnetic field provided by the stator. If the coil<br />

connections were made through slip rings, this<br />

motor would behave like a step motor (reversing the<br />

current in the rotor would cause it to flip through<br />

180°). By including the commutator <strong>and</strong> brushes,<br />

the reversal of current is made automatically <strong>and</strong><br />

the rotor continues to turn in the same direction.<br />

N<br />

S<br />

Commutation<br />

Encoder<br />

Drive<br />

Fig. 1.36 “Inside out” DC motor<br />

N<br />

S<br />

Reversing Switch<br />

Going back to the conventional brush motor, a<br />

rotor consisting of only one coil will exhibit a large<br />

torque variation as it rotates. In fact, the<br />

characteristic will be sinusoidal, with maximum<br />

torque produced when the rotor field is at right<br />

angles to the stator field <strong>and</strong> zero torque at the<br />

commutation point (see Fig. 1.38). A practical DC<br />

motor has a large number of coils on the rotor,<br />

each one connected not only to its own pair of<br />

commutator segments but to the other coils as<br />

well. In this way, the chief contribution to torque is<br />

made by a coil operating close to its peak-torque<br />

position. There is also an averaging effect produced<br />

by current flowing in all the other coils, so the<br />

resulting torque ripple is very small.<br />

+<br />

-<br />

A17


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

Fig. 1.38 3-phase brushless motor<br />

A1<br />

B2<br />

C2<br />

A1<br />

Fig. 1.41 Position of rotor at commutation point<br />

Stator<br />

Field<br />

A1<br />

C1<br />

A2<br />

B1<br />

C1<br />

C2<br />

B2<br />

A2<br />

B1<br />

B2<br />

C1<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

C2<br />

B1<br />

We would like to reproduce a similar situation in the<br />

brushless motor; however, this would require a<br />

large number of coils distributed around the stator.<br />

This may be feasible, but each coil would require its<br />

own individual drive circuit. This is clearly<br />

prohibitive, so a compromise is made. A typical<br />

brushless motor has either two or three sets of coils<br />

or “phases” (see Fig. 1.38). The motor shown in Fig.<br />

1.38 is a two-pole, three-phase design. The rotor<br />

usually has four or six rotor poles, with a<br />

corresponding increase in the number of stator<br />

poles. This doesn’t increase the number of<br />

phases—each phase has its turns distributed<br />

between several stator poles.<br />

Fig. 1.39 Position-torque characteristic<br />

C1<br />

B2<br />

C1<br />

A2<br />

A1<br />

I<br />

C2 A2<br />

B2<br />

A1<br />

N<br />

N<br />

S<br />

S<br />

C2<br />

B1<br />

B1<br />

Stator<br />

Field<br />

A2<br />

Torque<br />

+<br />

-<br />

0°<br />

90°<br />

180°<br />

Direction of Rotor<br />

Field Relative<br />

to Stator Field<br />

C1<br />

I<br />

A1<br />

C2 A2<br />

B2<br />

B1<br />

Fig. 1.40 Stator field positions for different<br />

phase currents<br />

B2<br />

C1<br />

S<br />

S<br />

A1<br />

N<br />

N<br />

C2<br />

B1<br />

Stator<br />

Field<br />

A2<br />

Stator<br />

Field<br />

S<br />

N<br />

Rotation<br />

A1<br />

60°<br />

120°<br />

C1<br />

C2 A2<br />

B2<br />

I<br />

B1<br />

Stator<br />

Field<br />

Average Lag = 90°<br />

Rotor<br />

Field<br />

The torque characteristic in Fig. 1.39 indicates that<br />

maximum torque is produced when the rotor <strong>and</strong><br />

stator fields are at 90° to each other. Therefore, to<br />

generate constant torque we would need to keep<br />

the stator field a constant 90° ahead of the rotor.<br />

Limiting the number of phases to three means that<br />

we can only advance the stator field in increments<br />

of 60° (Fig. 1.40). This means we must keep the<br />

stator field in the same place during 60° of shaft<br />

rotation. So we can’t maintain a constant 90°<br />

torque angle, but we can maintain an average of<br />

90° by working between 60° <strong>and</strong> 120°. Fig. 1.41<br />

shows the rotor position at a commutation point.<br />

When the torque angle has fallen to 60°, the stator<br />

field is advanced from 1 to 2 so that the angle now<br />

increases to 120°, <strong>and</strong> it stays here during the next<br />

60° of rotation.<br />

A18


The Trapezoidal <strong>Motor</strong><br />

With a fixed current level in the windings, the use of<br />

this extended portion of the sinusoidal torque<br />

characteristic gives rise to a large degree of torque<br />

ripple. We can minimize the effect by manipulating<br />

the motor design to “flatten out” the characteristic –<br />

to make it trapezoidal, (Fig. 1.42). In practice, this is<br />

not very easy to do, so some degree of non-linearity<br />

will remain. The effect of this tends to be a slight<br />

“kick” at the commutation points, which can be<br />

noticeable when the motor is running very slowly.<br />

Fig. 1.42 Trapezoidal motor characteristic<br />

60°<br />

Torque ripple resulting from non-linearity in the<br />

torque characteristic tends to produce a velocity<br />

modulation in the load. However, in a system using<br />

velocity feedback the velocity loop will generally<br />

have a high gain. This means that a very small<br />

increase in velocity will generate a large error signal,<br />

reducing the torque dem<strong>and</strong> to correct the velocity<br />

change. So in practice, the output current from the<br />

amplifier tends to mirror the torque characteristic<br />

(Fig. 1.43) so that the resulting velocity modulation<br />

is extremely small.<br />

Fig. 1.43 Current profile in velocity-controlled<br />

servo<br />

Current<br />

The Sine Wave <strong>Motor</strong><br />

In the sine wave motor (sometimes called an AC<br />

brushless servo), no attempt is made to modify the<br />

basic sinusoidal torque characteristic. Such a motor<br />

can be driven like an AC synchronous motor by<br />

applying sinusoidal currents to the motor windings.<br />

These currents must have the appropriate phase<br />

displacement, 120° in the case of the three-phase<br />

motor. We now need a much higher resolution<br />

device to control the commutation if we want<br />

smooth rotation at low speeds. The drive needs to<br />

generate 3 currents that are in the correct<br />

relationship to each other at every rotor position. So<br />

rather than the simple commutation encoder<br />

generating a h<strong>and</strong>ful of switching points, we now<br />

need a resolver or high-resolution optical encoder.<br />

In this way, it’s possible to maintain a 90° torque<br />

60°<br />

(Torque)<br />

angle very accurately, resulting in very smooth lowspeed<br />

rotation <strong>and</strong> negligible torque ripple. A<br />

simplified explanation of why the sine wave motor<br />

produces constant torque is given in the next<br />

section.<br />

The drive for a sine wave motor is more complex<br />

than for the trapezoidal version. We need a<br />

reference table from which to generate the<br />

sinusoidal currents, <strong>and</strong> these must be multiplied by<br />

the torque dem<strong>and</strong> signal to determine their<br />

absolute amplitude. With a star-connected threephase<br />

motor, it is sufficient to determine the<br />

currents in two of the windings—this will<br />

automatically determine what happens in the third.<br />

As previously mentioned, the sine wave motor<br />

needs a high-resolution feedback device. However,<br />

this device can also provide position <strong>and</strong> velocity<br />

information for the controller.<br />

Why constant torque from a sine wave<br />

motor?<br />

To underst<strong>and</strong> this, it’s easier to think in terms of a<br />

two-phase motor. This has just two sets of<br />

windings that are fed with sinusoidal currents at 90°<br />

to each other. If we represent shaft position by an<br />

angle θ, then the currents in the two windings are of<br />

the form Isinθ <strong>and</strong> Icosθ.<br />

Going back to our original motor model, you’ll<br />

remember that the fundamental torque<br />

characteristic of the motor is also sinusoidal. So for<br />

a given current I, the instantaneous torque value<br />

looks like:<br />

T = I K T<br />

sinθ<br />

Where K T<br />

is the motor torque constant<br />

By making the motor current sinusoidal as well, <strong>and</strong><br />

in phase with the motor torque characteristic, the<br />

torque generated by one phase becomes:<br />

T 1<br />

= (I sinθ) K T<br />

sinθ<br />

= I K T<br />

sin 2 θ<br />

Similarly, the torque produced by the other phase<br />

is:<br />

T 2<br />

= I K T<br />

cos 2 θ<br />

The total torque is:<br />

T 1<br />

+ T 2<br />

= I K T<br />

(sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ)<br />

but: sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ = 1 for any value of θ<br />

therefore: T 1<br />

+ T 2<br />

= IK T<br />

So for sinusoidal phase currents with a constant<br />

amplitude, the resultant torque is also constant <strong>and</strong><br />

independent of shaft position.<br />

For this condition to remain true, the drive currents<br />

must accurately follow a sine-cosine relationship.<br />

This can only occur with a sufficiently high<br />

resolution in the encoder or resolver used for<br />

commutation.<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

A19


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

The Hybrid <strong>Servo</strong><br />

In terms of their basic operation, the step motor<br />

<strong>and</strong> the brushless servo motor are identical. They<br />

each have a rotating magnet system <strong>and</strong> a wound<br />

stator. The only difference is that one has more<br />

poles than the other, typically two or three polepairs<br />

in the brushless servo <strong>and</strong> 50 in the stepper.<br />

You could use a brushless servo as a stepper – not<br />

a very good one, since the step angle would be<br />

large. But by the same token, you can also use a<br />

stepper as a brushless servo by fitting a feedback<br />

device to perform the commutation. Hence the<br />

“hybrid servo”, so called because it is based on a<br />

hybrid step motor (Fig. 1.44). These have also been<br />

dubbed ‘stepping servos’ <strong>and</strong> ‘closed-loop<br />

steppers’. We prefer not to use the term ‘stepper’<br />

at all since such a servo exhibits none of the<br />

operating characteristics of a step motor.<br />

The hybrid servo is driven in precisely the same<br />

fashion as the brushless motor. A two-phase drive<br />

provides sine <strong>and</strong> cosine current waveforms in<br />

response to signals from the feedback device. This<br />

device may be an optical encoder or a resolver. Since<br />

the motor has 50 pole pairs, there will be 50 electrical<br />

cycles per revolution. This conveniently permits a 50-<br />

cycle resolver to be constructed from the same rotor<br />

<strong>and</strong> stator laminations as the motor itself.<br />

A hybrid servo generates approximately the same<br />

torque output as the equivalent step motor,<br />

assuming the same drive current <strong>and</strong> supply<br />

voltage. However, the full torque capability of the<br />

motor can be utilized since the system is operating<br />

in a closed loop (with an open-loop step motor, it is<br />

always necessary to allow an adequate torque<br />

margin). The hybrid servo system will be more<br />

expensive than the equivalent step motor systems,<br />

but less costly than a brushless servo. As with the<br />

step motor, continuous operation at high speed is<br />

not recommended since the high pole count results<br />

in greater iron losses at high speeds. A hybrid servo<br />

also tends to run quieter <strong>and</strong> cooler than its step<br />

motor counterpart; since it is a true servo, power is<br />

only consumed when torque is required <strong>and</strong><br />

normally no current will flow at st<strong>and</strong>still. Lowspeed<br />

smoothness is vastly improved over the<br />

open-loop full step motor.<br />

It is worth noting that the hybrid servo is entirely<br />

different from the open-loop step motor operated in<br />

‘closed loop’ or ‘position tracking’ mode. In position<br />

tracking mode, an encoder measures the load<br />

movement <strong>and</strong> final positioning is determined by<br />

encoder feedback. While this technique can provide<br />

high positioning accuracy <strong>and</strong> eliminates<br />

undetected position loss, it does not allow full<br />

torque utilization, improve smoothness or reduce<br />

motor heating.<br />

Fig. 1.44 Hybrid servo motor with resolver feedback<br />

Stator<br />

Rotor<br />

Two MS Style<br />

Connectors<br />

Position Feedback<br />

Device Rotor<br />

Housing<br />

Bearing<br />

Position Feedback<br />

Device Stator<br />

A20


Direct Drive <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> Construction <strong>and</strong> Operation<br />

Direct drive systems couple the system’s load<br />

directly to the motor without the use of belts or<br />

gears. In some situations, brushed or brushlesss<br />

servo motors may lack adequate torque or<br />

resolution to satisfy some applications’ needs.<br />

Therefore, mechanical means, such as gear<br />

reduction systems to increase torque <strong>and</strong><br />

resolution, are used to meet system requirements.<br />

The Dynaserv Direct Drive can provide very high<br />

torque in a modest package size <strong>and</strong> solves many<br />

of the performance issues of the gear reducer. All in<br />

a system that is as easy to use as a stepping<br />

motor.<br />

Fig. 1.45 below shows the construction of the<br />

Dynaserv DM Series direct drive motor compared<br />

to a conventional motor with a gear reducer. The<br />

gear reducer relies on large amounts of frictional<br />

contact to reduce the speed of the load. This<br />

gearing effectively increases torque <strong>and</strong> resolution<br />

but sacrifices speed <strong>and</strong> accuracy. The direct drive<br />

motor is brushless <strong>and</strong> gearless so it eliminates<br />

friction from its power transmission Since the<br />

feedback element is coupled directly to the load,<br />

system accuracy <strong>and</strong> repeatability are greatly<br />

increased <strong>and</strong> backlash is eliminated.<br />

Fig. 1.45 Construction comparison<br />

The motor contains precision bearings, magnetic<br />

components <strong>and</strong> integral feedback in a compact<br />

motor package (see Fig. 1.46). The motor is an<br />

outer rotor type, providing direct motion of the<br />

outside housing of the motor <strong>and</strong> thus the load.<br />

The cross roller bearings that support the rotor<br />

have high stiffness, to allow the motor to be<br />

connected directly to the load. In most cases, it is<br />

not necessary to use additional bearings or<br />

connecting shafts.<br />

Fig. 1.46<br />

Hub<br />

Exp<strong>and</strong>ed motor view—<br />

Dynaserv Model DM<br />

Encoder Plate<br />

LED Kit<br />

Clamp Ring<br />

Housing Kit<br />

Retaining<br />

Ring<br />

Stator Core<br />

Rotor Core<br />

Core<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

Housing<br />

PDA Kit<br />

Encoder<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Gear <br />

Reducer<br />

Conventional <strong>Motor</strong><br />

Encoder<br />

DC/AC <br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Encoder PCB<br />

Slit Plate<br />

Stator<br />

Element<br />

Rotor Core<br />

Bearing<br />

Direct Drive <strong>Motor</strong><br />

Rotating<br />

Element<br />

Stator Core<br />

The torque is proportional to the square of the sum<br />

of the magnetic flux (Ø m<br />

), of the permanent magnet<br />

rotor <strong>and</strong> the magnetic flux (Ø c<br />

), of the stator<br />

windings. See Fig. 1.47. High torque is generated<br />

due to the following factors. First, the motor<br />

diameter is large. The tangential forces between<br />

rotor <strong>and</strong> stator act as a large radius, resulting in<br />

higher torque. Secondly, a large number of small<br />

rotor <strong>and</strong> stator teeth create many magnetic cycles<br />

per motor revolution. More working cycles means<br />

increased torque.<br />

Fig. 1.47 Dynaserv magnetic circuit<br />

Rotor<br />

Φ m<br />

Φ c<br />

Φ m<br />

Stator A<br />

Excitation <br />

Coil<br />

Permanent <br />

Magnet<br />

Stator B<br />

T<br />

A21


<strong>Motor</strong> Technologies<br />

Direct Drive <strong>Motor</strong> Advantages<br />

High Precision<br />

Dynaserv motors eliminate the backlash or<br />

hysteresis inevitable in using any speed reducer.<br />

Absolute positioning of 30 arc-sec is typical with a<br />

repeatability of ±2 arc-sec.<br />

Faster Settling Time<br />

The Dynaserv system reduces machine cycle times<br />

by decreasing settling times. This result is realized<br />

because of the “gearless” design <strong>and</strong> sophisticated<br />

“I-PD” control algorithm.<br />

High Torque at High Speed<br />

The torque/speed curve of the various Dynaserv<br />

models is very flat. This results in high acceleration<br />

at high speeds (4.0 rps) with good controllability.<br />

Optimum Tuning<br />

Dynaserv systems offer the user a tuning mode that<br />

simplifies the setting of optimum parameters for the<br />

actual load. Turning on the “test” switch on the<br />

front panel of the drive produces a test signal.<br />

Using an oscilloscope, the gain settings are quickly<br />

optimized by adjusting the digital switches <strong>and</strong><br />

potentiometers on the front panel.<br />

Clean Operation<br />

The Dynaserv system is brushless <strong>and</strong> gearless,<br />

which results in a maintenance-free operation. With<br />

preparation, the Dynaserv can operate in class 10<br />

environments.<br />

Smooth Rotation<br />

The very low velocity <strong>and</strong> torque ripple of the<br />

Dynaserv contribute to its excellent speed<br />

controllability with a more than 1:1,000 speed ratio.<br />

Fig. 1.48 Dynaserv velocity/torque ripple<br />

Speed Ripple<br />

(DM1150A)<br />

Torque Ripple<br />

(DM1015A)<br />

20<br />

Ripple (%)<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

3<br />

Conditions<br />

• Load 30 x Rotor Inertia<br />

• Rotation: CW<br />

• Speed Mode<br />

Torque (N • m)<br />

15.3<br />

15<br />

14.7<br />

5<br />

5%<br />

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2<br />

Revolution (rps)<br />

0<br />

0°<br />

90° 180° 270° 360°<br />

Rotational Angle (degrees)<br />

A22


<strong>Step</strong>ping <strong>Motor</strong> Drives<br />

The stepper drive delivers electrical power to the<br />

motor in response to low-level signals from the<br />

control system.<br />

The motor is a torque-producing device, <strong>and</strong> this<br />

torque is generated by the interaction of magnetic<br />

fields. The driving force behind the stator field is the<br />

magneto-motive force (MMF), which is proportional<br />

to current <strong>and</strong> to the number of turns in the<br />

winding. This is often referred to as the amp-turns<br />

product. Essentially, the drive must act as a source<br />

of current. The applied voltage is only significant as<br />

a means of controlling the current.<br />

Input signals to the stepper drive consist of step<br />

pulses <strong>and</strong> a direction signal. One step pulse is<br />

required for every step the motor is to take. This is<br />

true regardless of the stepping mode. So the drive<br />

may require 200 to 101,600 pulses to produce one<br />

revolution of the shaft. The most commonly-used<br />

stepping mode in industrial applications is the halfstep<br />

mode in which the motor performs 400 steps<br />

per revolution. At a shaft speed of 1800 rpm, this<br />

corresponds to a step pulse frequency of 20kHz.<br />

The same shaft speed at 25,000 steps per rev<br />

requires a step frequency of 750 kHz, so motion<br />

controllers controlling microstep drives must be<br />

able to output a much higher step frequency.<br />

Fig. 2.1 <strong>Step</strong>per drive elements<br />

<strong>Step</strong><br />

Direction<br />

Translator<br />

<strong>Step</strong>per Drive<br />

Elements<br />

Switch<br />

Set<br />

Phase 2<br />

Phase 1<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

The simplest type of switch set is the unipolar<br />

arrangement shown in Fig. 2.2. It is referred to as a<br />

unipolar drive because current can only flow in one<br />

direction through any particular motor terminal. A<br />

bifilar-wound motor must be used since reversal of<br />

the stator field is achieved by transferring current to<br />

the second coil. In the case of this very simple<br />

drive, the current is determined only by the motor<br />

winding resistance <strong>and</strong> the applied voltage.<br />

Fig. 2.2 Basic unipolar drive<br />

1A<br />

1B<br />

TR1 TR2 TR3 TR4<br />

Such a drive will function perfectly well at low<br />

stepping rates, but as speed is increased, the<br />

torque will fall off rapidly due to the inductance of<br />

the windings.<br />

V+<br />

0V<br />

2A<br />

Drive Technologies<br />

2B<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

<strong>Step</strong><br />

Direction<br />

The logic section of the stepper drive is often<br />

referred to as the translator. Its function is to<br />

translate the step <strong>and</strong> direction signals into control<br />

waveforms for the switch set (see Fig. 2.1). The<br />

basic translator functions are common to most<br />

drive types, although the translator is necessarily<br />

more complex in the case of a microstepping drive.<br />

However, the design of the switch set is the prime<br />

factor in determining drive performance, so we will<br />

look at this in more detail.<br />

A23


Drive Technologies<br />

Inductance/Water Analogy<br />

For those not familiar with the property of<br />

inductance, the following water analogy may be<br />

useful (Fig. 2.3). An inductor behaves in the same<br />

way as a turbine connected to a flywheel. When the<br />

tap is turned on <strong>and</strong> pressure is applied to the inlet<br />

pipe, the turbine will take time to accelerate due to<br />

the inertia of the flywheel. The only way to increase<br />

the acceleration rate is to increase the applied<br />

pressure. If there is no friction or leakage loss in the<br />

system, acceleration will continue indefinitely for as<br />

long as the pressure is applied. In a practical case,<br />

the final speed will be determined by the applied<br />

pressure <strong>and</strong> by friction <strong>and</strong> the leakage past the<br />

turbine blades.<br />

Fig. 2.3 Inductance water analogy<br />

Pressure Equivalent<br />

to Applied Voltage<br />

I<br />

1-Way<br />

Valve<br />

Tap<br />

Kinetic Energy<br />

of Flywheel<br />

Equivalent to<br />

Energy Stored<br />

in Magnetic Field<br />

Water Flow<br />

Equivalent<br />

to Current<br />

Turbine<br />

Higher Pressure<br />

Causes Flywheel<br />

to Accelerate<br />

More Rapidly<br />

Voltage<br />

(Pressure)<br />

Reverse Pressure<br />

When Flow<br />

Interrupted<br />

Current<br />

(Flow)<br />

Applying a voltage to the terminals of an inductor<br />

produces a similar effect. With a pure inductance<br />

(i.e., no resistance), the current will rise in a linear<br />

fashion for as long as the voltage is applied. The<br />

rate of rise of current depends on the inductance<br />

<strong>and</strong> the applied voltage, so a higher voltage must<br />

be applied to get the current to rise more quickly. In<br />

a practical inductor possessing resistance, the final<br />

current is determined by the resistance <strong>and</strong> the<br />

applied voltage.<br />

Once the turbine has been accelerated up to<br />

speed, stopping it again is not a simple matter. The<br />

kinetic energy of the flywheel has to be dissipated,<br />

<strong>and</strong> as soon as the tap is turned off, the flywheel<br />

drives the turbine like a pump <strong>and</strong> tries to keep the<br />

water flowing. This will set up a high pressure<br />

across the inlet <strong>and</strong> outlet pipes in the reverse<br />

direction. The equivalent energy store in the<br />

inductor is the magnetic field. As this field<br />

collapses, it tries to maintain the current flow by<br />

generating a high reverse voltage.<br />

By including a one-way valve across the turbine<br />

connections, the water is allowed to continue<br />

circulating when the tap is turned off. The energy<br />

stored in the flywheel is now put to good use in<br />

maintaining the flow. We use the same idea in the<br />

recirculating chopper drive, in which a diode allows<br />

the current to recirculate after it has built up.<br />

Going back to our simple unipolar drive, if we look<br />

at the way the current builds up (Fig. 2.4) we can<br />

see that it follows an exponential shape with its final<br />

value set by the voltage <strong>and</strong> the winding resistance.<br />

To get it to build up more rapidly, we could increase<br />

the applied voltage, but this would also increase the<br />

final current level. A simple way to alleviate this<br />

problem is to add a resistor in series with the motor<br />

to keep the current the same as before.<br />

A24


R-L Drive<br />

The principle described in the Inductance/Water<br />

Analogy (p. A24) is applied in the resistance-limited<br />

(R-L) drive see Fig. 2.4. Using an applied voltage of<br />

10 times the rated motor voltage, the current will<br />

reach its final value in one tenth of the time. If you<br />

like to think in terms of the electrical time constant,<br />

this has been reduced from L/R to L/10R, so we’ll<br />

get a useful increase in speed. However we’re<br />

paying a price for this extra performance. Under<br />

steady-state conditions, there is 9 times as much<br />

power dissipated in the series resistor as in the<br />

motor itself, producing a significant amount of heat.<br />

Furthermore, the extra power must all come from<br />

the DC power supply, so this must be much larger.<br />

R-L drives are therefore only suited to low-power<br />

applications, but they do offer the benefits of<br />

simplicity, robustness <strong>and</strong> low radiated interference.<br />

Fig. 2.4 Principle of the R-L drive<br />

L<br />

R<br />

V<br />

I<br />

V<br />

I<br />

V<br />

R<br />

Bipolar Drive<br />

An obvious possibility is the simple circuit shown in<br />

Fig. 2.6, in which two power supplies are used<br />

together with a pair of switching transistors.<br />

Current can be made to flow in either direction<br />

through the motor coil by turning on one transistor<br />

or the other. However, there are distinct drawbacks<br />

to this scheme. First, we need two power supplies,<br />

both of which must be capable of delivering the<br />

total current for both motor phases. When all the<br />

current is coming from one supply the other is<br />

doing nothing at all, so the power supply utilization<br />

is poor. Second, the transistors must be rated at<br />

double the voltage that can be applied across the<br />

motor, requiring the use of costly components.<br />

Fig. 2.6 Simple bipolar drive<br />

V+<br />

TR1<br />

TR2<br />

0V<br />

Drive Technologies<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

L R R I<br />

2V<br />

Unipolar Drive<br />

Fig. 2.5 Basic unipolar drive<br />

V+<br />

1A<br />

1B<br />

2A<br />

2V<br />

I<br />

2V<br />

2R<br />

2B<br />

The st<strong>and</strong>ard arrangement used in bipolar motor<br />

drives is the bridge system shown in Fig. 2.7.<br />

Although this uses an extra pair of switching<br />

transistors, the problems associated with the<br />

previous configuration are overcome. Only one<br />

power supply is needed <strong>and</strong> this is fully utilized;<br />

transistor voltage ratings are the same as that<br />

available for driving the motor. In low-power<br />

systems, this arrangement can still be used with<br />

resistance limiting as shown in Fig. 2.8.<br />

Fig. 2.7 Bipolar bridge<br />

V-<br />

V+<br />

TR1 TR2 TR3 TR4<br />

TR1<br />

TR3<br />

0V<br />

A drawback of the unipolar drive is its inability to<br />

utilize all the coils on the motor. At any one time,<br />

there will only be current flowing in one half of each<br />

winding. If we could utilize both sections at the<br />

same time, we could get a 40% increase in ampturns<br />

for the same power dissipation in the motor.<br />

To achieve high performance <strong>and</strong> high efficiency,<br />

we need a bipolar drive (one that can drive current<br />

in either direction through each motor coil) <strong>and</strong> a<br />

better method of current control. Let’s look first at<br />

how we can make a bipolar drive.<br />

TR2<br />

TR4<br />

0V<br />

Fig. 2.8 Bipolar R-L drive<br />

V+<br />

TR1<br />

TR3<br />

TR2<br />

TR4<br />

0V<br />

A25


Drive Technologies<br />

Recirculating Chopper Drive<br />

The method of current control used in most stepper<br />

drives is the recirculating chopper (Fig. 2.9). This<br />

approach incorporates the four-transistor bridge,<br />

recirculation diodes, <strong>and</strong> a sense resistor. The<br />

resistor is of low value (typically 0.1 ohm) <strong>and</strong><br />

provides a feedback voltage proportional to the<br />

current in the motor.<br />

Fig. 2.9 Recirculating chopper drive<br />

+ +<br />

TR1<br />

TR3<br />

TR1<br />

TR3<br />

TR2<br />

D1<br />

D2<br />

TR4<br />

TR2<br />

D1<br />

D2<br />

TR4<br />

Vs<br />

Vs<br />

Rs<br />

Rs<br />

– –<br />

Injection<br />

Recirculation<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> current<br />

Current is injected into the winding by turning on<br />

one top switch <strong>and</strong> one bottom switch, <strong>and</strong> this<br />

applies the full supply voltage across the motor.<br />

Current will rise in an almost linear fashion <strong>and</strong> we<br />

can monitor this current by looking across the<br />

sense resistor. When the required current level has<br />

been reached, the top switch is turned off <strong>and</strong> the<br />

stored energy in the coil keeps the current<br />

circulating via the bottom switch <strong>and</strong> the diode.<br />

Losses in the system cause this current to slowly<br />

decay, <strong>and</strong> when a pre-set lower threshold is<br />

reached, the top switch is turned back on <strong>and</strong> the<br />

cycle repeats. The current is therefore maintained at<br />

the correct average value by switching or<br />

“chopping” the supply to the motor.<br />

This method of current control is very efficient<br />

because very little power is dissipated in the<br />

switching transistors other than during the transient<br />

switching state. Power drawn from the power<br />

supply is closely related to the mechanical power<br />

delivered by the shaft (unlike the R-L drive, which<br />

draws maximum power from the supply at<br />

st<strong>and</strong>still).<br />

A variant of this circuit is the regenerative chopper.<br />

In this drive, the supply voltage is applied across<br />

the motor winding in alternating directions, causing<br />

the current to ramp up <strong>and</strong> down at approximately<br />

equal rates. This technique tends to require fewer<br />

components <strong>and</strong> is consequently lower in cost,<br />

however, the associated ripple current in the motor<br />

is usually greater <strong>and</strong> increases motor heating.<br />

A26


Regeneration <strong>and</strong> Power Dumping<br />

Like other rotating machines with permanent<br />

magnets, the step motor will act as a generator<br />

when the shaft is driven mechanically. This means<br />

that the energy imparted to the load inertia during<br />

acceleration is returned to the drive during<br />

deceleration. This will increase the motor current<br />

<strong>and</strong> can damage the power switches if the extra<br />

current is excessive. A threshold detector in the<br />

drive senses this increase in current <strong>and</strong><br />

momentarily turns off all the bridge transistors<br />

(Fig. 2.10). There is now a path for the regenerated<br />

current back to the supply capacitor, where it<br />

increases the supply voltage. During this phase, the<br />

current is no longer flowing through the sense<br />

resistors, so the power switches must be turned on<br />

again after a short period (typically 30µS) for<br />

conditions to be reassessed. If the current is still too<br />

high, the drive returns to the regenerative state.<br />

Fig. 2.10 Current flow during regeneration<br />

The circuit of a simple power dump is shown in<br />

Fig. 2.11. A rectifier <strong>and</strong> capacitor fed with AC from<br />

the supply transformer provide a reference voltage<br />

equal to the peak value of the incoming AC. Under<br />

normal conditions this will be the same as the drive<br />

supply voltage. During excess regeneration, the<br />

drive supply voltage will rise above this reference,<br />

<strong>and</strong> this will turn on the dump transistor connecting<br />

the 33-ohm resistor across the power supply.<br />

When the supply voltage has decreased sufficiently,<br />

the transistor is turned back off. Although the<br />

instantaneous current flowing through the dump<br />

resistor may be relatively high, the average power<br />

dissipated is usually small since the dump period is<br />

very short. In applications where the regenerated<br />

power is high, perhaps caused by frequent <strong>and</strong><br />

rapid deceleration of a high inertia, a supplementary<br />

high-power dump resistor may be necessary.<br />

Fig. 2.11 Power dump circuit<br />

Drive Technologies<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

+V<br />

HV<br />

Power<br />

dump<br />

circuit<br />

Power<br />

supply<br />

capacitor<br />

AC<br />

in<br />

D1<br />

R2<br />

1K<br />

D2<br />

TR1<br />

R5<br />

R6<br />

33Ω<br />

10W<br />

100K<br />

R3<br />

A small increase in supply voltage during<br />

regeneration is acceptable, but if the rise is too<br />

great the switches may be damaged by overvoltage<br />

rather than excessive current. To resolve<br />

this problem, we use a power dump circuit that<br />

dissipates the regenerated power.<br />

C1<br />

R1<br />

R4<br />

TR2<br />

0V<br />

A27


Drive Technologies<br />

<strong>Step</strong>per Drive Technology Overview<br />

Within the various drive technologies, there is a<br />

spectrum of performance. The uni-polar resistancelimited<br />

(R-L) drive is a relatively simple design, but it<br />

lacks shaft power performance <strong>and</strong> is very inefficient.<br />

A uni-polar system only uses half of the motor<br />

winding at any instant. A bi-polar design allows<br />

torque producing current to flow in all motor<br />

windings, using the motor more efficiently, but<br />

increasing the complexity of the drive. A bi-polar R-L<br />

drive improves shaft performance, but is still very<br />

inefficient—generating a lot of wasted heat. An<br />

alternative to resistance-limiting is to control current<br />

by means of chopper regulation. ␣A chopper<br />

regulator is very efficient since it does not waste<br />

power by dropping voltage through a resistor.<br />

However, good current control in the motor is<br />

essential to deliver optimum shaft power. Pulse width<br />

modulation (PWM) <strong>and</strong> threshold modulation are two<br />

types of chopper regulation techniques. PWM<br />

controls the average of the motor current <strong>and</strong> is very<br />

good for precise current control, while threshold<br />

modulation controls current to a peak level.<br />

Threshold modulation can be applied to a wider<br />

range of motors, but it does suffer greater loss of<br />

performance than PWM when the motor has a large<br />

resistance or long motor cables are used. Both<br />

chopper regulation techniques can use recirculating<br />

current control, which improves the power<br />

dissipation in the motor <strong>and</strong> drive <strong>and</strong> overall system<br />

efficiency. As system performance increases, the<br />

complexity <strong>and</strong> cost of the drive increases.<br />

<strong>Step</strong>per drive technology has evolved—being driven<br />

by machine builders that require more shaft power in<br />

smaller packages, higher speed capability, better<br />

efficiency, <strong>and</strong> improved accuracy. One trend of the<br />

technology is towards microstepping, a technique<br />

that divides each full step of the motor into smaller<br />

steps. This is achieved electronically in the drive by<br />

proportioning the current between the motor<br />

windings. The higher the resolution, the more<br />

precision is required in the current control circuits. In<br />

its simplest form, a half-step system increases the<br />

resolution of a st<strong>and</strong>ard 1.8° full-step motor to 400<br />

steps/rev. Ministepping drives have more precise<br />

current control <strong>and</strong> can increase the resolution to<br />

4,000 steps/rev. Microstep drives typically have<br />

resolutions of 50,000 steps/rev, <strong>and</strong> in addition to<br />

improved current control, they often have<br />

adjustments to balance offsets between each phase<br />

of the motor <strong>and</strong> to optimize the current profile for<br />

the particular motor being used.<br />

Full-<strong>Step</strong> <strong>and</strong> Half-<strong>Step</strong> <strong>Systems</strong><br />

Full-step <strong>and</strong> half-step systems do not have the<br />

resolution capability of the ministepping or<br />

microstepping systems. However, the drive<br />

technology is not as complex <strong>and</strong> the drives are<br />

relatively inexpensive. Full-step <strong>and</strong> half-step systems<br />

will not have the same low-speed smoothness as<br />

higher resolution systems.<br />

An inherent property of a stepper motor is its lowspeed<br />

resonance, which may de-synchronize a<br />

motor <strong>and</strong> cause position loss. Full-step <strong>and</strong> halfstep<br />

drives are more prone to resonance effects <strong>and</strong><br />

this may limit their application in low-speed systems.<br />

Full-step <strong>and</strong> half-step systems can be operated at<br />

speeds above the motor’s resonant speed without<br />

loss of synchronization. For this reason, full-step <strong>and</strong><br />

half-step systems are normally applied in high-speed,<br />

point-to-point positioning applications. In these types<br />

of applications, the machine designer is primarily<br />

concerned with selecting a motor/drive system<br />

capable of producing the necessary power output.<br />

Since power is the product of torque <strong>and</strong> speed, a<br />

high-torque system with low-speed capability may<br />

not produce as much power as a low-torque, highspeed<br />

system. Sizing the system for torque only may<br />

not provide the most cost-effective solution, selecting<br />

a system based on power output will make the most<br />

efficient use of the motor <strong>and</strong> drive.<br />

<strong>Step</strong> motor systems typically require the motor to<br />

accelerate to reach high speed. If a motor was<br />

requested to run instantaneously at 3000 rpm, the<br />

motor would stall immediately. At slow speeds, it is<br />

possible to start the motor without position loss by<br />

applying unramped step pulses. The maximum speed<br />

at which synchronization will occur without ramping is<br />

called the start/stop velocity. The start/stop velocity is<br />

inversely proportional to the square-root of the total<br />

inertia. The start/stop capability provides a benefit for<br />

applications that require high-speed point-to-point<br />

positioning—since the acceleration to the start/stop<br />

velocity is almost instantaneous, the move-time will<br />

be reduced. No additional time is required to<br />

accelerate the motor from zero to the start/stop<br />

velocity. While the move-time can be reduced, it is<br />

generally more complicated for the controller or<br />

indexer to calculate the motion profile <strong>and</strong> implement<br />

a start/stop velocity. In most applications, using start/<br />

stop velocities will eliminate the need to run the motor<br />

at its resonant frequency <strong>and</strong> prevent desynchronization.<br />

Velocity<br />

Time<br />

Velocity<br />

Time<br />

Ministep <strong>Systems</strong><br />

Applications that require better low-speed<br />

smoothness than a half-step system should<br />

consider using a microstepping or ministepping<br />

solution. Microstepping systems, with resolutions<br />

of 50,000 steps/rev, can offer exceptional<br />

smoothness, without requiring a gear-reducer.<br />

Ministepping systems typically do not have wavetrimming<br />

capability or offset adjustment to achieve<br />

the optimum smoothness, but offer a great<br />

improvement over full-step <strong>and</strong> half-step systems.<br />

Ministepping systems have resolutions between<br />

1,000 <strong>and</strong> 4,000 steps/rev.<br />

The motor is an important element in providing<br />

good smoothness. Some motor designs are<br />

optimized for high-torque output rather than<br />

smooth rotation. Others are optimized for<br />

smoothness rather than high torque. Ministepping<br />

systems are typically offered with a motor as a<br />

“packaged” total solution, using a motor that has<br />

been selected for its premium smoothness<br />

properties.<br />

Ministep systems are sometimes selected to<br />

improve positional accuracy. However, with an<br />

open-loop system, friction may prevent the<br />

theoretical unloaded accuracy from being achieved<br />

in practice.<br />

A28


Microstepping Drives<br />

As we mentioned earlier, subdivision of the basic<br />

motor step is possible by proportioning the current<br />

in the two motor windings. This produces a series<br />

of intermediate step positions between the onephase-on<br />

points. It is clearly desirable that these<br />

intermediate positions are equally spaced <strong>and</strong><br />

produce approximately equal torque when the<br />

motor is running.<br />

Accurate microstepping places increased dem<strong>and</strong>s<br />

on the accuracy of current control in the drive,<br />

particularly at low current levels. A small phase<br />

imbalance that may be barely detectable in a halfstep<br />

drive can produce unacceptable positioning<br />

errors in a microstep system. Pulse-width<br />

modulation is frequently used to achieve higher<br />

accuracy than can be achieved using a simple<br />

threshold system.<br />

The phase currents necessary to produce the<br />

intermediate steps follow an approximately<br />

sinusoidal profile as shown in Fig. 2.12. However<br />

the same profile will not give the optimum response<br />

with all motors. Some will work well with a<br />

sinusoidal shape, whereas others need a more<br />

filled-out or trimmed-down shape (Fig. 2.12). So a<br />

microstep drive intended to operate with a variety<br />

of motors needs to have provision for adjusting the<br />

current profile. The intermediate current levels are<br />

usually stored as data in an EPROM, with some<br />

means of selecting alternative data sets to give<br />

different profiles. The change in profile may be<br />

thought of in terms of adding or subtracting a<br />

third-harmonic component to or from the basic sine<br />

wave.<br />

Fig. 2.12 Microstep current profile<br />

Due to this dependence on motor type for<br />

performance, it is usual for high-resolution<br />

microstep systems to be supplied as a matched<br />

motor-drive package.<br />

The <strong>Step</strong>per Torque/Speed Curve<br />

We have seen that motor inductance is the factor<br />

that opposes rapid changes of current <strong>and</strong><br />

therefore makes it more difficult to drive a stepper<br />

at high speeds. Looking at the torque-speed curve<br />

in Fig. 2.13, we can see what is going on. At low<br />

speeds, the current has plenty of time to reach the<br />

required level <strong>and</strong> so the average current in the<br />

motor is very close to the regulated value from the<br />

drive. Changing the regulated current setting or<br />

changing to a drive with a different current rating<br />

will affect the available torque accordingly.<br />

Fig 2.13 Regulated <strong>and</strong> voltage-limited regions<br />

of the torque-speed curve<br />

Average<br />

Current<br />

During<br />

Pulse<br />

Torque<br />

Regulated Region<br />

Speed<br />

Drive Technologies<br />

Voltage-Limited<br />

Region<br />

Drive with<br />

Higher Supply<br />

Voltage<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Sinewave Filled out Trimmed<br />

In the case of high-resolution microstep drives<br />

producing 10,000 steps per rev or more, the best<br />

performance will only be obtained with a particular<br />

type of motor. This is one in which the stator teeth<br />

are on a 7.5° pitch, giving 48 equal pitches in 360°.<br />

In most hybrid steppers, the stator teeth have the<br />

same pitch as the rotor teeth, giving equal<br />

increments of 7.2°. This latter arrangement tends to<br />

give superior torque output, but is less satisfactory<br />

as a microstepper since the magnetic poles are<br />

“harder” – there is no progressive transfer of tooth<br />

alignment from one pole to the next. In fact, with<br />

this type of motor, it can be quite difficult to find a<br />

current profile that gives good static positioning<br />

combined with smooth low-speed rotation. An<br />

alternative to producing a 7.5°-pitch stator is to<br />

incorporate a slight skew in the rotor teeth. This<br />

produces a similar effect <strong>and</strong> has the benefit of<br />

using st<strong>and</strong>ard 7.2° laminations throughout.<br />

Skewing is also used in DC brush motors as a<br />

means of improving smoothness.<br />

As speed increases, the time taken for the current<br />

to rise becomes a significant proportion of the<br />

interval between step pulses. This reduces the<br />

average current level, so the torque starts to fall off.<br />

As speed increases further, the interval between<br />

step pulses does not allow the current time to reach<br />

a level where the chopping action can begin. Under<br />

these conditions, the final value of current depends<br />

only on the supply voltage. If the voltage is<br />

increased, the current will increase more rapidly <strong>and</strong><br />

hence will achieve a higher value in the available<br />

time. So this region of the curve is described as<br />

“voltage limited”, as a change in the drive current<br />

setting would have no effect. We can conclude that<br />

at low speeds the torque depends on the drive<br />

current setting, whereas at high speeds it depends<br />

on the drive supply voltage. It is clear that highspeed<br />

performance is not affected by the drive<br />

current setting. Reducing the current simply<br />

“flattens out” the torque curve without restricting<br />

the ability to run at high speeds. When performance<br />

is limited by the available high-speed torque, there<br />

is much to be said for running at the lowest current<br />

that gives an adequate torque margin. In general,<br />

dissipation in motor <strong>and</strong> drive is reduced <strong>and</strong> lowspeed<br />

performance in particular will be smoother<br />

with less audible noise.<br />

A29


Drive Technologies<br />

With a bipolar drive, alternative possibilities exist for<br />

the motor connections as shown in Fig. 2.14. An<br />

8-lead motor can be connected with the two halves<br />

of each winding either in series or in parallel. With<br />

a 6-lead motor, either one half-winding or both<br />

half-windings may be connected in series. The<br />

alternative connection schemes produce different<br />

torque-speed characteristics <strong>and</strong> also affect the<br />

motor’s current rating.<br />

Fig. 2.14 Series & parallel connections<br />

1A 1B 2A 2B 1A 1B 2A 2B<br />

Fig. 2.15 Series & parallel torque/speed curves<br />

Torque<br />

Series<br />

Series<br />

Speed<br />

Parallel<br />

Parallel<br />

Compared with using one half-winding only,<br />

connecting both halves in series requires the drive<br />

current to flow through twice as many turns. For the<br />

same current, this doubles the “amp-turns” <strong>and</strong><br />

produces a corresponding increase in torque. In<br />

practice, the torque increase is seldom as high as<br />

100% due to the non-linearity of the magnetic<br />

material. Equally, the same torque will be produced at<br />

half the drive current when the windings are in series.<br />

However, having doubled the effective number of<br />

turns in the winding means that we have also<br />

increased the inductance by a factor of 4. This<br />

causes the torque to drop off much more rapidly as<br />

speed is increased, <strong>and</strong> as a result, the series<br />

mode is most useful at low speeds. The maximum<br />

shaft power obtainable in series is typically half that<br />

available in parallel (using the same current setting<br />

on the drive).<br />

Connecting the two half-windings of an 8-lead<br />

motor in parallel allows the current to divide itself<br />

between the two coils. It does not change the<br />

effective number of turns <strong>and</strong> the inductance<br />

therefore remains the same. So at a given drive<br />

current, the torque characteristic will be the same<br />

for two half-windings in parallel as for one of the<br />

windings on its own. For this reason, “parallel” in<br />

the context of a 6-lead motor refers to the use of<br />

one half-winding only.<br />

As has already been mentioned, the current rating<br />

of a step motor is determined by the allowable<br />

temperature rise. Unless the motor manufacturer’s<br />

data states otherwise, the rating is a “unipolar”<br />

value <strong>and</strong> assumes both phases of the motor are<br />

energized simultaneously. So a current rating of 5A<br />

means that the motor will accept 5A flowing in each<br />

half-winding.<br />

When the windings of an 8-lead motor are<br />

connected in parallel, half of the total resistance is<br />

produced. For the same power dissipation in the<br />

motor, the current may now be increased by 40%.<br />

Therefore, the 5A motor will accept 7A with the<br />

windings in parallel, giving a significant increase in<br />

available torque. Conversely, connecting the<br />

windings in series will double the total resistance<br />

<strong>and</strong> the current rating is reduced by a factor of 1.4,<br />

giving a safe current of 3.5A for our 5A-motor in<br />

series.<br />

As a general rule, parallel is the preferred<br />

connection method as it produces a flatter torque<br />

curve <strong>and</strong> greater shaft power (Fig. 2.15). Series is<br />

useful when high torque is required at low speeds,<br />

<strong>and</strong> it allows the motor to produce full torque from<br />

a lower-current drive. Care should be taken to avoid<br />

overheating the motor in series since its current<br />

rating is lower in this mode. Series configurations<br />

also carry a greater likelihood of resonance due to<br />

the high torque produced in the low-speed region.<br />

A30


DC Brush <strong>Motor</strong> Drives<br />

Linear <strong>and</strong> Switching Amplifiers<br />

Linear amplifiers – this type of amplifier operates in<br />

such a way that, depending on the direction of<br />

motor rotation, either TR1 or TR2 will be in series<br />

with the motor <strong>and</strong> will always have a voltage (V)<br />

developed across it (Fig. 2.16).<br />

This characteristic is the primary limitation on the<br />

use of linear amplifiers (since there will always be<br />

power dissipated in the output stages of the<br />

amplifier). To dissipate this power, large transistors<br />

<strong>and</strong> heat sinks will be required, making this type of<br />

amplifier unsuitable for use in high power systems.<br />

However, the linear amplifier does offer the benefit<br />

of low radiated electrical noise.<br />

Fig. 2.16 Linear servo amplifier<br />

TR1<br />

TR2<br />

Switching amplifiers – this amplifier is the most<br />

commonly used type for all but very low-power<br />

requirements <strong>and</strong> the most commonly used<br />

method of output control is by pulse width<br />

modulation (PWM).<br />

Power dissipation is greatly reduced since the<br />

output transistors are either in an “on” or an “off”<br />

state. In the “off” state, no current is conducted <strong>and</strong><br />

so no power is dissipated. In the “on” state the<br />

voltage across the transistors is very low (1-2 volts),<br />

so that the amount of power dissipated is small.<br />

Such amplifiers are suitable for a wide range of<br />

applications (including high power applications).<br />

The operation of a switching or chopper amplifier is<br />

very similar to that of the chopping stepper drive<br />

already described. Only one switch set is required<br />

to drive a DC brush motor, making the drive<br />

simpler. However, the function of a DC drive is to<br />

provide a variable current into the motor to control<br />

the torque. This may be achieved using either<br />

analog or digital techniques.<br />

+ Ve<br />

Analog <strong>and</strong> Digital <strong>Servo</strong> Drives<br />

Unlike stepper drives, amplifiers for both brush <strong>and</strong><br />

brushless servo motors are either analog or digital.<br />

The analog drive has been around for many years,<br />

whereas the digital drive is a relatively recent<br />

innovation. Both types have their merits.<br />

- Ve<br />

V<br />

M<br />

Overview – The Analog Drive<br />

In the traditional analog drive, the desired motor<br />

velocity is represented by an analog input voltage<br />

usually in the range ±10 volts. Full forward velocity<br />

is represented by +10v, <strong>and</strong> full reverse by -10v.<br />

Zero (D)<br />

volts represents the stationary condition <strong>and</strong><br />

intermediate voltages represent speeds in<br />

proportion to the voltage.<br />

The various adjustments needed to tune an analog<br />

drive are usually made with potentiometers. With a<br />

little experience, this can usually be performed<br />

quite quickly, but in some difficult applications it<br />

may take longer. Repeating the adjustments on<br />

subsequent units may take the same time unless<br />

there is an easy way of duplicating the potentiometer<br />

settings. For this reason, some proprietary<br />

drives use a plug-in “personality card” that may be<br />

fitted with preset components. However, this not<br />

only increases the cost but may preclude the<br />

possibility of fine tuning later.<br />

Overview – The Digital Drive<br />

An alternative to the analog system is the digitallycontrolled<br />

drive in which tuning is performed by<br />

sending data from a terminal or computer. This leads<br />

to easy repetition between units <strong>and</strong>, since such<br />

drives are invariably processor-based, facilitates<br />

fully-automatic self tuning. The input signal to such a<br />

drive may also be an analog voltage but can equally<br />

take the form of step <strong>and</strong> direction signals, like a<br />

stepper drive.<br />

Digital drives are used more in conjunction with<br />

brushless servo motors than with DC brush motors.<br />

Such drives are almost wholly digital with the<br />

exception of the power stage that actually delivers<br />

current to the motor. Velocity feedback is derived<br />

either from an encoder or resolver <strong>and</strong> again is<br />

processed as digital information. It becomes logical<br />

to incorporate a position controller within such a<br />

drive, so that incoming step <strong>and</strong> direction signals<br />

can be derived from a conventional stepper-type<br />

indexer. Equally, the positioner may be controlled<br />

by simple comm<strong>and</strong>s using a high-level motion<br />

control language – see the X-code products in this<br />

catalog.<br />

A Comparison of Analog <strong>and</strong> Digital Drives<br />

The analog drive offers the benefit of lower cost<br />

<strong>and</strong>, in the case of a drive using tach feedback,<br />

very high performance. The wide b<strong>and</strong>width of the<br />

brush tach allows high gains to be used without<br />

inducing jitter at st<strong>and</strong>still, resulting in a very “stiff”<br />

system.<br />

The digital drive, while more costly, is comparatively<br />

easy to set up <strong>and</strong> adjustments can be quickly<br />

repeated across several units. Automatic self-tuning<br />

can be a distinct advantage where the load<br />

parameters are unknown or difficult to measure.<br />

The digital drive also offers the possibility of<br />

dynamic tuning – sometimes vital where the load<br />

inertia changes dramatically during machine<br />

operation. Such an option is clearly out of the<br />

question with a potentiometer-adjusted drive.<br />

Drive Technologies<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

A31


Drive Technologies<br />

Analog DC Drive Operation<br />

The elements of an analog velocity amplifier are<br />

shown in Fig. 2.17. The function of the system is to<br />

control motor velocity in response to an analog<br />

input voltage.<br />

Fig. 2.17 Elements of an analog servo system<br />

Velocity<br />

Control<br />

Signal<br />

A<br />

Torque<br />

Control<br />

Signal<br />

B<br />

Drive<br />

Amplifier<br />

Torque Feedback Loop<br />

Velocity Feedback Loop<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> velocity is measured by a tach generator<br />

attached to the motor shaft. This produces a<br />

voltage proportional to speed that is compared with<br />

the incoming velocity dem<strong>and</strong> signal, <strong>and</strong> the result<br />

of this comparison is a torque dem<strong>and</strong>. If the speed<br />

is too low, the drive delivers more current, which in<br />

turn creates torque to accelerate the load. Similarly,<br />

if the speed is too high or the velocity dem<strong>and</strong> is<br />

reduced, current flow in the motor will be reversed<br />

to produce a braking torque.<br />

This type of amplifier is often referred to as a fourquadrant<br />

drive. This means that it can produce<br />

both acceleration <strong>and</strong> braking torque in either<br />

direction of rotation. If we draw a diagram<br />

representing direction of rotation in one axis <strong>and</strong><br />

direction of torque in the other (see Fig. 2.18), you<br />

will see that the motor can operate in all four<br />

“quadrants”. By contrast, a simple variable-speed<br />

drive capable of running only in one direction <strong>and</strong><br />

with uncontrolled deceleration would be described<br />

as single-quadrant.<br />

Fig. 2.18 Four-quadrant operation<br />

M<br />

R<br />

T<br />

The velocity amplifier in Fig. 2.17 has a high gain so<br />

that a small velocity difference will produce a large<br />

error signal. In this way, the accuracy of speed<br />

control can be made very high even when there are<br />

large load changes.<br />

A torque dem<strong>and</strong> from the velocity amplifier<br />

amounts to a request for more current in the motor.<br />

The control of current is again achieved by a<br />

feedback loop that compares the torque dem<strong>and</strong><br />

with the current in the motor. This current is<br />

measured by a sense resistor R, which produces a<br />

voltage proportional to motor current. This inner<br />

feedback loop is frequently referred to as a torque<br />

amplifier since its purpose is to create torque in<br />

response to a dem<strong>and</strong> from the velocity amplifier.<br />

The torque amplifier alone may be used as the<br />

basis of a servo drive. Some types of position<br />

controller generate a torque output signal rather<br />

than a velocity dem<strong>and</strong>, <strong>and</strong> there are also<br />

applications in which torque rather than speed is of<br />

primary interest (winding material onto a drum, for<br />

instance). Most analog drives can be easily<br />

configured either as velocity or torque amplifiers by<br />

means of a switch or jumper links. In practice, the<br />

input signal is still taken to the same point, but the<br />

velocity amplifier is bypassed.<br />

Torque<br />

CW<br />

Braking<br />

CCW<br />

Accelerating<br />

CW<br />

CCW<br />

CW<br />

Torque<br />

Accelerating<br />

CCW<br />

Braking<br />

CW<br />

CCW<br />

A32


Fig. 2.19 Digital servo drive<br />

Drive Technologies<br />

Tuning<br />

<strong>Step</strong><br />

Direction<br />

RS-232C<br />

Microprocessor<br />

D to A<br />

Converter<br />

PWM<br />

Control<br />

Amplifier<br />

M<br />

Encoder<br />

E<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Digital <strong>Servo</strong> Drive Operation<br />

Fig. 2.19 shows the components of a digital drive<br />

for a servo motor. All the main control functions are<br />

carried out by the microprocessor, which drives a<br />

D-to-A convertor to produce an analog torque<br />

dem<strong>and</strong> signal. From this point on, the drive is very<br />

much like an analog servo amplifier.<br />

Feedback information is derived from an encoder<br />

attached to the motor shaft. The encoder generates<br />

a pulse stream from which the processor can<br />

determine the distance travelled, <strong>and</strong> by calculating<br />

the pulse frequency it is possible to measure<br />

velocity.<br />

The digital drive performs the same operations as<br />

its analog counterpart, but does so by solving a<br />

series of equations. The microprocessor is<br />

programmed with a mathematical model (or<br />

“algorithm”) of the equivalent analog system. This<br />

model predicts the behavior of the system. In<br />

response to a given input dem<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> output<br />

position. It also takes into account additional<br />

information like the output velocity, the rate of<br />

change of the input <strong>and</strong> the various tuning settings.<br />

The tuning of a digital servo is performed either by<br />

pushbuttons or by sending numerical data from a<br />

computer or terminal. No potentiometer<br />

adjustments are involved. The tuning data is used<br />

to set various coefficients in the servo algorithm <strong>and</strong><br />

hence determines the behavior of the system. Even<br />

if the tuning is carried out using pushbuttons, the<br />

final values can be uploaded to a terminal to allow<br />

easy repetition.<br />

In some applications, the load inertia varies<br />

between wide limits – think of an arm robot that<br />

starts off unloaded <strong>and</strong> later carries a heavy load at<br />

full extension. The change in inertia may well be a<br />

factor of 20 or more, <strong>and</strong> such a change requires<br />

that the drive is re-tuned to maintain stable<br />

performance. This is simply achieved by sending<br />

the new tuning values at the appropriate point in the<br />

operating cycle.<br />

To solve all the equations takes a finite amount<br />

of time, even with a fast processor – this time is<br />

typically between 100µs <strong>and</strong> 2ms. During this<br />

time, the torque dem<strong>and</strong> must remain constant<br />

at its previously-calculated value <strong>and</strong> there will<br />

be no response to a change at the input or<br />

output. This “update time” therefore becomes a<br />

critical factor in the performance of a digital<br />

servo <strong>and</strong> in a high-performance system it must<br />

be kept to a minimum.<br />

A33


Drive Technologies<br />

Brushless <strong>Motor</strong> Drives<br />

The trapezoidal drive<br />

Fig. 2.20 shows a simplified layout of the drive for a<br />

three-phase trapezoidal motor. The switch set is<br />

based on the familiar H-bridge, but uses three bridge<br />

legs instead of two.The motor windings are<br />

connected between the three bridge legs as shown,<br />

with no connection to the star point at the junction of<br />

the windings. By turning on the appropriate two<br />

transistors in the bridge, current can be made to flow<br />

in either direction through any two motor windings.<br />

At any particular time, the required current path<br />

depends on rotor position <strong>and</strong> direction of rotation,<br />

so the bridge transistors are selected by logic driven<br />

from the commutation encoder.<br />

A PWM recirculating chopper system controls the<br />

current in the same way as in the DC brush drive<br />

described previously. The required current<br />

feedback information is provided by sense<br />

resistors connected in series with two of the motor<br />

leads. The voltage signals derived from these<br />

resistors must be decoded <strong>and</strong> combined to<br />

provide a useful current reference, <strong>and</strong> the circuit<br />

that does this also uses the commutation encoder<br />

to determine how to interpret the information. In<br />

fact, this is not a simple process because the<br />

relatively small feedback voltage (about 1V) must<br />

be separated from the large voltage excursions<br />

generated by the chopping system (240V in the<br />

case of a typical high-power drive).<br />

The input stages of the brushless drive follow the<br />

same pattern as a conventional analog brush drive<br />

(using a high-gain velocity amplifier that generates<br />

the torque dem<strong>and</strong> signal). Velocity feedback can<br />

be derived in a number of ways, but it is clearly<br />

desirable to use a brushless method in conjunction<br />

with a brushless motor. Some motors incorporate<br />

a brushless tach generator that produces<br />

multi-phase AC outputs. These signals have to<br />

be processed in a similar way to the current<br />

feedback information using additional data from a<br />

tach encoder. Again, this is not a particularly<br />

straightforward process <strong>and</strong> it is difficult to obtain<br />

a smooth, glitch-free feedback signal. A more<br />

satisfactory alternative is to use a high-resolution<br />

optical encoder <strong>and</strong> convert the encoder pulse<br />

frequency to an analog voltage. The encoder<br />

can also be used as the feedback device for a<br />

position controller.<br />

Fig. 2.20 Simplified trapezoidal brushless servo drive<br />

Velocity<br />

Input<br />

Velocity Amp<br />

+<br />

-<br />

Torque<br />

Amp<br />

Logic<br />

PWM &<br />

Circuit<br />

+<br />

Velocity<br />

Feedback<br />

-<br />

Current<br />

Sense<br />

Selector<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Communication<br />

Encoder<br />

A34


The Sine Wave Drive<br />

Sine wave brushless motors can be two- or threephase,<br />

<strong>and</strong> the drive we'll look at is for the twophase<br />

version (see Fig. 2.21). This uses two H-<br />

bridges to control current in the two motor<br />

windings, <strong>and</strong> the power section of this drive<br />

closely resembles a pair of DC brush drives. By<br />

contrast with the previous example, this drive uses<br />

a digital processor-based control section that takes<br />

its input in the form of step <strong>and</strong> direction signals.<br />

We need to generate currents in the two motor<br />

windings that follow a sine <strong>and</strong> cosine pattern as<br />

the shaft rotates. The drive shown in Fig. 2.21 uses<br />

a brushless resolver <strong>and</strong> a resolver-to-digital<br />

converter (RDC) to detect the shaft position. From<br />

this, we will get a number that can be fed to a<br />

reference table to determine the instantaneous<br />

current values for that particular shaft position. Bear<br />

in mind that the reference table will only indicate<br />

relative currents in the two windings—the absolute<br />

values will depend on the torque dem<strong>and</strong> at the<br />

time. So the processor must multiply the sine <strong>and</strong><br />

cosine values by the torque dem<strong>and</strong> to get the final<br />

value of current in each phase. The resulting<br />

numbers are fed to D-to-A converters that produce<br />

an analog voltage proportional to dem<strong>and</strong>ed<br />

current. This is fed to the two PWM chopper<br />

amplifiers.<br />

Commutation information for a sine wave drive may<br />

also be derived from an absolute or incremental<br />

optical encoder. An incremental encoder will be less<br />

expensive for the same resolution, but requires<br />

some form of initialization at power-up to establish<br />

the required 90° torque angle.<br />

A “pseudo-sine wave” drive using feedback from a<br />

low-resolution absolute encoder can offer a costeffective<br />

alternative. The pseudo sine wave drive<br />

gives superior performance to the trapezoidal drive<br />

at lower cost than the st<strong>and</strong>ard high-resolution sine<br />

wave system.<br />

Drive Technologies<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Fig. 2.21 Two-phase sine wave brushless drive<br />

<strong>Step</strong><br />

D-to-A<br />

Converter<br />

PWM<br />

Control<br />

H - Bridge<br />

Micro-<br />

processor<br />

Direction<br />

D-to-A<br />

Converter<br />

PWM<br />

Control<br />

H - Bridge<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Resolver<br />

to Digital<br />

Converter<br />

Resolver<br />

A35


<strong>Servo</strong> Tuning<br />

Tuning a <strong>Servo</strong> System<br />

Any closed-loop servo system, whether analog or<br />

digital, will require some tuning. This is the process<br />

of adjusting the characteristics of the servo so that<br />

it follows the input signal as closely as possible.<br />

Why is tuning necessary?<br />

A servo system is error-driven, in other words, there<br />

must be a difference between the input <strong>and</strong> the<br />

output before the servo will begin moving to reduce<br />

the error. The “gain” of the system determines how<br />

hard the servo tries to reduce the error. A high-gain<br />

system can produce large correcting torques when<br />

the error is very small. A high gain is required if the<br />

output is to follow the input faithfully with minimal<br />

error.<br />

Now a servo motor <strong>and</strong> its load both have inertia,<br />

which the servo amplifier must accelerate <strong>and</strong><br />

decelerate while attempting to follow a change at<br />

the input. The presence of the inertia will tend to<br />

result in over-correction, with the system oscillating<br />

or “ringing” beyond either side of its target (Fig. 3.1).<br />

This ringing must be damped, but too much<br />

damping will cause the response to be sluggish.<br />

When we tune a servo, we are trying to achieve the<br />

fastest response with little or no overshoot.<br />

Fig. 3.1 System response characteristics<br />

Output<br />

Underdamped<br />

Response<br />

Critical Damping<br />

Overdamped Response<br />

Time<br />

In practice, tuning a servo means adjusting<br />

potentiometers in an analog drive or changing gain<br />

values numerically in a digital system. To carry out<br />

this process effectively, it helps to underst<strong>and</strong><br />

what’s going on in the drive. Unfortunately, the<br />

theory behind servo system behavior, though well<br />

understood, does not reveal itself to most of us<br />

without a struggle. So we’ll use a simplified<br />

approach to explain the tuning process in a typical<br />

analog velocity servo. Bear in mind that this<br />

simplified approach does not necessarily account<br />

for all aspects of servo behavior.<br />

A Brief Look at <strong>Servo</strong> Theory<br />

A servo is a closed-loop system with negative<br />

feedback. If you make the feedback positive, you<br />

will have an oscillator. So for the servo to work<br />

properly, the feedback must always remain<br />

negative, otherwise the servo becomes unstable. In<br />

practice, it’s not as clear-cut as this. The servo can<br />

almost become an oscillator, in which case it<br />

overshoots <strong>and</strong> rings following a rapid change at<br />

the input.<br />

So why doesn’t the feedback stay negative all the<br />

time?<br />

To answer this, we need to clarify what we mean by<br />

“negative”. In this context, it means that the input<br />

<strong>and</strong> feedback signals are in antiphase. If the input is<br />

driven with a low frequency sinewave, the feedback<br />

signal (which will also be a sinewave) is displaced in<br />

phase by 180°. The 180°-phase displacement is<br />

achieved by an inversion at the input of the<br />

amplifier. (In practice it’s achieved simply by<br />

connecting the tach the right way round – connect<br />

it the wrong way <strong>and</strong> the motor runs away.)<br />

The very nature of a servo system is such that its<br />

characteristics vary with frequency, <strong>and</strong> this<br />

includes phase characteristics. So feedback that<br />

starts out negative at low frequencies can turn<br />

positive at high frequencies. The result can be<br />

overshoot, ringing or ultimately continuous<br />

oscillation.<br />

We’ve said that the purpose of servo tuning is to<br />

get the best possible performance from the system<br />

without running into instability. We need to<br />

compensate for the characteristics of the servo<br />

components <strong>and</strong> maintain an adequate stability<br />

margin.<br />

What determines whether the system will be stable<br />

or not?<br />

Closed-loop systems can be difficult to analyze<br />

because everything is interactive. The output gets<br />

fed back to the input in antiphase <strong>and</strong> virtually<br />

cancels it out, so there seems to be nothing left to<br />

measure. The best way to determine what’s going<br />

on is to open the loop <strong>and</strong> then see what happens.<br />

Fig. 3.2 Closed-loop velocity servo<br />

Velocity<br />

Input<br />

Fig. 3.3A Measuring open-loop characteristics<br />

Oscillator<br />

Scope<br />

+ -<br />

<strong>Servo</strong><br />

Amplifier<br />

+ -<br />

Feedback Signal<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Tach<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Tach<br />

A36


<strong>Servo</strong> Tuning<br />

Measuring the open-loop characteristic allows us to<br />

find out what the output (<strong>and</strong> therefore the<br />

feedback) signal will be in response to a particular<br />

input. We need to measure the gain <strong>and</strong> phase<br />

shift at different frequencies, <strong>and</strong> we can plot the<br />

results graphically. For a typical servo system, the<br />

results might look like this:<br />

Fig. 3.3B Open-loop gain <strong>and</strong> phase characteristics<br />

+30<br />

+20<br />

+10<br />

db 0<br />

Gain<br />

We’ve said that a problem can occur when there is<br />

a phase shift of 180° round the loop. When this<br />

happens, the open-loop gain must be less than one<br />

(1) so that the signal fed back is smaller than the<br />

input. So here is a basic requirement for a stable<br />

system:<br />

The open-loop gain must be less than unity<br />

when the phase shift is 180°.<br />

When this condition is only just met (i.e., the phase<br />

shift is near to180° at unity gain) the system will ring<br />

after a fast change on the input.<br />

Fig. 3.4 Underdamped response<br />

Ringing at<br />

unity-gain<br />

frequency<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

-10<br />

Frequency<br />

Input<br />

Output<br />

0<br />

-90<br />

-180<br />

Phase<br />

Shift<br />

The gain scale is in decibels (dB), which is a<br />

logarithmic scale (a 6dB decrease corresponds to a<br />

reduction in amplitude of about 50%). The 0dB line<br />

represents an open-loop gain of one (unity), so at<br />

this frequency the input <strong>and</strong> output signals will have<br />

the same amplitude. The falling response in the gain<br />

characteristics is mainly due to the inertia of the<br />

motor itself.<br />

The phase scale is in degrees <strong>and</strong> shows the phase<br />

lag between input <strong>and</strong> output. Remember that the<br />

feedback loop is arranged to give negative<br />

feedback at low frequencies, (i.e., 180° phase<br />

difference). If the additional phase lag introduced by<br />

the system components reaches 180°, the<br />

feedback signal is now shifted by 360° <strong>and</strong><br />

therefore back in phase with the input. We need to<br />

make sure that at no point do we get a feedback<br />

signal larger than the original input <strong>and</strong> in phase<br />

with it. This would amount to positive feedback,<br />

producing an ever-increasing output leading to<br />

oscillation.<br />

Fortunately, it is possible to predict quite accurately<br />

the gain <strong>and</strong> phase characteristics of most servo<br />

systems, provided that you have the necessary<br />

mathematical expertise <strong>and</strong> sufficient data about<br />

the system. So in practice, it is seldom necessary to<br />

measure these characteristics unless you have a<br />

particular stability problem that persists.<br />

Characteristics of a Practical<br />

<strong>Servo</strong> System<br />

Typical open-loop gain <strong>and</strong> phase characteristics of<br />

an unloaded drive-motor-tach system will look<br />

something like Fig. 3.5.<br />

Fig. 3.5 Characteristics of a practical system<br />

Gain<br />

Phase<br />

+dB<br />

0<br />

-dB<br />

0<br />

-180°<br />

-360°<br />

B<br />

Crossover frequency<br />

40–300 Hz typical<br />

Shaft resonance<br />

2 kHz typical<br />

The first thing we notice is the pronounced spike in<br />

the gain plot at a frequency of around 2kHz. This is<br />

caused by shaft resonance, torsional oscillation in<br />

the shaft between the motor <strong>and</strong> the tach. Observe<br />

that the phase plot drive dramatically through the<br />

critical 180° line at this point. This means that the<br />

loop gain at this frequency must be less than unity<br />

(0dB), otherwise the system will oscillate.<br />

The TIME CONSTANT control determines the<br />

frequency at which the gain of the amplifier starts to<br />

roll off. You can think of it rather like the treble<br />

control on an audio amplifier. When we adjust the<br />

time constant control, we are changing the highfrequency<br />

gain to keep the gain spike at 2kHz just<br />

below 0dB. With too high a gain (time constant too<br />

low) the motor will whistle at about 2kHz.<br />

A37


<strong>Servo</strong> Tuning<br />

The second point of interest is the CROSSOVER<br />

FREQUENCY, which is the frequency at which the<br />

gain curve passes through 0dB (unity gain). This<br />

frequency is typically between 40 <strong>and</strong> 300Hz. On<br />

the phase plot, ß (beta) is the phase margin at the<br />

crossover frequency. If ß is very small, the system<br />

will overshoot <strong>and</strong> ring at the crossover frequency.<br />

So ß represents the degree of damping – the<br />

system will be heavily damped if ß is large.<br />

The DAMPING control increases the phase margin<br />

at the crossover frequency. It operates by applying<br />

lead compensation, sometimes called acceleration<br />

feedback. The compensation network creates a<br />

phase lead in the region of the crossover frequency,<br />

which increases the phase margin <strong>and</strong> therefore<br />

improves the stability.<br />

Increasing the damping also tends to reduce the<br />

gain at the 2kHz peak, allowing a higher gain to be<br />

used before instability occurs. Therefore, the time<br />

constant should be re-adjusted after the damping<br />

has been set up.<br />

What’s the effect of adding load inertia?<br />

An external load will alter both the gain <strong>and</strong> phase<br />

characteristics. Not only will the overall gain be<br />

reduced owing to the larger inertia, but an<br />

additional gain spike will be introduced due to<br />

torsional oscillation between the motor <strong>and</strong> the<br />

load. This gain spike may well be larger than the<br />

original 2kHz spike, in which case the motor will<br />

start to buzz at a lower frequency when the time<br />

constant is adjusted.<br />

Fig. 3.6 Characteristics of a system with inertial load<br />

Gain<br />

Phase<br />

+dB<br />

0<br />

-dB<br />

0<br />

-180°<br />

-360°<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

plus load<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> alone (no load)<br />

The amplitude of this second spike will depend on<br />

the compliance or stiffness of the coupling<br />

between motor <strong>and</strong> load. A springy coupling will<br />

produce a large gain spike; this means having to<br />

reduce the gain to prevent oscillation, resulting in<br />

poorer system stiffness <strong>and</strong> slower response. So,<br />

if you’re after a snappy performance, it’s important<br />

to use a torsionally-stiff coupling between the<br />

motor <strong>and</strong> the load.<br />

A38


Tachometers<br />

A permanent magnet DC motor may be used as a<br />

tachometer. When driven mechanically, this motor<br />

generates an output voltage that is proportional to<br />

shaft speed (see Fig. 4.1). The other main<br />

requirements for a tachometer are that the output<br />

voltage should be smooth over the operating range<br />

<strong>and</strong> that the output should be stabilized against<br />

temperature variations.<br />

Small permanent magnet DC “motors” are<br />

frequently used in servo systems as speed sensing<br />

devices. These systems usually incorporate<br />

thermistor temperature compensation <strong>and</strong> make<br />

use of a silver commutator <strong>and</strong> silver loaded<br />

brushes to improve commutation reliability at low<br />

speeds <strong>and</strong> at the low currents, which are typical of<br />

this application.<br />

To combine high performance <strong>and</strong> low cost, DCservo<br />

motor designs often incorporate a<br />

tachometer mounted on the motor shaft <strong>and</strong><br />

enclosed within the motor housing (Fig. 4.1).<br />

Fig. 4.1 Tachometer output characteristics<br />

Output<br />

Volts<br />

Shaft Speed<br />

Fig. 4.2 <strong>Motor</strong> with integral tachometer<br />

Tachometer<br />

Fig. 4.3 Principle of optical encoder<br />

An incremental encoder generates a pulse for a<br />

given increment of shaft rotation (rotary encoder), or<br />

a pulse for a given linear distance travelled (linear<br />

encoder). Total distance travelled or shaft angular<br />

rotation is determined by counting the encoder<br />

output pulses.<br />

An absolute encoder has a number of output<br />

channels, such that every shaft position may be<br />

described by its own unique code. The higher the<br />

resolution the more output channels are required.<br />

The Basics of Incremental Encoders<br />

Since cost is an important factor in most industrial<br />

applications, <strong>and</strong> resetting to a known zero point<br />

following power failure is seldom a problem, the<br />

rotary incremental encoder is the type most favored<br />

by system designers. Its main element is a shaft<br />

mounted disc carrying a grating, which rotates with<br />

the grating between a light source <strong>and</strong> a masked<br />

detector. The light source may be a light emitting<br />

diode or an inc<strong>and</strong>escent lamp, <strong>and</strong> the detector is<br />

usually a phototransistor or more commonly a<br />

photo-voltaic diode. Such a simple system,<br />

providing a single low-level output, is unlikely to be<br />

frequently encountered, since quite apart from its<br />

low output signal, it has a DC offset that is<br />

temperature dependent, making the signal difficult<br />

to use (Fig. 4.4).<br />

Fig. 4.4 Encoder output voltage<br />

V<br />

Collimated<br />

Light Source<br />

Output<br />

Voltage<br />

Grating<br />

Mask<br />

Feedback <strong>Servo</strong> Devices Tuning<br />

Detector<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Optical Encoders<br />

In servo control systems, where mechanical<br />

position is required to be controlled, some form of<br />

position sensing device is needed. There are a<br />

number of types in use: magnetic, contact,<br />

resistive, <strong>and</strong> optical. However, for accurate<br />

position control, the most commonly used device is<br />

the optical encoder. There are two forms of this<br />

encoder – absolute <strong>and</strong> incremental.<br />

Optical encoders operate by means of a grating,<br />

that moves between a light source <strong>and</strong> a detector.<br />

When light passes through the transparent areas of<br />

the grating, an output is seen from the detector.<br />

For increased resolution, the light source is<br />

collimated <strong>and</strong> a mask is placed between the<br />

grating <strong>and</strong> the detector. The grating <strong>and</strong> the mask<br />

produce a shuttering effect, so that only when their<br />

transparent sections are in alignment is light<br />

allowed to pass to the detector (Fig. 4.3).<br />

DC<br />

Offset<br />

Shaft<br />

Rotation<br />

In practice, two photodiodes are used with two<br />

masks, arranged to produce signals with 180°<br />

phase difference for each channel, the two diode<br />

outputs being subtracted so as to cancel the DC<br />

offset (Fig. 4.5). This quasi-sinusoidal output may<br />

be used unprocessed, but more often it is either<br />

amplified or used to produce a square wave output.<br />

Hence, incremental rotary encoders may have sine<br />

wave or square wave outputs, <strong>and</strong> usually have up<br />

to three output channels.<br />

A39


Feedback <strong>Servo</strong> Tuning Devices<br />

Fig. 4.5 Output from dual photodiode system<br />

V 1<br />

V 1<br />

0<br />

A two-channel encoder, as well as giving position<br />

of the encoder shaft, can also provide information<br />

on the direction of rotation by examination of the<br />

signals to identify the leading channel. This is<br />

possible since the channels are normally arranged<br />

to be in quadrature (i.e., 90° phase shifted:<br />

Fig. 4.6).<br />

For most machine tool or positioning applications, a<br />

third channel known as the index channel or Z<br />

channel is also included. This gives a single output<br />

pulse per revolution <strong>and</strong> is used when establishing<br />

the zero position.<br />

Fig. 4.6 Quadrature output signals<br />

90 Phase Shift (± Tolerance)<br />

DC<br />

Offset<br />

Output 1<br />

Output 2<br />

Combined<br />

Output (1-2)<br />

Shaft<br />

Rotation<br />

Channel A<br />

Channel B<br />

Fig. 4.6 shows that for each complete square wave<br />

from channel A, if channel B output is also<br />

considered during the same period, four pulse<br />

edges will occur. This allows the resolution of the<br />

encoder to be quadrupled by processing the A <strong>and</strong><br />

B outputs to produce a separate pulse for each<br />

square wave edge. For this process to be effective,<br />

however, it is important that quadrature is<br />

maintained within the necessary tolerance so that<br />

the pulses do not run into one another.<br />

Square wave output encoders are generally<br />

available in a wide range of resolutions (up to about<br />

5000 lines/rev), <strong>and</strong> with a variety of different output<br />

configurations, some of which are listed below.<br />

TTL (Transistor-Transistor Logic) – This is a<br />

commonly available output, compatible with TTL<br />

logic levels, <strong>and</strong> normally requiring a 5 volt supply.<br />

TTL outputs are also available in an open-collector<br />

configuration which allows the system designer to<br />

choose from a variety of pull-up resistor value.<br />

CMOS (Complimentary Metal-Oxide<br />

Semiconductor) – Available for compatibility with<br />

the higher logic levels, it normally used with CMOS<br />

devices.<br />

Line driver – These are low-output impedance<br />

devices designed for driving signals over a long<br />

distance, <strong>and</strong> are usually used with a matched<br />

receiver.<br />

Complementary outputs – Outputs derived from<br />

each channel give a pair of signals, 180° out of<br />

phase. These are useful where maximum immunity<br />

to interference is required.<br />

Noise problems<br />

The control system for a machine is normally<br />

screened <strong>and</strong> protected within a metal cabinet. An<br />

encoder may be similarly housed. However, unless<br />

suitable precautions are taken, the cable<br />

connecting the two can be a source of trouble due<br />

to its picking up electrical noise. This noise may<br />

result in the loss or gain of signal counts, giving rise<br />

to incorrect data input <strong>and</strong> loss of position.<br />

Fig. 4.7 Corruption of encoder signal by noise<br />

+ Ve Noise Pulse<br />

Fig. 4.7, shows how the introduction of two noise<br />

pulses has converted a four-pulse train into one of<br />

six pulses.<br />

A number of techniques are available to overcome<br />

problems due to noise. The most obvious resolution<br />

is to use shielded interconnecting cables.<br />

However, since the signals may be at a low level<br />

(5 volts) <strong>and</strong> may be generated by a highimpedance<br />

source, it may be necessary to go to<br />

further lengths to eliminate the problem.<br />

The most effective way to resolve the problem is<br />

to use an encoder with complementary outputs<br />

(Fig. 4.8) <strong>and</strong> connect this to the control system by<br />

means of shielded, twisted-pair cable.<br />

The two outputs are processed by the control<br />

circuitry so that the required signal can be<br />

reconstituted without the noise.<br />

Fig. 4.8 Complementary output signals<br />

Noise Spike<br />

Channel A<br />

- Ve Noise Pulse<br />

Channel A<br />

A<br />

A40


Feedback <strong>Servo</strong> Devices Tuning<br />

If the A signal is inverted <strong>and</strong> is fed with the A signal<br />

into an OR gate (whose output depends on one<br />

signal or the other being present), the resultant<br />

output will be a square wave (Fig. 4.9).<br />

Fig. 4.9 Reduction of noise in a complementary<br />

system<br />

Channel A<br />

Inverted A<br />

The simple interconnection of encoder <strong>and</strong><br />

controller with channel outputs at low level may be<br />

satisfactory in electrically “clean” environments or<br />

where interconnections are very short. In cases<br />

where long interconnections are necessary or<br />

where the environment is “noisy”, complementary<br />

line driver outputs will be needed, <strong>and</strong><br />

interconnections should be made with shielded,<br />

twisted-pair cable.<br />

Factors Affecting Accuracy<br />

Slew rate (speed) – An incremental rotary encoder<br />

will have a maximum frequency at which it will<br />

operate (typically 100KHz), <strong>and</strong> the maximum<br />

rotational speed, or slew rate, will be determined by<br />

this frequency. Beyond this, the output will become<br />

unreliable <strong>and</strong> accuracy will be affected.<br />

Consider a 600-line encoder rotated at 1rpm (gives<br />

an output of 10Hz). If the maximum operating<br />

frequency of the encoder is 50KHz, its speed will be<br />

limited to 5000 times this (i.e., 50KHz • 10Hz =<br />

5000 rpm).<br />

If an encoder is rotated at speeds higher than its<br />

design maximum, there may be conditions set up<br />

that will be detrimental to the mechanical<br />

components of the assembly. This could damage<br />

the system <strong>and</strong> affect encoder accuracy.<br />

Quantization error – All digital systems have<br />

difficulty, interpolating between output pulses.<br />

Therefore, knowledge of position will be accurate<br />

only to the grating width (Fig. 4.10).<br />

Fig. 4.10 Encoder quantization error<br />

Quantization Error = F (1, 2N) (N = no. of lines/disk rotation)<br />

Quantization error F(1,2N) (N = # of lines/disk<br />

rotation)<br />

OR<br />

Quantization Error<br />

Eccentricity<br />

This may be caused by bearing play, shaft run out,<br />

incorrect assembly of the disc on its hub or the hub<br />

on the shaft. Eccentricity may cause a number of<br />

different error conditions.<br />

a) Amplitude Modulation – In a sine wave encoder,<br />

eccentricity will be apparent as amplitude<br />

modulation (Fig. 4.11).<br />

Fig. 4.11 Amplitude modulation caused by<br />

eccentricity<br />

b) Frequency modulation – As the encoder is<br />

rotated at constant speed, the frequency of the<br />

output will change at a regular rate (Fig. 4.12). If<br />

viewed on an oscilloscope, this effect will appear as<br />

“jitter” on the trace.<br />

Fig. 4.12 Encoder frequency modulation<br />

Nominal Frequency (f ) 1<br />

Increased Frequency (f ) 2<br />

Nominal Signal<br />

Level<br />

Signal Amplitude<br />

c ) Inter-channel jitter – If the optical detectors for<br />

the two encoder output channels are separated by<br />

an angular distance on the same radius, then any<br />

“jitter” will appear at different times on the two<br />

channels, resulting in “inter-channel jitter”.<br />

Environmental Considerations<br />

Like electrical noise, other environmental factors<br />

should be considered before installing an optical<br />

encoder.<br />

In particular, temperature <strong>and</strong> humidity should be<br />

considered (consult manufacturers’ specifications).<br />

In environments contaminated with dust, oil vapor<br />

or other potentially damaging substances, it may be<br />

necessary to ensure that the encoder is enclosed<br />

within a sealed casing.<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

A41


Feedback <strong>Servo</strong> Tuning Devices<br />

Mechanical Construction<br />

Shaft encoder (Fig. 4.13). In this type of encoder,<br />

which may be either incremental or absolute, the<br />

electronics are normally supported on a substantial<br />

mounting plate that houses the bearings <strong>and</strong> shaft.<br />

The shaft protrudes from the bearings on the<br />

“outside” of the encoder, for connection to the<br />

rotating system, <strong>and</strong> on the “inside”, so that the<br />

encoder disc may be mounted in the appropriate<br />

position relative to the light source <strong>and</strong> detector.<br />

The internal parts are covered by an outer casing,<br />

through which the interconnecting leads pass.<br />

Fig. 4.13 Shaft encoder<br />

Interconnecting<br />

Leads<br />

The kit encoder will usually be less robust than the<br />

shaft encoder, but this need not be a problem if the<br />

motor is mounted so that the encoder is protected.<br />

If this cannot be done, it will normally be possible to<br />

fit a suitable cover over the encoder.<br />

A typical kit encoder will include a body, on which<br />

will be mounted the electronic components <strong>and</strong> a<br />

hub <strong>and</strong> disc assembly for fitting to the shaft.<br />

Some form of cover will also be provided, mainly to<br />

exclude external light <strong>and</strong> provide some mechanical<br />

protection.<br />

Linear encoder. These encoders are used where it<br />

is required to make direct measurement of linear<br />

movement. They comprise a linear scale (which<br />

may be from a few millimeters to a meter or more in<br />

length), <strong>and</strong> a read head. They may be incremental<br />

or absolute <strong>and</strong> their resolution is expressed in lines<br />

per unit length (normally lines/inch or lines/cm).<br />

Cover<br />

Mounting Plate<br />

Shaft<br />

For use in extreme environmental or industrial<br />

conditions, the whole enclosure may be specified to<br />

a more substantial st<strong>and</strong>ard (heavy duty) with<br />

sealed bearings <strong>and</strong> sealing between the mounting<br />

plate <strong>and</strong> cover. Also the external electrical<br />

connections may be brought out through a high<br />

quality connector.<br />

Modular or kit encoder (Fig. 4.14). These are<br />

available in a number of forms, their principal<br />

advantage being that of reduced cost.<br />

Fig. 4.14 Modular encoder<br />

Cover<br />

Hub <strong>and</strong> Disc<br />

Interconnecting<br />

Leads<br />

Electronics<br />

Body<br />

Since many servo motors have a double-ended<br />

shaft, it is a simple matter to fit a kit encoder onto a<br />

motor.<br />

A42


Feedback <strong>Servo</strong> Devices Tuning<br />

Basics of Absolute Encoders<br />

An absolute encoder is a position verification device<br />

that provides unique position information for each<br />

shaft location. The location is independent of all<br />

other locations, unlike the incremental encoder,<br />

where a count from a reference is required to<br />

determine position.<br />

Fig. 4.15 Absolute disk<br />

Fig. 4.17 Absolute encoder output<br />

Bit<br />

1<br />

1<br />

0<br />

1<br />

Current<br />

Position<br />

1011 = Decimal 11<br />

The disk pattern of an absolute encoder is in<br />

machine readable code, usually binary, grey code<br />

or a variety of grey. The figure above represents a<br />

simple binary output with four bits of information.<br />

The current location is equivalent to the decimal<br />

number 11. Moving to the right from the current<br />

position, the next decimal number is 10 (1-0-1-0<br />

binary). Moving to the left from the current position,<br />

the next position would be 12 (1-1-0-0).<br />

Fig. 4.18 Multi-turn absolute encoders<br />

High Resolution<br />

Main Disk<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Fig. 4.16 Incremental disk<br />

Bearing<br />

In an absolute encoder, there are several concentric<br />

tracks, unlike the incremental encoder, with its<br />

single track. Each track has an independent light<br />

source. As the light passes through a slot, a high<br />

state (true “1”) is created. If light does not pass<br />

through the disk, a low state (false “0”) is created.<br />

The position of the shaft can be identified through<br />

the pattern of 1’s <strong>and</strong> 0’s.<br />

The tracks of an absolute encoder vary in slot size,<br />

moving from smaller at the outside edge to larger<br />

toward the center. The pattern of slots is also<br />

staggered with respect to preceding <strong>and</strong><br />

succeeding tracks. The number of tracks<br />

determines the amount of position information that<br />

can be derived from the encoder disk – resolution.<br />

For example, if the disk has ten tracks, the<br />

resolution of the encoder would usually be 1,024<br />

positions per revolution or 2 10 .<br />

For reliability, it is desirable to have the disks<br />

constructed of metal rather than glass. A metal disk<br />

is not as fragile, <strong>and</strong> has lower inertia.<br />

Seals<br />

Additional Turns<br />

Stages<br />

Gearing an additional absolute disk to the primary<br />

high-resolution disk provides for turns counting, so<br />

that unique position information is available over<br />

multiple revolutions.<br />

Here is an example of how an encoder with 1,024<br />

counts per revolution becomes an absolute device<br />

for 524,288 discrete positions.<br />

The primary high-resolution disk has 1,024 discrete<br />

positions per revolution. A second disk with 3<br />

tracks of information will be attached to the highresolution<br />

disk geared 8:1. The absolute encoder<br />

now has 8 complete turns of the shaft or 8,192<br />

discrete positions. Adding a third disk geared 8:1<br />

will provide for 64 turns of absolute positions. In<br />

theory, additional disks could continue to be<br />

incorporated. But in practice, most encoders stop<br />

at or below 512 turns. Encoders using this<br />

technique are called multi-turn absolute encoders.<br />

This same technique can be incorporated in a rack<br />

<strong>and</strong> pinion style linear encoder resulting in long<br />

lengths of discrete absolute locations.<br />

Advantages of Absolute Encoders<br />

Rotary <strong>and</strong> linear absolute encoders offer a number<br />

of significant advantages in industrial motion control<br />

<strong>and</strong> process control applications.<br />

No Position Loss During Power Down or<br />

Loss of Power<br />

An absolute encoder is not a counting device like an<br />

incremental encoder, because an absolute system<br />

reads actual shaft position. The lack of power does<br />

not cause the encoder lose position information.<br />

A43


Feedback <strong>Servo</strong> Tuning Devices<br />

Whenever power is supplied to an absolute system,<br />

it can read the current position immediately. In a<br />

facility where frequent power failures are common,<br />

an absolute encoder is a necessity.<br />

Operation in Electrically Noisy Environments<br />

Equipment such as welders <strong>and</strong> motor starters<br />

often generate electrical noise that can often look<br />

like encoder pulses to an incremental counter.<br />

Electrical noise does not alter the discrete position<br />

that an absolute system reads.<br />

High-speed Long-distance Data Transfer<br />

Use of a serial interface such as RS-422 gives the<br />

user the option of transmitting absolute position<br />

information over as much as 4,000 feet.<br />

Eliminate Go Home or Referenced Starting<br />

Point<br />

The need to find a home position or a reference<br />

point is not required with an absolute encoding<br />

system since an absolute system always knows its<br />

location. In many motion control applications, it is<br />

difficult or impossible to find a home reference<br />

point. This situation occurs in multi-axis machines<br />

<strong>and</strong> on machines that can't reverse direction. This<br />

feature will be particularly important in a “lights-out”<br />

manufacturing facility. Significant cost savings is<br />

realized in reduced scrap <strong>and</strong> set-up time resulting<br />

from a power loss.<br />

Provide Reliable Position Information in<br />

High-speed Applications<br />

The counting device is often the factor limiting the<br />

use of incremental encoders in high-speed<br />

applications. The counter is often limited to a<br />

maximum pulse input of 100 KHz. An absolute<br />

encoder does not require a counting device or<br />

continuous observation of the shaft or load location.<br />

This attribute allows the absolute encoder to be<br />

applied in high-speed <strong>and</strong> high-resolution<br />

applications.<br />

Resolvers<br />

A resolver is, in principle, a rotating transformer.<br />

If we consider two windings, A <strong>and</strong> B (Fig. 4.19),<br />

<strong>and</strong> if we feed winding B with a sinusoidal voltage,<br />

then a voltage will be induced into winding A. If we<br />

rotate winding B, the induced voltage will be at<br />

maximum when the planes of A <strong>and</strong> B are parallel<br />

<strong>and</strong> will be at minimum when they are at right<br />

angles. Also, the voltage induced into A will vary<br />

sinusoidally at the frequency of rotation of B so that<br />

EOA = Ei Sinø. If we introduce a third winding (C),<br />

positioned at right angles to winding A, then as we<br />

rotate B, a voltage will be induced into this winding<br />

<strong>and</strong> this voltage will vary as the cosine of the angle<br />

ø, so that EOC = Ei Cosø<br />

Fig. 4.19 Resolver principle<br />

Winding B<br />

Referring to Fig 4.20, we can see that if we are able<br />

to measure the relative amplitudes of the two<br />

winding (A & C) outputs at a particular point in the<br />

cycle, these two outputs will be unique to that<br />

position.<br />

Fig. 4.20 Resolver output<br />

1 Electrical Cycle<br />

The information output from the two phases will<br />

usually be converted from analog to digital form, for<br />

use in a digital positioning system, by means of a<br />

resolver-to-digital converter (Fig. 4.21). Resolutions<br />

up to 65,536 counts per revolution are typical of<br />

this type of system.<br />

Fig. 4.21 Resolver-to-digital converter<br />

In addition to position information, speed <strong>and</strong><br />

direction information may also be derived. The<br />

resolver is an absolute position feedback device.<br />

Within each electrical cycle, Phase A <strong>and</strong> Phase B<br />

maintain a constant (fixed) relationship.<br />

The excitation voltage E i<br />

may be coupled to the<br />

rotating winding by slip rings <strong>and</strong> brushes, though<br />

this arrangement is a disadvantage when used with a<br />

brushless motor. In such applications, a brushless<br />

resolver may be used so that the excitation voltage is<br />

inductively coupled to the rotor winding (Fig. 4.22).<br />

Fig. 4.22 Brushless resolver<br />

Stator<br />

Phase 1<br />

Sine<br />

Multiplier<br />

Cosine<br />

Multiplier<br />

Up/Down<br />

Counter<br />

Digital Output<br />

(Shaft Angle)<br />

Integrator<br />

Voltage<br />

Control<br />

Oscillator<br />

E Cos i<br />

360°<br />

E i Sin<br />

Phase<br />

Comparitor<br />

DC Signal<br />

(Velocity)<br />

Integrator<br />

Winding A<br />

q<br />

Ei<br />

Stator<br />

Phase 2<br />

Rotor<br />

E OA<br />

A44


Machine Control<br />

Many industrial designers are concerned with<br />

controlling an entire process. Motion control is one<br />

important <strong>and</strong> influential aspect of complete<br />

machine control. The primary elements of machine<br />

control include:<br />

Fig. 5.1 Primary machine control elements<br />

Mainframes<br />

MIS<br />

SPC<br />

Networks<br />

Operator Interface<br />

Displays<br />

Keyboards<br />

Touchscreens<br />

Motion Control<br />

Machine<br />

Control<br />

<strong>Servo</strong>s<br />

<strong>Step</strong>pers<br />

Hydraulics<br />

Switches<br />

Indicators<br />

Readout<br />

Actuators<br />

Digital I/O<br />

Analog I/O<br />

Sensors<br />

Gauges<br />

Meters<br />

Data Acquisition<br />

Proportional Valves<br />

Motion Control: For precise programmable load<br />

movement using a servo motor, stepper motor,<br />

or hydraulic actuators. Feedback elements are<br />

often employed.<br />

Analog <strong>and</strong> Digital I/O: For actuation of an<br />

external process, devices such as solenoids,<br />

cutters, heaters, valves, etc.<br />

Operator Interface: For flexible interaction with<br />

the machine process for both setup <strong>and</strong> on-line<br />

variations. Touchscreens, data pads, <strong>and</strong><br />

thumbwheels are examples.<br />

Communications Support: For process<br />

monitoring, diagnostics <strong>and</strong> data transfer with<br />

peripheral systems.<br />

There are many different machine control<br />

architectures that integrate these elements. Each<br />

results in varying levels of complexity <strong>and</strong><br />

integration of both motion <strong>and</strong> non-motion<br />

elements. PLC-based, bus-based <strong>and</strong> integrated<br />

solutions are all commercially available. Your<br />

selection of a machine control strategy will often be<br />

based on performance, total application cost, <strong>and</strong><br />

technology experience.<br />

PLC-based Control<br />

The PLC-based architecture is utilized for I/O<br />

intensive control applications. Based upon banks of<br />

relays that are scanned, or polled, by a central<br />

processor, the PLC provides a low-cost option for<br />

those familiar with its ladder logic programming<br />

language. Integration of the motion, I/O, operator<br />

interface, <strong>and</strong> communication are usually supported<br />

through additional cards that are plugged in its<br />

backplane.<br />

The addition of scanning points decreases the<br />

polling rate of any individual point, <strong>and</strong> can thus<br />

lead to lower machine response. Because PLCs<br />

have not historically concentrated on motion<br />

control, plug-in indexers or those that communicate<br />

over BCD are preferable. Because these indexer<br />

boards often include their own microprocessor,<br />

they prevent slow polling rates, but incorporate a<br />

separate programming language. In general, this<br />

compromise is acceptable for all but the most<br />

complicated motion/machine applications.<br />

Bus-based <strong>Systems</strong><br />

Bus-based machine control systems are common<br />

in today's industrial environment. STD, VME <strong>and</strong><br />

PC-AT are only a few of the numerous options.<br />

Most of these options can operate through a<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ard operating system (DOS, OS/2, OS/9) that<br />

can be used to program add-on cards for I/O,<br />

motion <strong>and</strong> communication interfaces. Flexible<br />

graphical operator interfaces remain one of the<br />

computer's major advantages.<br />

Some successful examples of bus-based machine<br />

control applications include gear grinding <strong>and</strong><br />

dressing. PCB placement machines, hard disk<br />

manufacturing, <strong>and</strong> automotive glass bending.<br />

Wherever intensive communications or data<br />

processing are required, the benefits of the bus<br />

structure can be realized.<br />

There are some disadvantages to the bus-based<br />

machine control system that relate to the amount of<br />

integration between the motion <strong>and</strong> I/O structure.<br />

Separate cards are required for each, resulting in a<br />

need for software integration of different<br />

programming languages. Motion control operations,<br />

such as servo loops, should be polled <strong>and</strong> updated<br />

on a more immediate basis than auxiliary I/O or the<br />

operator interface. The programmer must develop<br />

this polling hierarchy to thread the system together.<br />

Integrated controllers<br />

A more integrated approach to machine control<br />

uses a st<strong>and</strong>-alone architecture that builds in the<br />

same essential elements of I/O, motion, operator<br />

interface, <strong>and</strong> communication. This approach uses<br />

a single software <strong>and</strong> hardware platform to control<br />

an entire machine application. The polling of servo<br />

loops, I/O points, <strong>and</strong> the operator interface are<br />

h<strong>and</strong>led internally, invisible to the user. A common<br />

software language is provided to integrate the<br />

motion <strong>and</strong> I/O actuation. This pre-tested approach<br />

allows a typical machine control application to be<br />

developed with a minimum of effort <strong>and</strong> cost.<br />

The total application cost is the major consideration<br />

when selecting an integrated machine controller.<br />

While the initial hardware cost is typically higher<br />

than other solutions, the software investment <strong>and</strong><br />

maintenance of a single language is an overriding<br />

<strong>and</strong> positive factor. Software development <strong>and</strong><br />

maintenance costs for any machine control<br />

application can dwarf the initial hardware expense.<br />

The integrated approach offers a more economical<br />

solution.<br />

Control <strong>Systems</strong><br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

A45


Control <strong>Systems</strong><br />

Control System Overview<br />

The controller is an essential part of any motion<br />

control system. It determines speed, direction,<br />

distance <strong>and</strong> acceleration rate – in fact all the<br />

parameters associated with the operation that the<br />

motor performs. The output from the controller is<br />

connected to the drive’s input, either in the form of<br />

an analog voltage or as step <strong>and</strong> direction signals.<br />

In addition to controlling one or more motors, many<br />

controllers have additional inputs <strong>and</strong> outputs that<br />

allow them to monitor other functions on a machine<br />

(see Machine Control, p. A45).<br />

Controllers can take a wide variety of forms. Some<br />

examples are listed below.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>alone – This type of controller operates<br />

without data or other control signals from external<br />

sources. A st<strong>and</strong>alone unit usually incorporates a<br />

keypad for data entry as well as a display, <strong>and</strong><br />

frequently includes a main power supply. It will also<br />

include some form of nonvolatile memory to allow it<br />

to store a sequence of operations. Many controllers<br />

that need to be programmed from a terminal or<br />

computer can, once programmed, also operate in<br />

st<strong>and</strong>alone mode.<br />

Bus-based – A bus-based controller is designed to<br />

accept data from a host computer using a st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

communications bus. Typical bus systems include<br />

STD, VME <strong>and</strong> IBM-PC bus. The controller will<br />

usually be a plug-in card that conforms to the<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ards for the corresponding bus system. For<br />

example, a controller operating on the IBM-PC bus<br />

resides within the PC, plugging into an expansion<br />

slot <strong>and</strong> functioning as an intelligent peripheral.<br />

PLC-based – A PLC-based indexer is designed to<br />

accept data from a PLC in the form of I/O<br />

communication. Typically, the I/O information is in<br />

BCD format. The BCD information may select a<br />

program to execute, a distance to move, a time<br />

delay, or any other parameter requiring a number.<br />

The PLC is well suited to I/O actuation, but poorly<br />

suited to perform complex operations such as math<br />

<strong>and</strong> complicated decision making. The motion<br />

control functions are separated from the PLC's<br />

processor <strong>and</strong> thus do not burden its scan time.<br />

X Code-based – X Code is a comm<strong>and</strong> language<br />

specifically developed for motion control <strong>and</strong><br />

intended for transmission along an RS-232C link.<br />

Controllers using this language either accept realtime<br />

comm<strong>and</strong>s from a host computer or execute<br />

stored sequences that have been previously<br />

programmed. The simplicity of RS-232C<br />

communication allows the controller to be<br />

incorporated into the drive itself, resulting in an<br />

integrated indexer/drive package.<br />

X Code Programming<br />

X Code has been designed to allow motion control<br />

equipment to be programmed by users with little or<br />

no computer experience. Although the language<br />

includes more than 150 comm<strong>and</strong>s, depending on<br />

the product, it is only necessary to learn a small<br />

percentage of these to write simple programs.<br />

Most comm<strong>and</strong> codes use the initial letter of the<br />

function name, which makes them easy to<br />

remember. Here are some examples of frequently<br />

used comm<strong>and</strong>s.<br />

V – velocity in revs/sec<br />

D – distance in steps<br />

A – acceleration rate in revs/sec 2<br />

G – go; start the move<br />

T – time delay in seconds<br />

A typical comm<strong>and</strong> string might look like this:<br />

V10 A50 D4000 G T2 G<br />

This would set the velocity to 10 revs/sec,<br />

acceleration to 50 revs/sec 2 <strong>and</strong> distance to 4000<br />

steps. The 4000-step move would be performed<br />

twice with a 2-second wait between moves.<br />

Please refer to specifications of X Code products<br />

for a list of all the available X Code comm<strong>and</strong>s.<br />

Single-axis <strong>and</strong> Multi-axis Controllers<br />

A single-axis controller can, as the name implies,<br />

only control one motor. The controller in an<br />

integrated indexer/drive comes into this category.<br />

However, such units are frequently used in systems<br />

using more than one motor where the operations<br />

do not involve precise synchronization between<br />

axes.<br />

A multi-axis controller is designed to control more<br />

than one motor <strong>and</strong> can very often perform<br />

complex operations such as linear or circular<br />

interpolation. These operations require accurate<br />

synchronization between axes, which is generally<br />

easier to achieve with a central controller.<br />

A variant of the multi-axis controller is the<br />

multiplexed unit, which can control several motors<br />

on a time-shared basis. A printing machine having<br />

the machine settings controlled by stepper motors<br />

could conveniently use this type of controller when<br />

the motors do not need to be moved<br />

simultaneously.<br />

Hardware-based Controllers<br />

Control systems designed without the use of a<br />

microprocessor have been around for many years<br />

<strong>and</strong> can be very cost-effective in simpler<br />

applications. They tend to lack flexibility <strong>and</strong> are<br />

therefore inappropriate where the move parameters<br />

are continually changing. For this reason, the<br />

hardware-based controller has now given way<br />

almost exclusively to systems based on a<br />

microprocessor.<br />

A46


Control <strong>Systems</strong><br />

Fig. 5.2 Processor-based controller<br />

XCode<br />

Comm<strong>and</strong>s<br />

Inputs<br />

RS-232C<br />

Communications<br />

Interface<br />

I/O<br />

Interface<br />

Nonvolatile<br />

RAM<br />

Microprocessor<br />

Program<br />

Memory ROM<br />

Programmable<br />

Pulse<br />

Generator<br />

<strong>Step</strong><br />

Direction<br />

Output<br />

to Drive<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Outputs<br />

Processor-based Controllers<br />

The flexibility offered by a microprocessor system<br />

makes it a natural choice for motion control.<br />

Fig. 5.2 shows the elements of a typical step <strong>and</strong><br />

direction controller that can operate either in<br />

conjunction with a host computer or as a st<strong>and</strong>alone<br />

unit.<br />

All the control functions are h<strong>and</strong>led by the<br />

microprocessor whose operating program is<br />

stored in ROM. This program will include an<br />

interpreter for the comm<strong>and</strong> language, which may<br />

be X Code for example.<br />

X Code comm<strong>and</strong>s are received from the host<br />

computer or terminal via the RS-232C<br />

communications interface. These comm<strong>and</strong>s are<br />

simple statements that contain the required speed,<br />

distance <strong>and</strong> acceleration rate, etc. The processor<br />

interprets these comm<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> uses the<br />

information to control the programmable pulse<br />

generator. This in turn produces the step <strong>and</strong><br />

direction signals that will control a stepper or servo<br />

drive.<br />

The processor can also switch outputs <strong>and</strong><br />

interrogate inputs via the I/O interface. Outputs<br />

can initiate other machine functions such as<br />

punching or cutting, or simply activate drive panel<br />

indicators to show the program status. Inputs may<br />

come from sources such as operator pushbuttons<br />

or directional limit switches.<br />

When the controller is used in a st<strong>and</strong>alone mode,<br />

the required motion sequences are programmed<br />

from the host <strong>and</strong> stored in nonvolatile memory<br />

(normally battery-backed RAM). These sequences<br />

may then be selected <strong>and</strong> executed from switches<br />

via the I/O interface or from a separate machine<br />

controller such as a PLC.<br />

A47


Control <strong>Systems</strong><br />

Underst<strong>and</strong>ing Input <strong>and</strong> Output Modules<br />

Most motion controllers/indexers offer<br />

programmable inputs <strong>and</strong> outputs to control <strong>and</strong><br />

interact with other external devices <strong>and</strong> machine<br />

elements.<br />

Programmable Output Example<br />

After indexing a table to a preset position, energize<br />

a programmable output to activate a knife that will<br />

cut material on the table.<br />

Programmable Input Example<br />

After indexing a table in a pick <strong>and</strong> place<br />

application, the indexer waits for an input signal<br />

from a robot arm, signaling the indexer that a part<br />

has been located on the table.<br />

The primary reason for using I/O modules is to<br />

interface 5VDC logic signals from an indexer to<br />

switches <strong>and</strong> relays on the factory floor, which<br />

typically run on voltage levels ranging from 24VDC<br />

to 220VAC. Solid-state I/O modules are essentially<br />

a relay, utilizing light emitting diode (LED) <strong>and</strong> a<br />

transistor along with a signal conditioning circuit to<br />

activate a switch. These I/O modules isolate (no<br />

direct connection) the internal microprocessor<br />

circuitry of an indexer from oversized DC <strong>and</strong> AC<br />

voltages. The lack of a physical connection<br />

between the indexer <strong>and</strong> external devices, protects<br />

the indexer from hazardous voltage spikes <strong>and</strong><br />

current surges.<br />

DC Input <strong>and</strong> Output Modules<br />

As with all DC devices, this is a polarized, + <strong>and</strong> –<br />

input module. Since current will flow in only one<br />

direction, care must be taken to observe these<br />

polarities during installation.<br />

DC input modules typically feature an input signal<br />

conditioning circuit. This circuit requires the input to<br />

remain on/off for a minimum of 5 milliseconds<br />

before recognizing the switch. This eliminates a<br />

short voltage spike or “de-bounce” contact closure<br />

less than 5 milliseconds in duration. However, a 0.1<br />

microfarad, ceramic disc capacitor across the<br />

actual switching contacts is still recommended to<br />

prevent switch bounce that can be as long as 10-<br />

80 milliseconds.<br />

Fig. 5.3 Typical DC input connection diagram<br />

10 to 24VDC<br />

Floating<br />

Source<br />

+<br />

-<br />

10 to 24 mA<br />

Switch #1<br />

Screw<br />

Terminals<br />

1K<br />

Coupling<br />

LED<br />

DC Input Operational Sequence<br />

As switch #1 closes, current flows through the<br />

limiting resistor (1K ohm), <strong>and</strong> then into the LED.<br />

The light issued by the LED due to this forward<br />

current flow in turn simulates the photo transistor.<br />

Hence the term “opto” or optically isolated. The<br />

phototransistor then drives the base of the second<br />

transistor to a high level, bringing its output, or<br />

collector, to a low level.<br />

Fig. 5.4 Typical DC output connection diagram<br />

+<br />

-<br />

4KV<br />

Isolation Barrier<br />

Photo<br />

Transistor<br />

Signal<br />

Conditioning<br />

Optional<br />

Circuit Board<br />

Indicating<br />

LED<br />

Logic Signal<br />

Ground<br />

+5VDC<br />

The operation of the DC output model is similar to<br />

the DC input module. A 5VDC signal from an<br />

indexer is used to activate an LED. The output of<br />

the module is defined as open collector.<br />

Fig. 5.4 represents a typical DC output schematic.<br />

Note the diode across the relay coil. These should<br />

always be installed to eliminate the leading inductive<br />

kick caused by the relay. A typical part number for<br />

such a diode is 1N4004. Failure to provide this<br />

protection can cause noise problems or the<br />

destruction of the output device.<br />

+5VDC<br />

Indicator<br />

Amplifier<br />

(+)<br />

(-)<br />

Freewheeling<br />

Diode<br />

Load 10 <br />

(solenoid)<br />

+<br />

-<br />

(equivalent<br />

circuit)<br />

Logic LED Photo<br />

Transistor<br />

Output<br />

Transistor<br />

Screw<br />

Terminals<br />

2.4 Amps<br />

24VDC<br />

A48


Control <strong>Systems</strong><br />

AC Input <strong>and</strong> Output Modules<br />

AC modules are not polarized devices. This makes<br />

it virtually impossible to install a unit backwards.<br />

AC input modules operate like DC input modules<br />

with the addition of a bridge rectifier to change AC<br />

Fig. 5.5 Typical AC input connection diagram<br />

Pushbutton<br />

8mA<br />

Rectifying<br />

Bridge<br />

LED<br />

voltage to DC levels. AC input modules also include<br />

transient protection to filter out spikes from the AC<br />

line (caused by lightning strikes, arc welders, etc.).<br />

Signal<br />

Conditioning<br />

Indicator<br />

Logic Signal<br />

+5VDC<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Screw<br />

Terminals<br />

14K<br />

Photo<br />

Transistor<br />

120 VAC<br />

60Hz<br />

Power Line<br />

Ground<br />

AC output modules feature a Triac power device as<br />

its output. A Triac output offers three distinct<br />

advantages.<br />

1. Zero voltage turn on eliminates in-rush currents<br />

to the load.<br />

2. Zero voltage turn off eliminates inductive kick<br />

problems.<br />

3. A snubber across the output.<br />

Fig. 5.6 Zero voltage turn on <strong>and</strong> off<br />

A B C<br />

The module will only turn on or off at points A, B, or<br />

C; where the voltage is zero.<br />

AC output modules do have leakage current, which<br />

may “turn-on” small current loads. To solve<br />

potential problems, add a parallel resistor across<br />

the load, 5K, 5W for 120VAC <strong>and</strong> a 10K, 10W for<br />

240VAC.<br />

Fig. 5.7 Typical AC output connection diagram<br />

+5VDC<br />

Indicator<br />

Zero<br />

Voltage<br />

Circuit<br />

C<br />

R<br />

Load<br />

(motor)<br />

(equivalent<br />

circuit)<br />

Logic LED Photo<br />

Transistor<br />

4KV Isolation Barrier<br />

Triac<br />

Snubber<br />

Screw<br />

Terminals<br />

120VAC<br />

60Hz<br />

Power Line<br />

A49


Control <strong>Systems</strong><br />

Serial <strong>and</strong> Parallel Communications<br />

Serial <strong>and</strong> parallel communications are methods of<br />

transferring data from a host computer to a<br />

peripheral device such as a <strong>Compumotor</strong> indexer.<br />

In the case of a <strong>Compumotor</strong> indexer, the data<br />

consist of parameters such as acceleration,<br />

Fig. 5.8 Serial Communications<br />

Start bit<br />

Parity bit<br />

Data bits<br />

Time<br />

(baud rate)<br />

Stop bits<br />

Serial<br />

Serial communication transmits data one bit at a<br />

time on a single data line. Single data bits are<br />

grouped together into a byte <strong>and</strong> transmitted at a<br />

predetermined interval (baud rate). Serial<br />

communication links can be as simple as a 3-line<br />

connection; transmit (Tx), receive (Rx) <strong>and</strong> ground<br />

(G). This is an advantage from a cost st<strong>and</strong>point,<br />

but usually results in slower communications than<br />

parallel communications. Common serial interfaces<br />

include RS-232C, RS-422, RS-485, RS-423.<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Procedure for troubleshooting 3-wire RS-232C<br />

communication.<br />

1. Verify that the transmit of the host is wired to the<br />

receive of the peripheral, <strong>and</strong> receive of the host<br />

is wired to the transmit of the peripheral. Note:<br />

Try switching the receive <strong>and</strong> transmit wires on<br />

either the host or peripheral if you fail to get any<br />

communication.<br />

2. Some serial ports require h<strong>and</strong>shaking. You can<br />

establish 3-wire communication by jumpering<br />

RTS to CTS (usually pins 4 <strong>and</strong> 5) <strong>and</strong> DSR to<br />

DTR (usually pins 6 <strong>and</strong> 20).<br />

3. Configure the host <strong>and</strong> peripheral to the same<br />

baud rate, number of data bits, number of stop<br />

bits, <strong>and</strong> parity.<br />

4. If you receive double characters (e.g., typing “A”<br />

<strong>and</strong> receiving “AA”), your computer is set to half<br />

duplex mode. Change to full duplex mode.<br />

5. Use DC common or signal ground as your<br />

reference, NOT earth ground.<br />

6. Cable lengths should not exceed 50 ft. unless<br />

you are using some form of line driver, optical<br />

coupler, or shield. As with any control signal, be<br />

sure to shield the cable to earth ground at one<br />

end only.<br />

7. To test terminal or terminal emulation software<br />

for proper 3-wire communication, unhook the<br />

peripheral device <strong>and</strong> transmit a character. An<br />

echoed character should not be received. If a<br />

character is received, you are in half duplex<br />

mode. Jumper the host’s transmit <strong>and</strong> receive<br />

lines <strong>and</strong> send another character. You should<br />

receive the echoed character. If not, consult the<br />

manufacturer of the host’s serial interface for<br />

proper pin outs.<br />

velocity, move distance, <strong>and</strong> move direction<br />

configured in ASCII characters. Both<br />

communication techniques are generally bidirectional<br />

allowing the host to both transmit <strong>and</strong><br />

receive information from a peripheral device.<br />

Fig. 5.9 Parallel Communications<br />

Parallel<br />

Parallel communication requires h<strong>and</strong>shaking <strong>and</strong><br />

transmits data one byte (8 bits) at a time. When<br />

data are transferred from the host processor to a<br />

peripheral device, the following steps take place.<br />

1. The host sets a bit on the bus signalling to the<br />

peripheral that a byte of data has been sent.<br />

2. The peripheral receives data <strong>and</strong> sets a bit on<br />

the bus, signalling to the host that data have<br />

been received.<br />

The advantage of communicating in parallel vs.<br />

serial is faster communications. However, since<br />

parallel communications require more<br />

communication lines, the cost can be higher than<br />

serial communications.<br />

Parallel bus structures include:<br />

0<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1<br />

Data bus<br />

Signals<br />

A = 0100<br />

1 = 0011<br />

IEEE-488, IBM PC, VME, MULTIBUS, Q <strong>and</strong> STD.<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Procedure for troubleshooting parallel<br />

communication.<br />

IEEE-488<br />

IBM PC<br />

VME Bus<br />

STD Bus<br />

Multi Bus<br />

0001<br />

0001<br />

1. Make certain the address setting of the<br />

peripheral device is configured properly.<br />

2. Confirm that multiple boards are not set to the<br />

same address (<strong>and</strong> each board is sealed<br />

properly into a slot).<br />

3. Verify that peripheral subroutines to reset the<br />

board, write data, <strong>and</strong> read data work properly.<br />

Follow the h<strong>and</strong>shaking procedure outlined in<br />

the device’s user manual.<br />

Note: <strong>Compumotor</strong> bus-based indexers come<br />

complete with a diskette that includes pretested<br />

programs to verify system functions <strong>and</strong><br />

routines for simple user program development.<br />

A50


Serial <strong>and</strong> Parallel Communications<br />

ADDRESS: Multiple devices are controlled on the<br />

same bus, each with a separate address or unit<br />

number. This address allows the host to<br />

communicate individually to each device.<br />

ASCII: American St<strong>and</strong>ard Code for Information<br />

Interchange. This code assigns a number to each<br />

numeral <strong>and</strong> letter of the alphabet. In this manner,<br />

information can be transmitted between machines<br />

as a series of binary numbers.<br />

BAUD RATE: Number of bits transmitted per<br />

second. Typical rates include 300; 600; 1,200;<br />

2,400; 4,800; 9,600, 19,200. This means at 9,600<br />

baud, 1 character can be sent nearly every<br />

millisecond.<br />

DATA BITS: Since the ASCII set consists of 128<br />

characters, computers may transmit only 7 bits of<br />

data. Most computers do, however, support an 8-<br />

bit extended ASCII character set.<br />

DCE: Data Communications Equipment transmits<br />

on pin 3 <strong>and</strong> receives on pin 2.<br />

DTE: Data Terminal Equipment. Transmits on pin 2<br />

<strong>and</strong> receives on pin 3.<br />

FULL DUPLEX: The terminal will display only<br />

received or echoed characters.<br />

HALF DUPLEX: In half duplex mode, a terminal will<br />

display every character transmitted. It may also<br />

display the received character.<br />

HANDSHAKING SIGNALS:<br />

RTS: Request To Send DTR: Data Terminal Ready<br />

CTS: Clear To Send IDB: Input Data Buffer<br />

DSR: Data Set Ready ODB: Output Data Buffer<br />

ASCII Table<br />

DEC HEX GRAPHIC<br />

000 00 NUL<br />

001 01 SOH<br />

002 02 STX<br />

003 03 ETX<br />

004 04 EOT<br />

005 05 ENQ<br />

006 06 ACK<br />

007 07 BEL<br />

008 08 BS<br />

009 09 HT<br />

010 0A LF<br />

011 0B VT<br />

012 0C FF<br />

013 0D CR<br />

014 0E SO<br />

015 0F S1<br />

016 10 DLE<br />

017 11 DC1<br />

018 12 DC2<br />

019 13 DC3<br />

020 14 DC4<br />

021 15 NAK<br />

022 16 SYN<br />

023 17 ETB<br />

024 18 CAN<br />

025 19 EM<br />

026 1A SUB<br />

027 1B ESC<br />

028 1C FS<br />

029 1D GS<br />

NULL MODEM: A simple device or set of<br />

connectors that switches the receive <strong>and</strong> transmit<br />

lines a 3-wire RS-232C connector.<br />

PARITY: An RS-232C error detection scheme that<br />

can detect an odd number of transmission errors.<br />

SERIAL POLLING: Method of checking the status<br />

of the IEEE-488 device. By reading the status byte,<br />

the host can determine if the device is ready to<br />

receive or send characters.<br />

START BITS: When using RS-232C, one or two<br />

bits are added to every character to signal the end<br />

of a character.<br />

TEXT/ECHO (ON/OFF): This setup allows received<br />

characters to be re-transmitted back to the original<br />

sending device. Echoing characters can be used to<br />

verify or “close the loop” on a transmission.<br />

XON/XOFF: Two ASCII characters supported in<br />

some serial communication programs. If supported,<br />

the receiving device transmits an XOFF character to<br />

the host when its character buffer is full. The XOFF<br />

character directs the host to stop transmitting<br />

characters to the device. Once the buffer empties,<br />

the device will transmit an XON character to signal<br />

the host to resume transmission.<br />

Control <strong>Systems</strong><br />

DEC HEX GRAPHIC DEC HEX GRAPHIC DEC HEX GRAPHIC DEC HEX GRAPHIC<br />

117 75 u<br />

118 76 v<br />

119 77 w<br />

120 78 x<br />

121 79 y<br />

122 7A z<br />

123 7B {<br />

124 7C I<br />

125 7D }<br />

126 7E ~<br />

127 7F DEL<br />

030 IE RS<br />

031 1F US<br />

032 20 SPACE<br />

033 21 !<br />

034 22 "<br />

035 23 #<br />

036 24 $<br />

037 25 %<br />

038 26 &<br />

039 27 '<br />

040 28 (<br />

041 29 )<br />

042 2A *<br />

043 2B +<br />

044 2C ,<br />

045 2D -<br />

046 2E .<br />

047 2F /<br />

048 30 0<br />

049 31 1<br />

050 32 2<br />

051 33 3<br />

052 34 4<br />

053 35 5<br />

054 36 6<br />

055 37 7<br />

056 38 8<br />

057 39 9<br />

058 3A :<br />

059 3B ;<br />

060 3C <<br />

061 3D =<br />

062 3E ><br />

063 3F ?<br />

064 40 @<br />

065 41 A<br />

066 42 B<br />

067 43 C<br />

068 44 D<br />

069 45 E<br />

070 46 F<br />

071 47 G<br />

072 48 H<br />

073 49 I<br />

074 4A J<br />

074 4B K<br />

075 4C L<br />

076 4D M<br />

077 4E N<br />

078 4F O<br />

080 50 P<br />

081 51 Q<br />

082 52 R<br />

083 53 S<br />

084 54 T<br />

085 55 U<br />

086 56 V<br />

087 57 W<br />

088 58 X<br />

089 59 Y<br />

090 5A Z<br />

091 5B [<br />

092 5C /<br />

093 5D ]<br />

094 5E V<br />

095 5F -<br />

096 60 ’<br />

097 61 a<br />

098 62 b<br />

099 63 c<br />

100 64 d<br />

101 65 e<br />

102 66 f<br />

103 67 g<br />

104 68 h<br />

105 69 i<br />

106 6A j<br />

107 6B k<br />

108 6C l<br />

109 6D m<br />

110 6E n<br />

111 6F o<br />

112 70 p<br />

113 71 q<br />

114 72 r<br />

115 73 s<br />

116 74 t<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

A51


Control <strong>Systems</strong><br />

Electrical Noise . . .<br />

Sources, Symptoms <strong>and</strong> Solutions<br />

Noise related difficulties can range in severity from<br />

minor positioning errors to damaged equipment<br />

from runaway motors crashing blindly through limit<br />

switches. In microprocessor controlled equipment,<br />

the processor is constantly retrieving instructions<br />

from memory in a controlled sequence. If an<br />

electrical disturbance occurs, it could cause the<br />

processor to misinterpret an instruction, or access<br />

the wrong data. This is likely to be catastrophic to<br />

the program, requiring a processor reset. Most<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> indexers are designed with a<br />

watchdog timer that shuts down the system if the<br />

program is interrupted. This prevents the more<br />

catastrophic failures.<br />

Sources of Noise<br />

Being invisible, electrical noise can be very<br />

mysterious, but it invariably comes from the<br />

following sources:<br />

• Power line disturbances<br />

• Externally conducted noise<br />

• Transmitted noise<br />

• Ground loops<br />

Some common electrical devices generate<br />

electrical noise.<br />

• Coil driven devices: conducted <strong>and</strong> power line<br />

noise<br />

• SCR-fired heaters: transmitted <strong>and</strong> power line<br />

noise<br />

• <strong>Motor</strong>s <strong>and</strong> motor drives: transmitted <strong>and</strong> power<br />

line noise<br />

• Welders (electric): transmitted <strong>and</strong> power line<br />

noise<br />

Power line disturbances are usually easy to solve<br />

due to the wide availability of line filtering equipment<br />

for the industry. Only the most severe situations call<br />

for an isolation transformer. Line filtering equipment<br />

is required when other devices connected to the<br />

local power line are switching large amounts of<br />

current, especially if the switching takes place at<br />

high frequency. Corcom <strong>and</strong> Teal are two<br />

manufacturers of suitable power line filters.<br />

Also, any device having coils is likely to upset the<br />

line when it is switched off. Surge suppressors such<br />

as MOVs (General Electric) can limit this kind of<br />

noise. A series RC network across the coil is also<br />

effective, (resistance; 500 to 1,000 Ω, capacitance;<br />

0.1 to 0.2µF). Coil-driven devices (inductive loads)<br />

include relays, solenoids, contactors, clutches,<br />

brakes <strong>and</strong> motor starters.<br />

Fig. 5.10 Typical RC Network<br />

AC or DC<br />

R<br />

Inductive<br />

Load<br />

Externally Conducted Noise<br />

Externally conducted noise is similar to power line<br />

noise, but the disturbances are created on signal<br />

<strong>and</strong> ground wires connected to the indexer. This<br />

kind of noise can get onto logic circuit ground or<br />

into the processor power supply <strong>and</strong> scramble the<br />

program. The problem here is that control<br />

equipment often shares a common DC ground that<br />

may run to several devices, such as a DC power<br />

supply, programmable controller, remote switches<br />

<strong>and</strong> the like. When some noisy device, particularly a<br />

relay or solenoid, is on the DC ground, it may cause<br />

disturbances within the indexer.<br />

The solution for DC mechanical relays <strong>and</strong><br />

solenoids involves connecting a diode backwards<br />

across the coil to clamp the induced voltage “kick”<br />

that the coil will produce. The diode should be rated<br />

at 4 times the coil voltage <strong>and</strong> 10 times the coil<br />

current. Using solid-state relays eliminates this<br />

effect altogether.<br />

Fig. 5.11 Coil Suppression Methods<br />

DC<br />

AC or DC<br />

Diode<br />

Varistor (MOV)<br />

Multiple devices on the same circuit should be<br />

grounded together at a single point.<br />

Furthermore, power supplies <strong>and</strong> programmable<br />

controllers often have DC common tied to Earth<br />

(AC power ground). As a rule, it is preferable to<br />

have indexer signal ground or DC common floating<br />

with respect to Earth. This prevents noisy<br />

equipment that is grounded to Earth from sending<br />

noise into the indexer. The Earth ground<br />

connection should be made at one point only as<br />

discussed in “Ground Loops” on p. A53.<br />

In many cases, optical isolation may be required to<br />

completely eliminate electrical contact between the<br />

indexer <strong>and</strong> a noisy environment. Solid-state relays<br />

provide this isolation.<br />

C<br />

A52


Control <strong>Systems</strong><br />

Transmitted Noise<br />

Transmitted noise is picked up by external<br />

connections to the indexer, <strong>and</strong> in severe cases,<br />

can attack an indexer with no external connections.<br />

The indexer enclosure will typically shield the<br />

electronics from this, but openings in the enclosure<br />

for connection <strong>and</strong> front panel controls may “leak”.<br />

As with all electrical equipment, the indexer chassis<br />

should be scrupulously connected to Earth to<br />

minimize this effect.<br />

When high current contacts open, they draw an<br />

arc, producing a burst of broad spectrum radio<br />

frequency noise that can be picked up on an<br />

indexer limit switch or other wiring. High current <strong>and</strong><br />

high voltage wires have an electrical field around<br />

them, <strong>and</strong> may induce noise on signal wiring<br />

(especially when they are tied in the same wiring<br />

bundle or conduit).<br />

When this kind of problem occurs, consider<br />

shielding signal cables or isolating the signals. A<br />

proper shield surrounds the signal wires to intercept<br />

electrical fields, but this shield must be tied to Earth<br />

to drain the induced voltages. At the very least,<br />

wires should be run in twisted pairs to limit straight<br />

line antenna effects.<br />

Most <strong>Compumotor</strong> cables have shields tied to<br />

Earth, but in some cases the shields must be<br />

grounded at installation time. Installing the indexer<br />

in a NEMA electrical enclosure ensures protection<br />

from this kind of noise, unless noise-producing<br />

equipment is also mounted inside the enclosure.<br />

Connections external to the enclosure must be<br />

shielded.<br />

Even the worst noise problems, in environments<br />

near 600 amp welders <strong>and</strong> 25kW transmitters, have<br />

been solved using enclosures, conduit, optical<br />

isolation, <strong>and</strong> single-point ground techniques.<br />

Ground Loops<br />

Ground Loops create the most mysterious noise<br />

problems. They seem to occur most often in<br />

systems where a control computer is using<br />

RS-232C communication. Garbled transmission<br />

<strong>and</strong> intermittent operation symptoms are typical.<br />

The problem occurs in systems where multiple<br />

Earth ground connections exist, particularly when<br />

these connections are far apart.<br />

Example<br />

Suppose a Model 500 is controlling an axis, <strong>and</strong> the<br />

limit switches use an external power supply. The<br />

Model 500 is controlled by a computer in another<br />

room. If the power supply Common is connected to<br />

Earth, ground loop problems may occur (most<br />

computers have their RS-232C signal common tied<br />

to Earth). The loop starts at the Model 500’s limit<br />

switch ground, goes to Earth through the power<br />

supply to Earth at the computer. From there, the<br />

loop returns to the Model 500 through RS-232C<br />

signal ground. If a voltage potential exists between<br />

power supply Earth <strong>and</strong> remote computer Earth,<br />

ground, current will flow through the RS-232C<br />

ground creating unpredictable results.<br />

The way to test for <strong>and</strong> ultimately eliminate a ground<br />

loop is to lift or “cheat” Earth ground connections in<br />

the system until the symptoms disappear.<br />

Defeating Noise<br />

The best time to h<strong>and</strong>le electrical noise problems is<br />

before they occur. When a motion system is in the<br />

design process, the designer should consider the<br />

following system wiring guidelines (listed by order of<br />

importance).<br />

1. Put surge suppression components on all<br />

electrical coils: resistor/capacitor filters, MOVs,<br />

Zener <strong>and</strong> clamping diodes.<br />

2. Shield all remote connections <strong>and</strong> use twisted<br />

pairs. Shields should be tied to Earth at one<br />

end.<br />

3. Put all microelectronic components in an<br />

enclosure. Keep noisy devices outside. Monitor<br />

internal temperature.<br />

4. Ground signal common wiring at one point.<br />

Float this ground from Earth if possible.<br />

5. Tie all mechanical grounds to Earth at one point.<br />

Run chassis <strong>and</strong> motor grounds to the frame,<br />

frame to Earth.<br />

6. Isolate remote signals. Solid-state relays or opto<br />

isolators are recommended.<br />

7. Filter the power line. Use common RF filters<br />

(isolation transformer for worst-case situations).<br />

A noise problem must be identified before it can be<br />

solved. The obvious way to approach a problem<br />

situation is to eliminate potential noise sources until<br />

the symptoms disappear, as in the case of ground<br />

loops. When this is not practical, use the above<br />

guidelines to troubleshoot the installation.<br />

References<br />

Information about the equipment referred to may be<br />

obtained by calling the numbers listed below.<br />

• Corcom line filters (312) 680-7400<br />

• Opto-22 optically isolated relays (714) 891-5861<br />

• Crydom optically isolated relays (213) 322-4987<br />

• Potter Brumfield optically isolated relays<br />

(812) 386-1000<br />

• General Electric MOVs (315) 456-3266<br />

• Teal power line isolation filters (800) 888-8325<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

A53


Control <strong>Systems</strong><br />

Stopping in an Emergency<br />

For safety reasons, it is often necessary to<br />

incorporate some form of emergency stop system<br />

into machinery fitted with stepper or servo motors.<br />

There are several reasons for needing to stop<br />

quickly.<br />

• To prevent injury to the operator if he makes a<br />

mistake or operates the machinery improperly.<br />

• To prevent damage to the machine or to the<br />

product as a result of a jam.<br />

• To guard against machine faults. You should<br />

consider all the possible reasons for stopping to<br />

make sure that they are adequately covered.<br />

How should you stop the system?<br />

There are several ways to bring a motor to a rapid<br />

stop. The choice depends partly on whether it is<br />

more important to stop in the shortest possible time<br />

or to guarantee a stop under all circumstances. For<br />

instance, to stop as quickly as possible means<br />

using the decelerating power of the servo system.<br />

However, if the servo has failed or control has been<br />

lost, this may not be an option open to you. In this<br />

case, removing the power will guarantee that the<br />

motor stops; but if the load has a high inertia, this<br />

may take some time. If the load is moving vertically<br />

<strong>and</strong> can back-drive the motor, this introduces<br />

additional complications. In extreme cases where<br />

personal safety is at risk, it may be necessary to<br />

mechanically lock the system even at the expense<br />

of possible damage to the machine.<br />

Emergency Stop Methods<br />

1. Full-torque controlled stop.<br />

Applying zero velocity comm<strong>and</strong> to a servo amplifier<br />

will cause it to decelerate hard to zero speed in<br />

current limit, in other words, using the maximum<br />

available torque. This will create the fastest possible<br />

deceleration to rest. In the case of a digital servo<br />

with step <strong>and</strong> direction inputs, cutting off the step<br />

pulses will produce the same effect.<br />

The situation is different for a stepper drive. The<br />

step pulse train should be decelerated to zero<br />

speed to utilize the available torque. Simply cutting<br />

off the step pulses at speeds above the start-stop<br />

rate will de-synchronize the motor <strong>and</strong> the full<br />

decelerating torque will no longer be available. The<br />

controller needs to be able to generate a rapid<br />

deceleration rate independent of the normal<br />

programmed rate, to be used only for overtravel<br />

limit <strong>and</strong> emergency stop functions.<br />

2. Disconnect the motor.<br />

Although this method is undoubtedly safe, it is not<br />

highly recommended as a quick-stop measure. The<br />

time taken to stop is indeterminate, since it<br />

depends on load inertia <strong>and</strong> friction, <strong>and</strong> in highperformance<br />

systems the friction is usually kept to a<br />

minimum. Certain types of drives may be damaged<br />

by disconnecting the motor under power. This<br />

method is particularly unsatisfactory in the case of a<br />

vertical axis, since the load may fall under gravity.<br />

3. Remove the AC input power from the drive.<br />

On drives that incorporate a power dump circuit, a<br />

degree of dynamic braking is usually provided when<br />

the power is removed. This is a better solution than<br />

disconnecting the motor, although the power<br />

supply capacitors may take some time to decay<br />

<strong>and</strong> this will extend the stopping distance.<br />

4. Use dynamic braking.<br />

A motor with permanent magnets will act as a<br />

generator when driven mechanically. By applying a<br />

resistive load to the motor, a braking effect is<br />

produced that is speed-dependent. Deceleration is<br />

therefore rapid at high speeds, but falls off as the<br />

motor slows down.<br />

A changeover contactor can be arranged to switch<br />

the motor connections from the drive to the<br />

resistive load. This can be made failsafe by ensuring<br />

that braking occurs if the power supply fails. The<br />

optimum resistor value depends on the motor, but<br />

will typically lie in the 1-3 ohms range. It must be<br />

chosen to avoid the risk of demagnetization at<br />

maximum speed as well as possible mechanical<br />

damage through excessive torque.<br />

5. Use a mechanical brake.<br />

It is very often possible to fit a mechanical brake<br />

either directly on the motor or on some other part of<br />

the mechanism. However, such brakes are usually<br />

intended to prevent movement at power-down <strong>and</strong><br />

are seldom adequate to bring the system to a rapid<br />

halt, particularly if the drive is delivering full current<br />

at the time. Brakes can introduce friction even when<br />

released, <strong>and</strong> also add inertia to the system – both<br />

effects will increase the drive power requirements.<br />

What is the best stopping method?<br />

It is clear that each of the methods outlined above<br />

has certain advantages <strong>and</strong> drawbacks. This leads<br />

to the conclusion that the best solution is to use a<br />

combination of techniques, ideally incorporating a<br />

short time delay.<br />

We can make use of the fact that a contactor used<br />

for dynamic braking will take a finite time to drop<br />

out, so it is possible to de-energize the contactor<br />

coil while comm<strong>and</strong>ing zero speed to the drive. This<br />

allows for a controlled stop to occur under full<br />

torque, with the backup of dynamic braking in the<br />

event that the amplifier or controller has failed.<br />

WARNING! – there is a risk that decelerating a<br />

servo to rest in full current limit could result in<br />

mechanical damage, especially if a high-ratio<br />

gearbox is used. This does not necessarily ensure a<br />

safe stop, be sure that the mechanism can<br />

withst<strong>and</strong> this treatment.<br />

A mechanical brake should also be applied to a<br />

vertical axis to prevent subsequent movement. An<br />

alternative to the electrically-operated brake is the<br />

differential drag brake, which will prevent the load<br />

from falling but creates negligible torque in the<br />

opposite direction.<br />

A54


System Selection System Considerations<br />

Calculations<br />

Application Considerations<br />

Accuracy<br />

An accuracy specification defines the maximum<br />

error in achieving a desired position. Some types of<br />

accuracy are affected by the application. For<br />

example, repeatability will change with the friction<br />

<strong>and</strong> inertia of the system the motor is driving.<br />

Accuracy in a rotary motor is usually defined in<br />

terms of arcminutes or arcseconds (the terms<br />

<strong>Step</strong>per Accuracy<br />

There are several types of performance listed under<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong>’s motor specifications: repeatability,<br />

accuracy, relative accuracy, <strong>and</strong> hysteresis.<br />

Repeatability<br />

The motor’s ability to return to the same position<br />

from the same direction. Usually tested by moving<br />

the motor one revolution, it also applies to linear<br />

step motors moving to the same place from the<br />

same direction. This measurement is made with the<br />

motor unloaded, so that bearing friction is the<br />

prominent load factor. It is also necessary to ensure<br />

the motor is moving to the repeat position from a<br />

distance of at least one motor pole. This<br />

compensates for the motor’s hysteresis. A motor<br />

pole in a <strong>Compumotor</strong> is 1/50 of a revolution.<br />

Accuracy<br />

Also referred to as absolute accuracy, this<br />

specification defines the quality of the motor’s<br />

mechanical construction. The error cancels itself<br />

over 360° of rotation, <strong>and</strong> is typically distributed in a<br />

sinusoidal fashion. This means the error will<br />

gradually increase, decrease to zero, increase in the<br />

opposite direction <strong>and</strong> finally decrease again upon<br />

reaching 360° of rotation. Absolute accuracy<br />

causes the size of microsteps to vary somewhat<br />

because the full motor steps that must be traversed<br />

by a fixed number of microsteps varies. The steps<br />

can be over or undersized by about 4.5% as a<br />

result of absolute accuracy errors.<br />

Relative Accuracy<br />

Also referred to as step-to-step accuracy, this<br />

specification tells how microsteps can change in<br />

size. In a perfect system, microsteps would all be<br />

exactly the same size, but drive characteristics <strong>and</strong><br />

the absolute accuracy of the motor cause the steps<br />

to exp<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> contract by an amount up to the<br />

relative accuracy figure. The error is not cumulative.<br />

arcsecond <strong>and</strong> arcminute are equivalent to second<br />

<strong>and</strong> minute, respectively). There are 1,296,000<br />

seconds of arc in a circle. For example, an<br />

arcsecond represents 0.00291 inches of<br />

movement on a circle with a 50-foot radius. This is<br />

equivalent to about the width of a human hair.<br />

<strong>Servo</strong> & Closed-Loop <strong>Step</strong>per Accuracy<br />

Repeatability, accuracy <strong>and</strong> relative accuracy in<br />

servos <strong>and</strong> closed-loop stepper systems relate as<br />

much to their feedback mechanisms as they do to<br />

the inherent characteristics of the motor <strong>and</strong> drive.<br />

<strong>Servo</strong>s<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> servos use resolver feedback to<br />

determine their resolution <strong>and</strong> position. It is<br />

essentially the resolution of the device reading the<br />

resolver position that determines the highest<br />

possible accuracy in the system. Digiplan servos<br />

use encoder feedback to determine their resolution<br />

<strong>and</strong> position. In this case, it is the encoder’s<br />

resolution that determines the system’s accuracy.<br />

The positional accuracy is determined by the drive’s<br />

ability to move the motor to the position indicated<br />

by the resolver or encoder. Changes in friction or<br />

inertial loading will adversely affect the accuracy<br />

until the system is properly tuned.<br />

Closed-Loop <strong>Step</strong>pers<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> closed-loop stepper systems use an<br />

encoder to provide feedback for the control loop.<br />

The encoder resolution determines the system’s<br />

accuracy. When enabled, the controlling indexer<br />

attempts to position the motor within the specified<br />

deadb<strong>and</strong> from the encoder. Typically, this means<br />

the motor will be positioned to within one encoder<br />

step. To do this satisfactorily, the motor must have<br />

more resolution than the encoder. If the step size of<br />

the motor is equal to or larger than the step size of<br />

the encoder, the motor will be unable to maintain a<br />

position <strong>and</strong> may become unstable. In a system<br />

with adequate motor-to-encoder resolution, the<br />

motor is able to maintain one encoder step of<br />

accuracy with great dependability. This is a<br />

continuous process that will respond to outside<br />

events that disturb the motor’s position.<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Hysteresis<br />

The motor’s tendency to resist a change in<br />

direction. This is a magnetic characteristic of the<br />

motor, it is not due to friction or other external<br />

factors. The motor must develop torque to<br />

overcome hysteresis when it reverses direction. In<br />

reversing direction, a one revolution move will show<br />

hysteresis by moving the full distance less the<br />

hysteresis figure.<br />

A55


Selection System Calculations Considerations<br />

Application Considerations<br />

Load characteristics, performance requirements,<br />

<strong>and</strong> coupling techniques need to be understood<br />

before the designer can select the best motor/drive<br />

for the job. While not a difficult process, several<br />

factors need to be considered for an optimum<br />

solution. A good designer will adjust the<br />

characteristics of the elements under his control –<br />

including the motor/drive <strong>and</strong> the mechanical<br />

transmission type (gears, lead screws, etc.) – to<br />

meet the performance requirements. Some<br />

important parameters are listed below.<br />

Torque<br />

Rotational force (ounce-inches) defined as a linear<br />

force (ounces) multiplied by a radius (inches). When<br />

selecting a motor/drive, the torque capacity of the<br />

motor must exceed the load. The torque any motor<br />

can provide varies with its speed. Individual speed/<br />

torque curves should be consulted by the designer<br />

for each application.<br />

Inertia<br />

An object’s inertia is a measure of its resistance to<br />

change in velocity. The larger the inertial load, the<br />

longer it takes a motor to accelerate or decelerate<br />

that load. However, the speed at which a motor<br />

rotates is independent of inertia. For rotary motion,<br />

inertia is proportional to the mass of the object<br />

being moved times the square of its distance from<br />

the axis of rotation.<br />

Friction<br />

All mechanical systems exhibit some frictional force,<br />

<strong>and</strong> this should be taken into account when sizing<br />

the motor, as the motor must provide torque to<br />

overcome any system friction. A small amount of<br />

friction is desirable since it can reduce settling time<br />

<strong>and</strong> improve performance.<br />

Torque-to-Inertia Ratio<br />

This number is defined as a motor’s rated torque<br />

divided by its rotor inertia. This ratio is a measure of<br />

how quickly a motor can accelerate <strong>and</strong> decelerate<br />

its own mass. <strong>Motor</strong>s with similar ratings can have<br />

different torque-to-inertia ratios as a result of<br />

varying construction.<br />

Load Inertia-to-Rotor Inertia Ratio<br />

For a high performance, relatively fast system, load<br />

inertia reflected to the motor should generally not<br />

exceed the motor inertia by more than 10 times.<br />

Load inertias in excess of 10 times the rotor inertia<br />

can cause unstable system behavior.<br />

Torque Margin<br />

Whenever possible, a motor/drive that can provide<br />

more motor torque than the application requires<br />

should be specified. This torque margin<br />

accommodates mechanical wear, lubricant<br />

hardening, <strong>and</strong> other unexpected friction.<br />

Resonance effects, while dramatically reduced with<br />

the <strong>Compumotor</strong> microstepping system, can cause<br />

the motor’s torque to be slightly reduced at some<br />

speeds. Selecting a motor/drive that provides at<br />

least 50% margin above the minimum needed<br />

torque is good practice.<br />

Velocity<br />

Because available torque varies with velocity,<br />

motor/drives must be selected with the required<br />

torque at the velocities needed by the application.<br />

In some cases, a change in the type of mechanical<br />

transmission used is needed to achieve the<br />

required performance.<br />

Resolution<br />

The positioning resolution required by the<br />

application will have an effect on the type of<br />

transmission used <strong>and</strong> the motor resolution. For<br />

instance, a leadscrew with 4 revolutions per inch<br />

<strong>and</strong> a 25,000-step-per-revolution motor/drive<br />

would give 100,000 steps per inch. Each step<br />

would then be 0.00001 inches.<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

Some motor/drives can produce peak torque for<br />

short time intervals as long as the RMS or average<br />

torque is within the motor’s continuous duty rating.<br />

To take advantage of this feature, the application<br />

torque requirements over various time intervals<br />

need to be examined so RMS torque can be<br />

calculated.<br />

Solving Duty Cycle Limitation Problems<br />

Operating a motor beyond its recommended duty<br />

cycle results in excessive heat in the motor <strong>and</strong><br />

drive. The drive cycle may be increased by<br />

providing active cooling to the drive <strong>and</strong> the motor.<br />

A fan directed across the motor <strong>and</strong> another<br />

directed across the drive’s heatsink will result in<br />

increased duty cycle capability.<br />

In most cases, it is possible to tell if the duty cycle is<br />

being exceeded by measuring the temperature of<br />

the motor <strong>and</strong> drive. Refer to the specifications for<br />

individual components for their maximum allowable<br />

temperatures.<br />

Note: <strong>Motor</strong>s will run at case temperatures up to<br />

100°C (212°F)—temperatures hot enough to burn<br />

individuals who touch the motors.<br />

To Improve Duty Cycle:<br />

• Mount the drive with heatsink fins running<br />

vertically<br />

• Fan cool the motor<br />

• Fan cool the drive<br />

• Put the drive into REMOTE POWER SHUTDOWN<br />

when it isn’t moving, or reduce current<br />

• Reduce the peak current to the motor<br />

(if possible)<br />

• Use a motor large enough for the application<br />

A56


<strong>Motor</strong> Sizing <strong>and</strong> System Selection Calculations Software<br />

A wide range of applications can be solved<br />

effectively by more than one motor type. However,<br />

some applications are particularly appropriate for<br />

each motor type. <strong>Compumotor</strong>’s <strong>Motor</strong> Sizing <strong>and</strong><br />

Selection Software package is designed to help<br />

you easily identify the proper motor size <strong>and</strong> type<br />

for your specific motion control application.<br />

This software helps calculate load inertias <strong>and</strong><br />

required torques—information that is reflected<br />

through a variety of machine transmissions <strong>and</strong><br />

reductions, including leadscrews, gears, belts, <strong>and</strong><br />

pulleys. This software then produces graphs of the<br />

results, allowing you to select the proper motor<br />

from a comprehensive, detailed database of more<br />

than 200 motor models.<br />

IBM ® PC-compatible, <strong>Motor</strong> Sizing & Selection<br />

software also generates a number of applicationspecific<br />

reports, including profiles <strong>and</strong> speed/<br />

torque curves that are based on user-provided<br />

information. This advanced graphics package is<br />

VGA/EGA compatible <strong>and</strong> allows data entry with<br />

either a mouse or keypad.<br />

Contact your local Automotive Technology Center<br />

to obtain a copy.<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

A57


System Calculations<br />

Move Profile<br />

Before calculating torque requirements of an<br />

application, you need to know the velocities <strong>and</strong><br />

accelerations needed. For those positioning<br />

applications where only a distance (X) <strong>and</strong> a time<br />

(S) to move that distance are known, the<br />

trapezoidal motion profile <strong>and</strong> formulas given below<br />

are a good starting point for determining your<br />

requirements. If velocity <strong>and</strong> acceleration<br />

parameters are already known, you can proceed to<br />

one of the specific application examples on the<br />

following pages.<br />

Move distance X in time S.<br />

Assume that:<br />

1. Distance X/4 is moved in time S/3 (Acceleration)<br />

2. Distance X/2 is moved in time S/3 (Run)<br />

3. Distance X/4 is moved in time S/3 (Deceleration)<br />

The graph would appear as follows:<br />

V<br />

The acceleration (a), velocity (v) <strong>and</strong> deceleration (d)<br />

may be calculated in terms of the knowns, X <strong>and</strong> S.<br />

( 4 )<br />

( 3 )<br />

2<br />

X<br />

X<br />

a = -d = 2X = = 2 x 9 =<br />

t 2<br />

2<br />

S S 2<br />

v = at = 4.5X x S =<br />

S 2 3<br />

Example<br />

You need to move 6" in 2 seconds<br />

4.5 (6 inches) inches<br />

a = -d = = 6.75<br />

(2 seconds) 2 second 2<br />

v = 1.5 (6 inches) = 4.5<br />

(2 seconds)<br />

1.5X<br />

S<br />

inches<br />

second<br />

4.5X<br />

S 2<br />

Velocity<br />

a<br />

d<br />

0 S/3 2S/3 S<br />

time<br />

S/3 S/3 S/3<br />

Common Move Profile Considerations<br />

Distance: ______________ Inches of Travel ________________________ revolutions of motor<br />

Move Time: ____________________________________________________ seconds<br />

Accuracy: ______________________________________________________ arcminutes, degrees or inches<br />

Repeatability: ___________________________________________________ arcseconds, degrees or inches<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

on tme: ____________________________________________________ seconds<br />

off time: ___________________________________________________ seconds<br />

Cycle Rate: ____________________________________________________ sec. min. hour<br />

<strong>Motor</strong>/Drive Selection<br />

Based on Continuous Torque Requirements<br />

Having calculated the torque requirements for an<br />

application, you can select the motor/drive suited<br />

to your needs. Microstepping motor systems<br />

(S Series, Zeta Series OEM650 Series, LN Series)<br />

have speed/torque curves based on continuous<br />

duty operation. To choose a motor, simply plot total<br />

torque vs. velocity on the speed/torque curve. This<br />

point should fall under the curve <strong>and</strong> allow<br />

approximately a 50% margin for safety. An S106-<br />

178 <strong>and</strong> an S83-135 curve are shown here.<br />

Note: When selecting a ZETA Series product, a<br />

50% torque margin is not required.<br />

Example<br />

Assume the following results from load calculations:<br />

T<br />

F = 25 oz-in Friction torque<br />

T<br />

A = 175 oz-in Acceleration torque<br />

TT = 200 oz-in Total torque<br />

V = 15 rev/sec Maximum velocity<br />

You can see that the total torque at the required<br />

velocity falls within the motor/drive operating range<br />

for both motors by plotting T T<br />

.<br />

oz-in<br />

1500<br />

1200<br />

900<br />

600<br />

300<br />

TT = 200<br />

0<br />

106-178<br />

83-135<br />

0 10 20 30 40 50<br />

RPS (Vmax)<br />

The S83-135 has approximately 250 oz-in available<br />

at V max (25% more than required). The S106-178<br />

has 375 oz-in available, an 88% margin.<br />

In this case, we would select the S106-178<br />

motor/drive to assure a sufficient torque margin<br />

to allow for changing load conditions.<br />

A58


<strong>Motor</strong>/Drive Selection<br />

Based on peak torque requirements<br />

<strong>Servo</strong>-based motor/drives have two speed/torque<br />

curves: one for continuous duty operation <strong>and</strong><br />

another for intermittent duty. A servo system can<br />

be selected according to the total torque <strong>and</strong><br />

maximum velocity indicated by the continuous duty<br />

curve. However, by calculating the root mean<br />

square (RMS) torque based on your duty cycle, you<br />

may be able to take advantage of the higher peak<br />

torque available in the intermittent duty range.<br />

T RMS<br />

=<br />

Where:<br />

M<br />

Ti 2 ti<br />

ti<br />

M<br />

• Ti is the torque required over the time interval ti<br />

• means “the sum of”<br />

M<br />

Example<br />

Assume the following results from your load<br />

calculations.<br />

T F<br />

= 25 oz-in Friction Torque<br />

T A<br />

= 775 oz-in Acceleration Torque<br />

T T<br />

= 800 oz-in Total Torque<br />

V max<br />

= 20 rps Maximum Velocity<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

Index 4 revs in 0.3 seconds, dwell 0.3 seconds<br />

then repeat.<br />

If you look at the S106-178 speed/torque curve,<br />

you’ll see that the requirements fall outside the<br />

curve.<br />

T 1<br />

=<br />

T 2<br />

=<br />

T 3<br />

=<br />

T 4<br />

=<br />

t 1<br />

=<br />

t 2<br />

=<br />

t 3<br />

=<br />

t 4<br />

=<br />

T RMS<br />

=<br />

=<br />

Torque reqired to accelerate the load from<br />

zero speed to maximum speed (T F<br />

+ T A<br />

)<br />

Torque required to keep the motor moving<br />

once it reaches max speed (T F<br />

)<br />

Torque required to decelerate from max<br />

speed to a stop (T A<br />

- T F<br />

)<br />

Torque required while motor is sitting still at<br />

zero speed (Ø)<br />

Time spent accelerating the load<br />

Time spent while motor is turning at<br />

constant speed<br />

Time spent decelerating the load<br />

Time spent while motor is at rest<br />

T RMS<br />

= 447 oz. in.<br />

T 12<br />

t 1<br />

+ T 2<br />

2<br />

t 2<br />

+ T 3<br />

2<br />

t 3<br />

+ T 4<br />

2<br />

t 4<br />

t 1<br />

+ t 2<br />

+ t 3<br />

+ t 4<br />

(800) 2 (.1) + (25) 2 (.1) + (750) 2 (.1) + (0) 2 (.3)<br />

(.1) + (.1) + (.1) + (.3)<br />

System Calculations<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Motion Profile<br />

20 rps<br />

Now plot T RMS<br />

<strong>and</strong> T T<br />

vs. T max<br />

on the speed/torque<br />

curve.<br />

The drawing below resembles the<br />

speed/torque curve for the Z606 motor.<br />

1800<br />

0<br />

t1<br />

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 t<br />

t2 t3 t4<br />

T T (800)<br />

600<br />

T RMS(506)<br />

10 20 30 40 50 60<br />

The Z606 motor will meet the requirements.<br />

RMS torque falls within the continuous duty<br />

cycle <strong>and</strong> total torque vs. velocity falls within<br />

the intermittent range.<br />

How to Use a <strong>Step</strong> <strong>Motor</strong><br />

Horsepower Curve<br />

Horsepower (HP) gives an indication of the motor’s<br />

top usable speed. The peak or “hump” in a<br />

horsepower curve indicates a speed that gives<br />

maximum power. Choosing a speed beyond the peak<br />

of the HP curve results in no more power: the power<br />

attained at higher speeds is also attainable at a lower<br />

speed. Unless the speed is required for the<br />

application, there is little benefit to going beyond the<br />

peak as motor wear is faster at higher speeds.<br />

Applications requiring the most power the motor can<br />

generate, not the most torque, should use a motor<br />

speed that is just below the peak of the HP curve.<br />

Torque<br />

oz-in (N-m)<br />

(HP)<br />

175 (1.22)<br />

.175<br />

Torque<br />

140 (1.98)<br />

.140<br />

105 (.73)<br />

.105<br />

70 (.49)<br />

.070<br />

Horsepower<br />

35 (.24)<br />

.035<br />

0<br />

0<br />

0 6 12 18 24 30<br />

Speed-rps<br />

Power<br />

A59


System Calculations<br />

Leadscrew Drives<br />

Leadscrews convert rotary motion to linear motion<br />

<strong>and</strong> come in a wide variety of configurations.<br />

Screws are available with different lengths,<br />

diameters, <strong>and</strong> thread pitches. Nuts range from the<br />

simple plastic variety to precision ground versions<br />

with recirculating ball bearings that can achieve very<br />

high accuracy.<br />

The combination of microstepping <strong>and</strong> a quality<br />

leadscrew provides exceptional positioning<br />

resolution for many applications. A typical 10-pitch<br />

(10 threads per inch) screw attached to a 25,000<br />

step/rev. motor provides a linear resolution of<br />

0.000004" (4 millionths, or approximately 0.1<br />

micron) per step.<br />

A flexible coupling should be used between the<br />

leadscrew <strong>and</strong> the motor to provide some damping.<br />

The coupling will also prevent excessive motor<br />

bearing loading due to any misalignment.<br />

Microscope Positioning<br />

Application Type: X/Y Point to Point<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Description: A medical research lab needs to<br />

automate their visual inspection process. Each<br />

specimen has an origin imprinted on the slide with<br />

all other positions referenced from that point. The<br />

system uses a PC-AT Bus computer to reduce data<br />

input from the operator, <strong>and</strong> determines the next<br />

data point based on previous readings. Each data<br />

point must be accurate to within 0.1 microns.<br />

Machine Objectives<br />

• Sub-micron positioning<br />

• Specimen to remain still during inspection<br />

• Low-speed smoothness (delicate equipment)<br />

• Use PC-AT Bus computer<br />

Motion Control Requirements<br />

• High resolution, linear encoders<br />

• <strong>Step</strong>per (zero speed stability)<br />

• Microstepping<br />

• PC-AT Bus controller<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> Solution: Microstepping motors<br />

<strong>and</strong> drives, in conjunction with a precision ground<br />

40 pitch leadscrew table, provide a means of submicron<br />

positioning with zero speed stability.<br />

Conventional mechanics cannot provide 0.1 micron<br />

accuracies without high grade linear encoders. It is<br />

necessary for the <strong>Compumotor</strong> Model AT6400<br />

indexer, which resides directly on the computer<br />

bus, to provide full X, Y, Z microscope control <strong>and</strong><br />

accept incremental encoder feedback.<br />

Microstepping<br />

motors<br />

Encoders<br />

A60


Other Leadscrew Drive Applications<br />

Precision Grinder<br />

2.50 17.1807 18.4079 5.9059 oz-in 2 5.00 274.8916 294.5267 94.4940 oz-in 2<br />

A bearing manufacturer is replacing some<br />

• XY Plotters<br />

equipment that finishes bearing races. The old • Facsimile transmission<br />

equipment had a two-stage grinding arrangement<br />

• Tool bit positioning<br />

where one motor <strong>and</strong> gearbox provided a rough cut<br />

<strong>and</strong> a second motor with a higher ratio gearbox • Cut-to-length machinery<br />

performed the finishing cut. The designer would like • Back gauging<br />

to simplify the mechanics <strong>and</strong> eliminate one motor. • Microscope drives<br />

He wants to use a single leadscrew <strong>and</strong> exploit the • Coil winders<br />

wide speed range available with microstepping to<br />

perform both cuts. This will be accomplished by<br />

• Slides<br />

moving a cutting tool mounted on the end of the • Pick-<strong>and</strong>-Place machines<br />

leadscrew into the workpiece at two velocities; an • Articulated arms<br />

initial velocity for the rough cut <strong>and</strong> a much reduced<br />

final velocity for the finish cut.<br />

The torque required to accelerate the load <strong>and</strong><br />

overcome the inertia of the load <strong>and</strong> the rotational<br />

inertia of the leadscrew is determined to be 120 ozin.<br />

The torque necessary to overcome friction is<br />

measured with a torque wrench <strong>and</strong> found to be 40<br />

oz-in. A microstepping motor with 290 oz-in of<br />

torque is selected <strong>and</strong> provides adequate torque<br />

margin.<br />

This grinder is controlled by a programmable<br />

controller (PC) <strong>and</strong> the environment requires that<br />

the electronics withst<strong>and</strong> a 60°C environment. An<br />

indexer will provide the necessary velocities <strong>and</strong><br />

accelerations. The speed change in the middle of<br />

the grinding operation will be signaled to the PC<br />

with a limit switch, <strong>and</strong> the PC will in turn program<br />

the new velocity into the indexer. Additionally, the<br />

indexer Stall Detect feature will be used in<br />

conjunction with an optical encoder mounted on<br />

the back of the motor to alert the PC if the<br />

mechanics become “stuck.”<br />

Leadscrew Application Data<br />

Inertia of Leadscrews per Inch<br />

Diameter<br />

Diameter<br />

In. Steel Brass Alum.<br />

In. Steel Brass Alum.<br />

0.25 0.0017 0.0018 0.0006 oz-in 2 2.75 25.1543 26.9510 8.6468 oz-in 2<br />

0.50 0.0275 0.0295 0.0094 oz-in 2 3.00 35.6259 38.1707 12.2464 oz-in 2<br />

0.75 0.1392 0.1491 0.0478 oz-in 2 3.25 49.0699 52.5749 16.8678 oz-in 2<br />

1.00 0.4398 0.4712 0.1512 oz-in 2 3.50 66.0015 70.7159 22.6880 oz-in 2<br />

1.25 1.0738 1.1505 0.3691 oz-in 2 3.75 86.9774 93.1901 29.8985 oz-in 2<br />

1.50 2.2266 2.3857 0.7654 oz-in 2 4.00 112.5956 120.6381 38.7047 oz-in 2<br />

1.75 4.1251 4.4197 1.4180 oz-in 2 4.25 143.4951 153.7448 49.3264 oz-in 2<br />

2.00 7.0372 7.5399 2.4190 oz-in 2 4.50 180.3564 193.2390 61.9975 oz-in 2<br />

2.25 11.2723 12.0774 3.8748 oz-in 2 4.75 223.9009 239.8939 76.9659 oz-in 2<br />

System Calculations<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Coefficients of Static Friction Materials<br />

(Dry Contact Unless Noted) µS<br />

Steel on Steel 0.58<br />

Steel on Steel (lubricated) 0.15<br />

Aluminum on Steel 0.45<br />

Copper on Steel 0.22<br />

Brass on Steel 0.19<br />

Teflon on Steel 0.04<br />

Leadscrew Efficiencies<br />

Efficiency (%)<br />

Type High Median Low<br />

Ball-nut 95 90 85<br />

Acme with metal nut* 55 40 35<br />

Acme with plastic nut 85 65 50<br />

* Since metallic nuts usually require a viscous<br />

lubricant, the coefficient of friction is both speed<br />

<strong>and</strong> temperature dependent.<br />

A61


System Calculations<br />

Leadscrew Drives<br />

Vertical or Horizontal Application:<br />

ST – Screw type, ball or acme ST =<br />

e – Efficiency of screw e = %<br />

µ S<br />

– Friction coefficient µ S<br />

=<br />

L – Length ofscrew L = inches<br />

D – Diameter of screw D = inches<br />

p—Pitch p = threads/inch<br />

W – Weight of load W = lbs.<br />

F—Breakaway force F = ounces<br />

Directly coupled to the motor? yes/no<br />

If yes, CT – Coupling type<br />

If no, belt & pulley or gears<br />

Radius of pulley or gear<br />

inches<br />

Gear: Number of teeth – Gear 1<br />

Number of teeth – Gear 2<br />

Weight of pulley or gear<br />

ounces<br />

Weight of belt<br />

ounces<br />

Leadscrew Formulas<br />

The torque required to drive load W using a<br />

leadscrew with pitch (p) <strong>and</strong> efficiency (e) has the<br />

following components:<br />

T Total<br />

= T Friction<br />

+ T Acceleration<br />

F<br />

T Friction<br />

=<br />

2πpe<br />

Where:<br />

F = frictional force in ounces<br />

p = pitch in revs/in<br />

e = leadscrew efficiency<br />

F = µ s<br />

W for horizontal surfaces where µ s<br />

=<br />

coefficient of static friction <strong>and</strong> W is the weight of<br />

the load. This friction component is often called<br />

“breakaway”.<br />

Dynamic Friction: F = µ D<br />

W is the coefficient to use<br />

for friction during a move profile. However, torque<br />

calculations for acceleration should use the worst<br />

case friction coefficient, µ s<br />

.<br />

T Accel<br />

= 1 (J Load<br />

+ J Leadscrew<br />

+ J <strong>Motor</strong><br />

) ω<br />

g<br />

t<br />

ω = 2πpv<br />

J Load<br />

= w ; J Leadscrew<br />

= πLρR 4<br />

(2πp) 2 2<br />

Where:<br />

T = torque, oz-in<br />

ω = angular velocity, radians/sec<br />

t = time, seconds<br />

v = linear velocity, in/sec<br />

L = length, inches<br />

R = radius, inches<br />

ρ = density, ounces/in 3<br />

g = gravity constant, 386 in/sec 2<br />

The formula for load inertia converts linear inertia<br />

into the rotational equivalent as reflected to the<br />

motor shaft by the leadscrew.<br />

Problem<br />

Find the torque required to accelerate a 200-lb steel<br />

load sliding on a steel table to 2 inches per second<br />

in 100 milliseconds using a 5 thread/inch steel<br />

leadscrew 36 inches long <strong>and</strong> 1.5 inches in<br />

diameter. Assume that the leadscrew has an Acme<br />

thread <strong>and</strong> uses a plastic nut. <strong>Motor</strong> inertia is given<br />

as 6.56 oz-in 2 . In this example, we assume a<br />

horizontally oriented leadscrew where the force of<br />

gravity is perpendicular to the direction of motion.<br />

In non-horizontal orientations, leadscrews will<br />

transmit varying degrees of influence from gravity to<br />

the motor, depending on the angle of inclination.<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> Sizing Software automatically<br />

calculates these torques using vector analysis.<br />

1. Calculate the torque required to overcome<br />

friction. The coefficient of static friction for steel-tosteel<br />

lubricant contact is 0.15. The median value of<br />

efficiency for an Acme thread <strong>and</strong> plastic nut is<br />

0.65. Therefore:<br />

(16 oz)<br />

F = µ s<br />

W = 0.15 (200 lb)<br />

lb<br />

= 480 oz<br />

F 480 oz<br />

T Friction<br />

= 2πpe = 2π<br />

x<br />

5 rev x 0.65 = 23.51 oz-in<br />

rev in<br />

2. Compute the rotational inertia of the load <strong>and</strong> the<br />

rotational inertia of the leadscrew:<br />

J Load<br />

= W = 200 lb x 16 oz<br />

(2πp) 2<br />

(2π5) 2 lb<br />

= 3.24 oz-in 2<br />

in 2<br />

J = Leadscrew<br />

πLρR 4 = π (36 in) (4.48 (0.75 in) 4<br />

oz)<br />

2 2<br />

in 3<br />

= 80.16 oz-in 2<br />

3. The torque required to accelerate the load may<br />

now be computed since the motor inertia was<br />

given:<br />

1<br />

ω<br />

T Accel<br />

= g (J Load<br />

+ J Leadscrew<br />

+ J <strong>Motor</strong><br />

) t<br />

ω = 2π<br />

e<br />

sec) =<br />

5<br />

( in)( 2 in<br />

20π<br />

sec<br />

20π<br />

1<br />

.<br />

= (4.99 + 80.16 + 6.56(oz-in 2 )) sec<br />

386 in/sec 2 0.1sec<br />

= 149 oz-in<br />

T Total<br />

= T Friction<br />

+ T Accel<br />

T Total<br />

= 23.51 oz-in + 149 oz-in = 172.51 oz-in<br />

A62


Directly Driven Loads<br />

There are many applications where the motion<br />

being controlled is rotary <strong>and</strong> the low-speed<br />

smoothness <strong>and</strong> high resolution of a <strong>Compumotor</strong><br />

system can be used to eliminate gear trains or other<br />

mechanical linkages. In direct drive applications, a<br />

motor is typically connected to the load through a<br />

Direct Drive Formulas<br />

R<br />

L<br />

flexible or compliant coupling. This coupling<br />

provides a small amount of damping <strong>and</strong> helps<br />

correct for any mechanical misalignment.<br />

Direct drive is attractive when mechanical simplicity<br />

is desirable <strong>and</strong> the load being driven is of<br />

moderate inertia.<br />

R 2<br />

R 1<br />

L<br />

5.96<br />

System Calculations<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

R – Radius R = inches<br />

R(1) – Inner radius R(1) = inches<br />

R(2) – Outer radius R(2) = inches<br />

L – Length L = inches<br />

W – Weight of disc W = ounces<br />

ρ – Density/Material ρ = ounces/inch 3<br />

g – Gravity constant g = 386 in/sec 2<br />

Solid Cylinder (oz-in 2 )<br />

Where:<br />

Inertia: J Load<br />

= WR 2<br />

a = angular acceleration, radians/sec 2<br />

2<br />

ω 2<br />

= final velocity, radians/sec<br />

Where weight <strong>and</strong> radius are known<br />

ω 1<br />

= initial velocity, radians/sec<br />

Inertia (oz-in 2 ) J Load<br />

= πLρR 4<br />

t = time for velocity change, seconds<br />

2<br />

J = inertia in units of oz-in 2<br />

Where ρ, the material density is known<br />

The angular acceleration equals the time rate of<br />

Weight W = πLρR 2<br />

change of the angular velocity. For loads<br />

accelerated from zero, ω<br />

Inertia may be calculated knowing either the weight<br />

1<br />

= 0 <strong>and</strong> a = ω<br />

T<br />

<strong>and</strong> radius of the solid cylinder (W <strong>and</strong> R) or its<br />

Total<br />

= 1 (J Load<br />

+ J <strong>Motor</strong><br />

) ω t<br />

g<br />

t<br />

density, radius <strong>and</strong> length (ρ, R <strong>and</strong> L.)<br />

T Total<br />

represents the torque the motor must deliver.<br />

The torque required to accelerate any load is: The gravity constant (g)<br />

in the denominator<br />

T (oz-in) = Ja<br />

represents acceleration<br />

a =<br />

ω 2<br />

- ω 1 = 2π (accel.) for Accel. in rps 2 due to gravity (386 in/<br />

sec 2 R<br />

t<br />

) <strong>and</strong> converts<br />

L<br />

inertia from units of ozin<br />

2 to oz-in-sec 2 .<br />

Hollow Cylinder<br />

w<br />

J Load<br />

= 2 (R 2 + 1 R2 ) 2<br />

Where W, the weight, is known<br />

or πLρ<br />

J Load<br />

= 2 (R 4 – 2 R4 ) 1<br />

Where ρ, the density, is known<br />

W = 1πLρ (R 2 – 2 R2 ) 1<br />

T = g (J Load<br />

+ J <strong>Motor</strong><br />

)<br />

R 2<br />

1<br />

ω<br />

t<br />

L<br />

Problem<br />

Calculate the motor torque required to accelerate a<br />

solid cylinder of aluminum 5" in radius <strong>and</strong> 0.25"<br />

thick from rest to 2.1 radians/sec (0.33 revs/sec) in<br />

0.25 seconds. First, calculate J Load<br />

using the<br />

density for aluminum of 1.54 oz/in 3 .<br />

J Load<br />

= πLρR4 = π x 0.25 x 1.54 x 5 4<br />

= 378 oz-in 2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

Assume the rotor inertia of the motor you will use is<br />

37.8 oz-in 2 .<br />

T Total<br />

= 1 (J Load<br />

+ J <strong>Motor</strong><br />

) x ω g<br />

t<br />

=<br />

1<br />

x (378 + 37.8) x<br />

2.1<br />

386<br />

0.25<br />

= 9.05 oz-in<br />

R<br />

5.96<br />

A63


System Calculations<br />

Gear Drives<br />

Traditional gear drives are more commonly used<br />

with step motors. The fine resolution of a<br />

microstepping motor can make gearing<br />

unnecessary in many applications. Gears generally<br />

have undesirable efficiency, wear characteristics,<br />

backlash, <strong>and</strong> can be noisy.<br />

Gears are useful, however, when very large inertias<br />

must be moved because the inertia of the load<br />

reflected back to the motor through the gearing is<br />

divided by the square of the gear ratio.<br />

In this manner, large inertial loads can be moved<br />

while maintaining a good load-inertia to rotor-inertia<br />

ratio (less than 10:1).<br />

Gear Driven Loads<br />

R – Radius R = inches<br />

R(1) – Radius gear #1 R(1) = inches<br />

R(2) – Radius gear #2 R(2) = inches<br />

N(1) – Number of teeth G#1 N(1) =<br />

N(2) – Number of teeth G#2 N(2) =<br />

G – Gear ratio N(1) G =<br />

N(2)<br />

W – Weight of load W = ounces<br />

W(1) – Weight G#1 W(1) = ounces<br />

W(2) – Weight G#2 W(2) = ounces<br />

L – Length L = inches<br />

F – Friction F =<br />

BT – Breakaway torque BT = ounce/inches<br />

N1<br />

R<br />

G1<br />

R1<br />

Gears<br />

W<br />

R2<br />

G2<br />

N2<br />

Gear Drive Formulas<br />

J Load<br />

=<br />

or<br />

J Load<br />

=<br />

J Gear1<br />

=<br />

J Gear2<br />

=<br />

W Load<br />

2<br />

πL Load<br />

ρ Load<br />

2<br />

W Gear1<br />

2<br />

W Gear2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

N<br />

R<br />

(<br />

Gear 2<br />

N Gear 1<br />

)<br />

2 Load<br />

2<br />

N<br />

R 4 Gear 2<br />

Load ( N Gear 1<br />

)<br />

2<br />

N<br />

R<br />

(<br />

Gear 2<br />

N Gear 1<br />

)<br />

2 Gear1<br />

R 2 Gear2<br />

T Total<br />

= 1 (J Load<br />

+ J Gear1<br />

+ J Gear2<br />

+ J <strong>Motor</strong><br />

)<br />

g<br />

ω<br />

t<br />

R<br />

Where:<br />

W<br />

G1<br />

R1<br />

N1<br />

R2<br />

G2<br />

N2<br />

Gears<br />

J = inertia, oz-in (gm-cm 2 ) “as seen by the motor”<br />

T = torque, oz-in (gm-cm)<br />

W = weight, oz (gm)<br />

R = radius, in. (cm)<br />

N = number of gear teeth (constant)<br />

L = length, in (cm)<br />

ρ = density, oz/in 3 (gm/cm 3 )<br />

ω = angular velocity, radians/sec @ motor shaft<br />

t = time, seconds<br />

g = gravity constant, 386 in/sec 2<br />

A64


Tangential Drives<br />

W<br />

System Calculations<br />

R– Radius<br />

R<br />

R = inches<br />

W – Weight (include weight of belt or chain) W = ounces<br />

W(P) – Weight of pulley or material W(P) ounces<br />

F – Breakaway force F = ounces<br />

V – Linear velocity V = inches/sec<br />

CT – Coupling type CT =<br />

SL – Side load SL =<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Tangential Drive Formulas<br />

T Total<br />

= T Load<br />

+ T Pulley<br />

+ T Belt<br />

+ T <strong>Motor</strong><br />

+ T Friction<br />

T Total<br />

=<br />

1<br />

(J Load<br />

+ J Pulley<br />

+ J Belt<br />

+ J <strong>Motor</strong><br />

)<br />

ω<br />

+T<br />

g<br />

t Friction<br />

J Load<br />

= W L<br />

R 2<br />

W p<br />

R 2<br />

J Pulley<br />

= 2 (Remember to multiply by 2<br />

if there are 2 pulleys.)<br />

J Belt<br />

= W B<br />

R 2<br />

T Friction<br />

= FR<br />

Problem<br />

What torque is required to accelerate a 5-lb load to<br />

a velocity of 20 inches per second in 10<br />

milliseconds using a flat timing belt? The motor<br />

drives a 2-inch diameter steel pulley 1/2-inch wide.<br />

The timing belt weighs 12 oz. Load static friction is<br />

30 ozs. <strong>Motor</strong> rotor inertia is 10.24 oz-in. 2<br />

J Load<br />

= W L<br />

R 2 = 5 lb x 16 oz x (1 in) 2 = 80 oz-in 2<br />

lb<br />

J Pulley<br />

=<br />

2(πLρR 4 )<br />

2<br />

= 7.04 oz-in 2<br />

= π x 0.5 in x<br />

J Belt<br />

= W B<br />

R 2 = 12 oz (1 in) 2 = 12 oz-in 2<br />

(4.48 oz/in 3 ) (1 in) 4<br />

ω = V R<br />

Where:<br />

T = torque, oz-in (gm-cm)<br />

ω = angular velocity, radians/sec<br />

t = time, seconds<br />

W L<br />

= weight of the load, oz<br />

W P<br />

= pulley weight, oz<br />

W B<br />

= belt or rack weight, oz<br />

F = frictional force, oz (gm)<br />

R = radius, in (cm)<br />

V = linear velocity<br />

g = gravity constant, 386 in/sec 2<br />

ρ = density, oz/in 3<br />

T Friction<br />

= F x R = 30 oz x 1 in = 30 oz-in<br />

V in 1 rad<br />

ω =<br />

R<br />

= 20<br />

sec<br />

x<br />

1 in<br />

= 20<br />

1<br />

20<br />

T Total<br />

= 386 (80 + 7.04 + 12 + 10.24) .01 + 30<br />

T Total<br />

= 596.2 oz-in<br />

rad<br />

sec<br />

A65


System Calculations<br />

Linear <strong>Step</strong> <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

There are many characteristics to consider when<br />

designing, selecting <strong>and</strong> installing a complete<br />

motion control system. The applications data<br />

worksheet <strong>and</strong> the application considerations<br />

detailed below will help determine if a linear motor<br />

system is recommended for a given application. A<br />

linear motor, when properly specified, will provide<br />

the optimum performance <strong>and</strong> the greatest<br />

reliability.<br />

Application Data Worksheet #1<br />

Application: Single Axis √ Multi-Axis X-Y Gantry<br />

Description of system operation: A part is moved in <strong>and</strong> out of a<br />

machine very quickly. The part comes to rest at the same point in the<br />

machine each time. An operator sets this distance with a thumbwheel<br />

switch.<br />

<strong>Step</strong> 1: Total mass to be accelerated<br />

Mtotal = Mload (10.0) + Mforcer (2.0) = 12.0 lbs.<br />

<strong>Step</strong> 2: Acceleration rate<br />

A. Average velocity = move distance<br />

move time<br />

= (40 inches)<br />

(1.0 sec)<br />

= 40.0 in/sec<br />

B. Maximum velocity<br />

(Based on trapezoidal move profile)<br />

Vmax = 1.33 x Vavg (40.0 in/sec)<br />

= 53.2 in/sec<br />

Velocity<br />

(in/sec)<br />

Sketch the proposed mechanical configuration:<br />

53.2<br />

40<br />

Vmax<br />

Vave<br />

4 lbs.<br />

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4<br />

Time (sec)<br />

1. <strong>Motor</strong> Sizing AXIS 1<br />

A. Weight of payload (lbs) 10.0<br />

B. Fixed forces, if any (lbs) 0<br />

C. Known move distance (in) 40<br />

time (sec) 1.0<br />

D. Angle from horizontal (degrees) 0<br />

2. Total length of travel (inches) 40<br />

3. Desired repeatability (in) 001<br />

4. Desired resolution (in) .0005<br />

5. Necessary settling time after move<br />

100 ms to within .001 inches<br />

6. Life expectancy:<br />

Percent duty cycle 20%<br />

Estimated number of moves/year 200,000<br />

7. Is the center of gravity significantly changed? no<br />

8. What is the environment? clean [√] dirty [ ]<br />

Specifics<br />

9. Operating temperature range 65° to 85°F<br />

10. Can air be available? yes<br />

20"<br />

The Solution<br />

Actual <strong>and</strong> assumed factors that contribute to the<br />

solution are:<br />

1. Force (F) = mass (M) x acceleration (A)<br />

Note: mass units are in pounds<br />

2. Acceleration due to gravity<br />

(1g=386 inches/sec 2 )<br />

3. L20 forcer weighs 2.0 lb.<br />

4. Attractive force between L20 forcer <strong>and</strong> platen<br />

= 200 lbs.<br />

5. Trapezoidal velocity profile:<br />

Accel time = 1.0 sec/4<br />

= 0.250 sec.<br />

Vmax = 1.33 x Vavg<br />

0 1.0<br />

1.0<br />

4<br />

C. Minimum acceleration rate<br />

A = Vmax (53.2 in/sec) = 212.8 in/sec 2<br />

Accel. time (.250 sec)<br />

A = Minimum acceleration (212.8 in/sec 2 )<br />

386 in/sec 2 per 1 G<br />

= 0.551 g's<br />

<strong>Step</strong> 3: Calculate maximum acceleration rate of<br />

L20 (using constant acceleration indexer).<br />

Based on the speed/force curve below, the L20<br />

has 14.0 lbs of force at 53.2 in/sec (Vmax).<br />

Force lbs (kg)<br />

20<br />

(9.08)<br />

16<br />

(7.26)<br />

12<br />

(6.45)<br />

8<br />

(3.83)<br />

4<br />

(1.82)<br />

0<br />

Amax =<br />

Force vs. Speed L-L20<br />

20<br />

(50.8)<br />

14.0 lbs<br />

40<br />

(101.6)<br />

53.2 ips<br />

60<br />

(152.4)<br />

Speed in (cm)<br />

80<br />

(203.2)<br />

100<br />

(254.0)<br />

<strong>Step</strong> 4: Non-damped safety margin<br />

If all available force could be used, the maximum<br />

calculated acceleration rate:<br />

Force (14.0 lb)<br />

Mtotal (12.0 lbs.)<br />

= 1.16 g's<br />

The calculated acceleration rate should be reduced<br />

by 50% (100% non-damped safety margin) netting<br />

an acceleration rate for the L20 of 0.58 g's. The<br />

application requires a 0.55 g's acceleration rate.<br />

The L20 meets the requirements of this application.<br />

A66


System Calculations<br />

Velocity Ripple<br />

Velocity ripple is most noticeable when operating<br />

near the motor’s resonant frequency. Rotary<br />

stepping motor’s have this tendency as well, but it<br />

is usually less noticeable due to mechanical losses<br />

in the rotary-to-linear transmission system, which<br />

dampens the effects. Velocity ripple due to<br />

resonance can be reduced with the electronic<br />

accelerometer damping option (-AC).<br />

Platen Mounting<br />

The air gap between the forcer <strong>and</strong> the platen<br />

surface can be as small as 0.0005 inches. Properly<br />

mounting the platen is extremely important. When<br />

held down on a magnetic chuck, the platen is flat<br />

<strong>and</strong> parallel within its specifications, however, in its<br />

free state, slight bows <strong>and</strong> twists may cause the<br />

forcer (L20) to touch the platen at several places.<br />

<strong>Compumotor</strong> recommends mounting the platen<br />

using all its mounting holes on a ground flat piece of<br />

steel, such as an I-beam, U-channel or tube.<br />

Environment<br />

Due to the small air gap between the forcer <strong>and</strong><br />

platen, care should be taken to keep the platen<br />

clean. A small amount of dirt or adhesive material<br />

(such as paint) can cause a reduction in motor<br />

performance. When appropriate, mounting the<br />

motor upside down or on its side will help keep<br />

foreign particles off the platen. Protective boots that<br />

fold like an accordion as the motor travels can also<br />

be used to assist in keeping the platen clean.<br />

Linear <strong>Step</strong> <strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

Life Expectancy<br />

The life of a mechanical bearing motor is limited by<br />

wearing of the platen surface over which the<br />

bearings roll. Factors that affect wear <strong>and</strong> life of a<br />

mechanical bearing system include:<br />

A. High velocities – Life is inversely proportional to<br />

velocity cubed. Increasing velocity raises the<br />

temperature of the platen due to eddy current<br />

losses in the solid platen material. (In normal<br />

high-speed, high duty cycle operation over a<br />

small piece of platen, the platen can become<br />

almost too hot to touch.)<br />

B. Load on the forcer – Load has some effect on<br />

the life expectancy of the linear motor. Users are<br />

urged to adhere to the load specifications for<br />

each motor.<br />

Yaw, Pitch <strong>and</strong> Roll<br />

In applications such as end effector devices or<br />

where the load is located far from the motor’s<br />

center of gravity, the stiffness characteristics of the<br />

forcer must be considered. Moment producing<br />

forces tend to deflect the forcer, <strong>and</strong> if strong<br />

enough, will cause the motor to stall or be removed<br />

from the platen. Yaw, pitch <strong>and</strong> roll specifications<br />

are used to determine the maximum torque you can<br />

apply to the forcer.<br />

Accuracy<br />

In linear positioning systems, some applications<br />

require high absolute accuracy, while many<br />

applications require a high degree of repeatability.<br />

These two variables should be reviewed to<br />

accurately evaluate proper system performance.<br />

In the “teach mode”, a linear motor can be<br />

positioned <strong>and</strong> subsequently learn the coordinates<br />

of any given point. After learning a number of points<br />

in a sequence of moves, the user will be concerned<br />

with the ability of the forcer to return to the same<br />

position from the same direction. This scenario<br />

describes repeatability.<br />

In a different application, a linear motor is used to<br />

position a measuring device. The size of an object<br />

can be measured by positioning the forcer to a<br />

point on the object. Determining the measured<br />

value is based on the number of steps required to<br />

reach the point on the object. System accuracy<br />

must be smaller than the tolerance on the desired<br />

measurement.<br />

Open-loop absolute accuracy of a linear step motor<br />

is typically less than a precision grade leadscrew<br />

system. If a linear encoder is used in conjunction<br />

with a linear motor, the accuracy will be equivalent<br />

to any other transmission system.<br />

The worst-case accuracy of the system is the<br />

sum of these errors:<br />

Accuracy = A + B + C + D + E + F<br />

A =<br />

B =<br />

C =<br />

D =<br />

E =<br />

F =<br />

Cyclic Error – The error due to motor<br />

magnetics that recurs once every pole pitch<br />

as measured on the body of the motor.<br />

Unidirectional Repeatability – The error<br />

measured by repeated moves to the same<br />

point from different distances in the same<br />

direction.<br />

Hysteresis – The backlash of the motor<br />

when changing direction due to magnetic<br />

non-linearity <strong>and</strong> mechanical friction.<br />

Cumulative Platen Error – Linear error of<br />

the platen as measured on the body of the<br />

motor.<br />

R<strong>and</strong>om Platen Error – The non-linear<br />

errors remaining in the platen after the linear<br />

is disregarded.<br />

Thermal Expansion Error – The error<br />

caused by a change in temperature<br />

exp<strong>and</strong>ing or contracting the platen.<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

A67


System Glossary Calculations<br />

of Terms<br />

Absolute Positioning<br />

Refers to a motion control system<br />

employing position feedback devices<br />

(absolute encoders) to maintain a given<br />

mechanical location.<br />

Absolute Programming<br />

A positioning coordinate referenced<br />

wherein all positions are specified relative<br />

to some reference, or “zero” position. This<br />

is different from incremental programming,<br />

where distances are specified relative to<br />

the current position.<br />

AC <strong>Servo</strong><br />

A general term referring to a motor drive<br />

that generates sinusoidal shaped motor<br />

currents in a brushless motor wound as to<br />

generate sinusoidal back EMF.<br />

Acceleration<br />

The change in velocity as a function of<br />

time. Acceleration usually refers to<br />

increasing velocity <strong>and</strong> deceleration<br />

describes decreasing velocity.<br />

Accuracy<br />

A measure of the difference between<br />

expected position <strong>and</strong> actual position of a<br />

motor or mechanical system. <strong>Motor</strong><br />

accuracy is usually specified as an angle<br />

representing the maximum deviation from<br />

expected position.<br />

Ambient Temperature<br />

The temperature of the cooling medium,<br />

usually air, immediately surrounding the<br />

motor or another device.<br />

ASCII<br />

American St<strong>and</strong>ard Code for Information<br />

Interchange. This code assigns a number<br />

series of electrical signals to each numeral<br />

<strong>and</strong> letter of the alphabet. In this manner,<br />

information can be transmitted between<br />

machines as a series of binary numbers.<br />

B<strong>and</strong>width<br />

A measure of system response. It is the<br />

frequency range that a control system can<br />

follow.<br />

BCD<br />

Binary Coded Decimal is an encoding<br />

technique used to describe the numbers 0<br />

through 9 with four digital (on or off) signal<br />

lines. Popular in machine tool equipment,<br />

BCD interfaces are now giving way to<br />

interfaces requiring fewer wires – such as<br />

RS-232C.<br />

Bit<br />

Abbreviation of Binary Digit, the smallest<br />

unit of memory equal to 1 or 0.<br />

Back EMF<br />

The voltage produced across a winding of<br />

a motor due to the winding turns being cut<br />

by a magnetic field while the motor is<br />

operating. This voltage is directly<br />

proportional to rotor velocity <strong>and</strong> is<br />

opposite in polarity to the applied voltage.<br />

Sometimes referred to as counter EMF.<br />

Block Diagram<br />

A simplified schematic representing<br />

components <strong>and</strong> signal flow through a<br />

system.<br />

Bode Plot<br />

A graph of system gain <strong>and</strong> phase versus<br />

input frequency which graphically<br />

illustrates the steady state characteristics<br />

of the system.<br />

Break Frequency<br />

Frequency(ies) at which the gain changes<br />

slope on a Bode plot (break frequencies<br />

correspond to the poles <strong>and</strong> zeroes of the<br />

system).<br />

Brushless DC <strong>Servo</strong><br />

A general term referring to a motor drive<br />

that generates trapezoidal shaped motor<br />

currents in a motor wound as to generate<br />

trapezoidal Back EMF.<br />

Byte<br />

A group of 8 bits treated as a whole, with<br />

256 possible combinations of one’s <strong>and</strong><br />

zero’s, each combination representing a<br />

unique piece of information.<br />

Commutation<br />

The switching sequence of drive voltage<br />

into motor phase windings necessary to<br />

assure continuous motor rotation. A<br />

brushed motor relies upon brush/bar<br />

contact to mechanically switch the<br />

windings. A brushless motor requires a<br />

device that senses rotor rotational position,<br />

feeds that information to a drive that<br />

determines the next switching sequence.<br />

Closed Loop<br />

A broadly applied term relating to any<br />

system where the output is measured <strong>and</strong><br />

compared to the input. The output is then<br />

adjusted to reach the desired condition. In<br />

motion control, the term describes a<br />

system wherein a velocity or position (or<br />

both) transducer is used to generate<br />

correction signals by comparison to<br />

desired parameters.<br />

Critical Damping<br />

A system is critically damped when the<br />

response to a step change in desired<br />

velocity or position is achieved in the<br />

minimum possible time with little or no<br />

overshoot.<br />

Crossover Frequency<br />

The frequency at which the gain intercepts<br />

the 0 dB point on a Bode plot (used in<br />

reference to the open-loop gain plot).<br />

Daisy-Chain<br />

A term used to describe the linking of<br />

several RS-232C devices in sequence<br />

such that a single data stream flows<br />

through one device <strong>and</strong> on to the next.<br />

Daisy-chained devices usually are<br />

distinguished by device addresses, which<br />

serve to indicate the desired destination for<br />

data in the stream.<br />

Damping<br />

An indication of the rate of decay of a<br />

signal to its steady state value. Related to<br />

settling time.<br />

Damping Ratio<br />

Ratio of actual damping to critical<br />

damping. Less than one is an<br />

underdamped system <strong>and</strong> greater than<br />

one is an overdamped system.<br />

Dead B<strong>and</strong><br />

A range of input signals for which there is<br />

no system response.<br />

Decibel<br />

A logarithmic measurement of gain. If G is<br />

a system’s gain (ratio of output to input),<br />

then 20 log G = gain in decibels (dB).<br />

Detent Torque<br />

The minimal torque present in an<br />

unenergized motor. The detent torque of a<br />

step motor is typically about 1% of its<br />

static energized torque.<br />

Direct Drive <strong>Servo</strong><br />

A high-torque, low-speed servo motor with<br />

a high resolution encoder or resolver<br />

intended for direct connection to the load<br />

without going through a gearbox.<br />

Duty Cycle<br />

For a repetitive cycle, the ratio of on time<br />

to total cycle time.<br />

On Time<br />

Duty cycle =<br />

(On Time + Off Time)<br />

Efficiency<br />

The ratio of power output to power input.<br />

Electrical Time Constant<br />

The ratio of armature inductance to<br />

armature resistance.<br />

Encoder<br />

A device that translates mechanical motion<br />

into electronic signals used for monitoring<br />

position or velocity.<br />

Form Factor<br />

The ratio of the RMS value of a harmonic<br />

signal to its average value in one halfwave.<br />

Friction<br />

A resistance to motion. Friction can be<br />

constant with varying speed (Coulomb<br />

friction) or proportional to speed (viscous<br />

friction).<br />

Gain<br />

The ratio of system output signal to system<br />

input signal.<br />

Holding Torque<br />

Sometimes called static torque, it specifies<br />

the maximum external force or torque that<br />

can be applied to a stopped, energized<br />

motor without causing the rotor to rotate<br />

continuously.<br />

A68


System Glossary Calculations of Terms<br />

Home<br />

A reference position in a motion control<br />

system derived from a mechanical datum<br />

or switch. Often designated as the “zero”<br />

position.<br />

Hybrid <strong>Servo</strong><br />

A brushless servo motor based on a<br />

conventional hybrid stepper. It may use<br />

either a resolver or encoder for<br />

commutation feedback.<br />

Hysteresis<br />

The difference in response of a system to<br />

an increasing or a decreasing input signal.<br />

IEEE-488<br />

A digital data communications st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

popular in instrumentation electronics. This<br />

parallel interface is also known as GPIB, or<br />

General Purpose Interface Bus.<br />

Incremental Motion<br />

A motion control term that describes a<br />

device that produces one step of motion<br />

for each step comm<strong>and</strong> (usually a pulse)<br />

received.<br />

Incremental Programming<br />

A coordinate system where positions or<br />

distances are specified relative to the<br />

current position.<br />

Inertia<br />

A measure of an object’s resistance to a<br />

change in velocity. The larger an object’s<br />

inertia, the larger the torque that is<br />

required to accelerate or decelerate it.<br />

Inertia is a function of an object’s mass<br />

<strong>and</strong> its shape.<br />

Inertial Match<br />

For most efficient operation, the system<br />

coupling ratio should be selected so that<br />

the reflected inertia of the load is equal to<br />

the rotor inertia of the motor.<br />

Indexer<br />

See PMC.<br />

I/O<br />

Abbreviation of input/output. Refers to<br />

input signals from switches or sensors <strong>and</strong><br />

output signals to relays, solenoids etc.<br />

Lead Compensation Algorithm<br />

A mathematical equation implemented by<br />

a computer to decrease the delay<br />

between the input <strong>and</strong> output of a system.<br />

Limits<br />

Properly designed motion control systems<br />

have sensors called limits that alert the<br />

control electronics that the physical end of<br />

travel is being approached <strong>and</strong> that<br />

motion should stop.<br />

Logic Ground<br />

An electrical potential to which all control<br />

signals in a particular system are<br />

referenced.<br />

Mechanical Time Constant<br />

The time for an energized DC motor to<br />

reach 2/3rds of its set velocity. Based on a<br />

fixed voltage applied to the windings.<br />

Mid-range Instability<br />

Designates the condition resulting from<br />

energizing a motor at a multiple of its<br />

natural frequency (usually the third orders<br />

condition). Torque loss <strong>and</strong> oscillation can<br />

occur in underdamped open-loop<br />

systems.<br />

Microstepping<br />

An electronic control technique that<br />

proportions the current in a step motor’s<br />

windings to provide additional intermediate<br />

positions between poles. Produces<br />

smooth rotation over a wide speed range<br />

<strong>and</strong> high positional resolution.<br />

Open Collector<br />

A term used to describe a signal output<br />

that is performed with a transistor. An<br />

open collector output acts like a switch<br />

closure with one end of the switch at<br />

ground potential <strong>and</strong> the other end of the<br />

switch accessible.<br />

Open Loop<br />

Refers to a motion control system where<br />

no external sensors are used to provide<br />

position or velocity correction signals.<br />

Opto-isolated<br />

A method of sending a signal from one<br />

piece of equipment to another without the<br />

usual requirement of common ground<br />

potentials. The signal is transmitted<br />

optically with a light source (usually a Light<br />

Emitting Diode) <strong>and</strong> a light sensor (usually<br />

a photosensitive transistor). These optical<br />

components provide electrical isolation.<br />

Parallel<br />

Refers to a data communication format<br />

wherein many signal lines are used to<br />

communicate more than one piece of data<br />

at the same time.<br />

Phase Angle<br />

The angle at which the steady state input<br />

signal to a system leads the output signal.<br />

Input<br />

Phase Angle<br />

Output<br />

Phase Margin<br />

The difference between 180° <strong>and</strong> the<br />

phase angle of a system at its crossover<br />

frequency.<br />

PLC<br />

Programmable logic controller; a machine<br />

controller that activates relays <strong>and</strong> other I/<br />

O units from a stored program. Additional<br />

modules support motion control <strong>and</strong> other<br />

functions.<br />

PMC<br />

Programmable motion controller,<br />

primarily designed for single- or multiaxis<br />

motion control with I/O as an<br />

auxiliary function.<br />

Pole<br />

A frequency at which the transfer<br />

function of a system goes to infinity.<br />

Pulse Rate<br />

The frequency of the step pulses applied<br />

to a motor driver. The pulse rate<br />

multiplied by the resolution of the motor/<br />

drive combination (in steps per<br />

revolution) yields the rotational speed in<br />

revolutions per second.<br />

PWM<br />

Pulse Width Modulation. A method of<br />

controlling the average current in a<br />

motors phase windings by varying the<br />

on-time (duty cycle) of transistor<br />

switches.<br />

Ramping<br />

The acceleration <strong>and</strong> deceleration of a<br />

motor. May also refer to the change in<br />

frequency of the applied step pulse train.<br />

Rated Torque<br />

The torque producing capacity of a<br />

motor at a given sped. This is the<br />

maximum torque the motor can deliver<br />

to a load <strong>and</strong> is usually specified with a<br />

torque/speed curve.<br />

Regeneration<br />

Usually refers to a circuit in a drive<br />

amplifier that accepts <strong>and</strong> drains energy<br />

produced by a rotating motor either<br />

during deceleration or free-wheel<br />

shutdown.<br />

Registration Move<br />

Changing the predefined move profile<br />

that is being executed, to a different<br />

predefined move profile following receipt<br />

of an input or interrupt.<br />

Repeatability<br />

The degree to which the positioning<br />

accuracy for a given move performanced<br />

repetitively can be duplicated.<br />

Resolution<br />

The smallest positioning increment that<br />

can be achieved. Frequently defined as<br />

the number of steps required for a<br />

motor’s shaft to rotate one complete<br />

revolution.<br />

Resolver<br />

A feedback device with a construction<br />

similar to a motor’s construction (stator<br />

<strong>and</strong> rotor). Provides velocity <strong>and</strong> position<br />

information to a drive’s microprocessor<br />

or DSP to electronically commutate the<br />

motor.<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

A69


Glossary of Terms<br />

Resonance<br />

Designates the condition resulting from energizing a<br />

motor at a frequency at or close to the motor’s<br />

natural frequency. Lower resolution, open-loop<br />

systems will exhibit large oscillations from minimal<br />

input.<br />

Ringing<br />

Oscillation of a system following a sudden change<br />

in state.<br />

RMS Torque<br />

For an intermittent duty cycle application, the RMS<br />

Torque is equal to the steady- state torque that<br />

would produce the same amount of motor heating<br />

over long periods of time.<br />

T RMS<br />

=<br />

Where:<br />

M M<br />

(Ti 2 ti)<br />

ti<br />

Ti = Torque during interval i<br />

ti = Time of interval i<br />

RS-232C<br />

A data communications st<strong>and</strong>ard that encodes a<br />

string of information on a single line in a time<br />

sequential format. The st<strong>and</strong>ard specifies the<br />

proper voltage <strong>and</strong> time requirements so that<br />

different manufacturers devices are compatible.<br />

<strong>Servo</strong><br />

A system consisting of several devices which<br />

continuously monitor actual information (position,<br />

velocity), compares those values to desired<br />

outcome <strong>and</strong> makes necessary corrections to<br />

minimize that difference.<br />

Slew<br />

In motion control, the portion of a move made at a<br />

constant non-zero velocity.<br />

Static Torque<br />

The maximum torque available at zero speed.<br />

<strong>Step</strong> Angle<br />

The angle the shaft rotates upon receipt of a single<br />

step comm<strong>and</strong>.<br />

Stiffness<br />

The ability to resist movement induced by an<br />

applied torque. Is often specified as a torque<br />

displacement curve, indicating the amount a motor<br />

shaft will rotate upon application of a known<br />

external force when stopped.<br />

Synchronism<br />

A motor rotating at a speed correctly corresponding<br />

to the applied step pulse frequency is said to be in<br />

synchronism. Load torques in excess of the<br />

motor’s capacity (rated torque) will cause a loss of<br />

synchronism. The condition is not damaging to a<br />

step motor.<br />

Torque<br />

Force tending to produce rotation.<br />

Torque Constant<br />

K T<br />

= The torque generated in a DC motor per unit<br />

Ampere applied to its windings.<br />

K T<br />

= T oz-in<br />

A amp<br />

Simplified for a brushless motor at 90° commutation<br />

angle.<br />

Torque Ripple<br />

The cyclical variation of generated torque at a<br />

frequency given by the product of motor angular<br />

velocity <strong>and</strong> number of commutator segments or<br />

magnetic poles.<br />

Torque-to-Inertia Ratio<br />

Defined as a motor’s holding torque divided by the<br />

inertia of its rotor. The higher the ratio, the higher a<br />

motor’s maximum acceleration capability will be.<br />

Transfer Function<br />

A mathematical means of expressing the output to<br />

input relationship of a system. Expressed as a<br />

function of frequency.<br />

Triggers<br />

Inputs on a controller that initiate or “trigger” the<br />

next step in a program.<br />

TTL<br />

Transistor-Transistor Logic. Describes a common<br />

digital logic device family that is used in most<br />

modern digital electronics. TTL signals have two<br />

distinct states that are described with a voltage – a<br />

logical “zero” or “low” is represented by a voltage of<br />

less than 0.8 volts <strong>and</strong> a logical “one” or “high” is<br />

represented by a voltage from 2.5 to 5 volts.<br />

Voltage Constant<br />

K E<br />

= The back EMF generated by a DC motor at a<br />

defined speed. Usually quoted in volts per 1000<br />

rpm.<br />

Zero<br />

A frequency at which the transfer function of a<br />

system goes to zero.<br />

A70


Rotary Inertia Conversion Table<br />

Don’t confuse mass-inertia with weight-inertia: mass inertia = wt. inertia<br />

g<br />

To convert from A to B, multiply by entry in Table.<br />

Technical Data<br />

B lb-ft-s 2<br />

A kg-m 2 kg-cm 2 g-cm 2 kg-m-sec 2 kg-cm-sec 2 g-cm-sec 2 oz-in 2 oz-in-s 2 lb-in -2 lb-in-s 2 lb-ft 2 (slug-ft -2 )<br />

kg-m 2 1 10 4 10 7 0.10192 10.1972 1.01972-10 4 5.46745-10 4 1.41612-10 2 3.41716-10 3 8.850732 23.73025 0.73756<br />

kg-cm 2 10 -4 1 10 3 1.01972-10 -5 1.01972-10 -3 1.01972 5.46745 1.41612-10 -2 0.341716 8.85073-10 -4 2.37303-10 -3 7.37561-10 -5<br />

g-cm 2 10 -7 10 -3 1 1.01972-10 -8 1.01972-10 -6 1.01972-10 -3 5.46745-10 -3 1.41612-10 -5 3.41716-10 -4 8.85073-10 -7 2.37303-10 -6 7.37561-10 -8<br />

kg-m-s 2 9.80665 9.80665-10 4 9.80665-10 7 1 10 2 10 5 5.36174-10 5 1.388674-10 3 3.35109-10 4 86.79606 2.32714-10 2 7.23300<br />

kg-cm-s 2 9.80665-10 -2 9.80665-10 2 9.80665-10 5 10 -2 1 10 3 5.36174-10 3 13.88741 3.35109-10 2 0.86796 2.327143 7.23300-10 -2<br />

g-cm-s 2 9.80665-10 -5 0.980665 9.80665-10 2 10 -5 10 -3 1 5.36174 1.38874-10 -2 0.335109 8.67961-10 -4 2.32714-10 -3 7.23300-10 -5<br />

oz-in 2 1.82901-10 -5 0.182901 1.82901-10 2 1.86506-10 -6 1.86506-10 -4 0.186506 1 2.59008-10 -3 6.250-10 -2 1.61880-10 -4 4.34028-10 -4 1.34900-10 -5<br />

oz-in-s 2 7.06154-10 -3 70.6154 7.06154-10 4 7.20077-10 -4 7.20077-10 -2 72.00766 3.86089-10 2 1 24.13045 6.250-10 -2 0.167573 5.20833-10 -3<br />

lb-in 2 2.92641-10 -4 2.92641 2.92641-10 3 2.98411-10 -5 2.98411-10 -3 2.98411 16 4.14414-10 -2 1 2.59008-10 -3 6.94444-10 -3 2.15840-10 -4<br />

lb-in-s 2 0.112985 1.12985-10 3 1.12985-10 6 1.15213-10 -2 1.152126 1.15213-10 3 6.17740-10 3 16 3.86088-10 2 1 2.681175 8.3333-10 -2<br />

lb-ft 2 4.21403-10 -2 4.21403-10 2 4.21403-10 5 4.29711-10 -3 0.429711 4.297114-10 2 2.304-10 3 5.96755 144 0.372971 1 3.10809-10 -2<br />

lb-ft-s 2<br />

(slug ft 2 ) 1.35583 1.35582-10 4 1.35582-10 7 0.138255 13.82551 1.38255-10 4 7.41289-10 4 192 4.63306-10 3 12 32.1740 1<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Torque Conversion Table<br />

To convert from A to B, multiply by entry in Table.<br />

B<br />

A N-m N-cm dyn-cm kg-m kg-cm g-cm oz-in ft-lbs in-lbs<br />

N-m 1 10 2 10 7 0.1019716 10.19716 1.019716-10 4 141.6119 0.737562 8.85074<br />

N-cm 10 -2 1 10 5 1.019716-10 -3 0.1019716 -3 1.019712-10 2 1.41612 7.37562-10 -3 8.85074-10 -2<br />

dyn-cm 10 -7 10 -5 1 1.019716-10 -8 1.01972-10 -6 1.01972-10 -3 1.41612-10 -5 7.37562-10 -8 8.85074-10 -7<br />

kg-m 9.80665 9.80665-10 2 9.80665-10 7 1 10 2 10 5 1.38874-10 3 7.23301 86.79624<br />

kg-cm 9.80665-10 -2 9.80665 9.80665-10 5 10 -2 1 10 3 13.8874 7.23301-10 -2 0.86792<br />

g-cm 9.80665-10 -5 9.80665-10 -3 9.80665-10 2 10 -5 10 -3 1 1.38874-10 -2 7.23301-10 -5 8.679624-10 -4<br />

oz-in 7.06155-10 -3 0.706155 7.06155-10 4 7.20077-10 -4 7.20077-10 -2 72,0077 1 5.20833-10 -3 6.250-10 -2<br />

ft-lbs 1.35582 1.35582-10 2 1.35582-10 7 0.1382548 13.82548 1.382548-10 4 192 1 12<br />

in-lbs 0.112085 11.2985 1.12985-10 6 1.15212-10 -2 1.15212 1.15212-10 3 16 8.33333-10 -2 1<br />

Densities of Common Materials<br />

Material oz/in 3 gm/cm 3<br />

Aluminum (cast or hard-drawn) 1.54 2.66<br />

Brass (cast or rolled 60% CU; 40% Zn) 4.80 8.30<br />

Bronze (cast, 90% CU; 10% Sn) 4.72 8.17<br />

Copper (cast or h<strong>and</strong>-drawn) 5.15 8.91<br />

Plastic 0.64 1.11<br />

Steel (hot or cold rolled, 0.2 or 0.8% carbon) 4.48 7.75<br />

Hard Wood 0.46 0.80<br />

Soft Wood 0.28 0.48<br />

Calculate Horsepower<br />

Horsepower = Torque x Speed<br />

16,800<br />

Torque = oz-in<br />

Speed = revolutions per second<br />

* The horsepower calculation uses the torque<br />

available at the specified speed<br />

1 Horsepower = 746 watts<br />

Most tables give densities in lb/ft 3 . To convert to oz/in 3<br />

divide this value by 108. To convert lb/ft 3 to gm/cm 3<br />

divide by 62.5. The conversion from oz/in 3 to gm/cm 3<br />

is performed by multiplying oz/in 3 by 1.73.<br />

Reference: Elements of Strength of Materials,<br />

S. Timoshinko <strong>and</strong> D.H. Young, pp. 342-343.<br />

A71


Application Examples<br />

Summary of Application Examples<br />

Feed-to-length<br />

Applications in which a continuous web, strip, or<br />

str<strong>and</strong> of material is being indexed to length, most<br />

often with pinch rolls or some sort of gripping<br />

arrangement. The index stops <strong>and</strong> some process<br />

occurs (cutting, stamping, punching, labeling,<br />

etc.).<br />

Application No.<br />

Page<br />

1: BBQ Grill-Making Machine .................... A73<br />

2: Film Advance .......................................... A74<br />

3: On-the-Fly Welder .................................. A75<br />

X/Y Point-to-point<br />

Applications that deal with parts h<strong>and</strong>ling<br />

mechanisms that sort, route, or divert the flow of<br />

parts.<br />

Application No.<br />

Page<br />

4: Optical Scanner ...................................... A76<br />

5: Circuit Board Scanning........................... A77<br />

Metering/Dispensing<br />

Applications where controlling displacement <strong>and</strong>/<br />

or velocity are required to meter or dispense a<br />

precise amount of material.<br />

Application No.<br />

Page<br />

6: Telescope Drive ...................................... A78<br />

7: Engine Test St<strong>and</strong> .................................. A79<br />

8: Capsule Filling Machine .......................... A80<br />

Indexing/Conveyor<br />

Applications where a conveyor is being driven in a<br />

repetitive fashion to index parts into or out of an<br />

auxiliary process.<br />

Application No.<br />

Page<br />

9: Indexing Table ........................................ A81<br />

10: Rotary Indexer ........................................ A82<br />

11: Conveyor ................................................ A83<br />

Contouring<br />

Applications where multiple axes of motion are<br />

used to create a controlled path, (e.g., linear or<br />

circular interpolation).<br />

Application No.<br />

Page<br />

12: Engraving Machine ................................. A84<br />

13: Fluted-Bit Cutting Machine ..................... A85<br />

Tool Feed<br />

Applications where motion control is used to feed a<br />

cutting or grinding tool to the proper depth.<br />

Application No.<br />

Page<br />

14: Surface Grinding Machine ...................... A86<br />

15: Transfer Machine .................................... A87<br />

16: Flute Grinder ........................................... A88<br />

17: Disc Burnisher ........................................ A89<br />

Winding<br />

Controlling the process of winding material around<br />

a spindle or some other object.<br />

Application No.<br />

Page<br />

18: Monofilament Winder.............................. A90<br />

19: Capacitor Winder ................................... A91<br />

Following<br />

Applications that require the coordination of motion<br />

to be in conjunction with an external speed or<br />

position sensor.<br />

Application No.<br />

Page<br />

20: Labelling Machine ................................... A92<br />

21: Window Blind Gluing .............................. A93<br />

22: Moving Positioning <strong>Systems</strong> ................... A94<br />

Injection Molding<br />

Applications where raw material is fed by gravity<br />

from a hopper into a pressure chamber (die or<br />

mold). The mold is filled rapidly <strong>and</strong> considerable<br />

pressure is applied to produce a molded product.<br />

Application No.<br />

Page<br />

23: Plastic Injection Molding ......................... A95<br />

Flying Cutoff<br />

Applications where a web of material is cut while<br />

the material is moving. Typically, the cutting device<br />

travels at an angle to the web <strong>and</strong> with a speed<br />

proportional to the web.<br />

Application No.<br />

Page<br />

24: Rotating Tube Cutting ............................ A96<br />

A72


Application Examples<br />

1. BBQ Grill-Making Machine<br />

Application Type: Feed-to-Length<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Application Description: A manufactuer was<br />

using a servo motor to feed material into a<br />

machine to create barbeque grills, shopping carts,<br />

etc. The process involves cutting steel rods <strong>and</strong><br />

welding the rods in various configurations.<br />

However, feed-length was inconsistent because<br />

slippage between the drive roller <strong>and</strong> the material<br />

was too frequent. Knurled nip-rolls could not be<br />

used because they would damage the material.<br />

The machine builder needed a more accurate<br />

method of cutting the material at uniform lengths.<br />

The customer used a load-mounted encoder to<br />

provide feedback of the actual amount of material<br />

fed into the cutting head.<br />

Machine Objectives:<br />

• Compnesate for material slippage<br />

• Interface with customer’s operator panel<br />

• Smooth repeatable operation<br />

• Variable length indexes<br />

• High reliability<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Accurate position control<br />

• Load-mounted encoder feedback<br />

• High-speed indexing<br />

• XCode language<br />

Application Solution: By using the global<br />

position feedback capability of the BLHX drive, the<br />

machine builder was able to close the position<br />

loop with the load-mounted encoder, while the<br />

velocity feedback was provided by the motormounted<br />

encoder <strong>and</strong> signal processing. The twoencoder<br />

system provides improved stability <strong>and</strong><br />

higher performance than a single load-mounted<br />

encoder providing both position <strong>and</strong> velocity<br />

feedback. The load-mounted encoder was<br />

coupled to friction drive nip-rollers close to the cut<br />

head.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Controller/Drive<br />

BLHX75BN<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

ML3450B-10<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Spool<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />

Drive Roll<br />

Nip-Roll <strong>and</strong><br />

Load Mounted<br />

Encoder<br />

Cutting Head<br />

BLHX150BN<br />

<strong>Servo</strong> Drive<br />

A73


Application Examples<br />

2. Film Advance<br />

Application Type: Feed-to-Length<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Tangential drives consist of a pulley or pinion<br />

which, when rotated, exerts a force on a belt or<br />

racks to move a linear load. Common tangential<br />

drives include pulleys <strong>and</strong> cables, gears <strong>and</strong><br />

toothed belts, <strong>and</strong> racks <strong>and</strong> pinions.<br />

Tangential drives permit a lot of flexibility in the<br />

design of drive mechanics, <strong>and</strong> can be very<br />

accurate with little backlash. Metal chains should<br />

be avoided since they provide little or no motor<br />

damping.<br />

Application Description: A movie camera is<br />

being modified to expose each frame under<br />

computer control for the purpose of generating<br />

special effects. A motor will be installed in the<br />

camera connected to a 1/2-inch diameter, 2-inch<br />

long steel film drive sprocket <strong>and</strong> must index one<br />

frame in 200 milliseconds. The frame spacing is 38<br />

mm (1.5").<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Index one frame within 200 milliseconds<br />

• Indexer must be compatible with BCD interface<br />

• Fast rewind <strong>and</strong> frame indexing<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Little to no vibration at rest—∴ <strong>Step</strong>per<br />

• Minimum settling time<br />

• Preset <strong>and</strong> slew moves<br />

Application Solution:<br />

In this application, the move distance <strong>and</strong> time are<br />

known, but the required acceleration is not known.<br />

The acceleration may be derived by observing<br />

that, for a trapezoidal move profile with equal<br />

acceleration, slew <strong>and</strong> deceleration times, 1/3 of<br />

the move time is spent accelerating <strong>and</strong> 1/3 of the<br />

total distance is travelled in that time (a trapezoidal<br />

move).<br />

It is determined that the acceleration required is<br />

107.4 rps 2 at a velocity of 7.166 rps. Assume that<br />

the film weighs 1 oz. <strong>and</strong> total film friction is 10 ozin.<br />

The rotor, sprocket, <strong>and</strong> film inertia is calculated<br />

to be 0.545 oz-in/sec 2 . Solving the torque formula<br />

indicates that the motor for this application must<br />

provide 11.9 oz-in to drive the film <strong>and</strong> pulley (refer<br />

to Direct Drive Formulas on p. A63).<br />

An indexer is selected to be connected to a BCD<br />

interface in the camera electronics. Preset <strong>and</strong><br />

Slew modes on the indexer are then controlled by<br />

the camera electronics to provide fast rewind <strong>and</strong><br />

frame indexing.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Drive/Indexer<br />

SX<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

S57-51-MO<br />

Drive/Indexer<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

A74


Application Examples<br />

3. On-the-Fly Welder<br />

Application Type: Feed-to-Length<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Description: In a sheet metal fabrication process,<br />

an unfastened part rides on a conveyor belt<br />

moving continuously at an unpredictable velocity.<br />

Two spot-welds are to be performed on each part,<br />

4 inches apart, with the first weld 2 inches from the<br />

leading edge of the part. A weld takes one second.<br />

Machine Objectives<br />

• St<strong>and</strong>alone operation<br />

• Position welder according to position <strong>and</strong><br />

velocity of each individual part<br />

• Welding <strong>and</strong> positioning performed without<br />

stopping the conveyor<br />

• Welding process must take 1 second to<br />

complete<br />

Motion Control Requirements<br />

• Programmable I/O; sequence storage<br />

• Following<br />

• Motion profiling; complex following<br />

• High linear acceleration <strong>and</strong> speed<br />

Application Solution:<br />

This application requires a controller that can<br />

perform following or motion profiling based on a<br />

primary encoder position. In this application, the<br />

controller will receive velocity <strong>and</strong> position data<br />

from an incremental encoder mounted to a roller<br />

on the conveyor belt carrying the unfastened parts.<br />

The conveyor is considered the primary drive<br />

system. The secondary motor/drive system<br />

receives instructions from the controller, based on<br />

a ratio of the velocity <strong>and</strong> position information<br />

supplied by the primary system encoder. The linear<br />

motor forcer carries the weld head <strong>and</strong> is mounted<br />

on an overhead platform in line with the conveyor.<br />

Linear motor technology was chosen to carry the<br />

weld head because of the length of travel. The<br />

linear step motor is not subject to the same linear<br />

velocity <strong>and</strong> acceleration limitations inherent in<br />

systems converting rotary to linear motion. For<br />

Indexer<br />

example, in a leadscrew system, the inertia of the<br />

leadscrew frequently exceeds the inertia of the<br />

load <strong>and</strong> as the length of the screw increases, so<br />

does the inertia. With linear motors, all the force<br />

generated by the motor is efficiently applied<br />

directly to the load; thus, length has no effect on<br />

system inertia. This application requires a 54-inch<br />

platen to enable following of conveyor speeds over<br />

20 in/sec.<br />

Application Process<br />

1. A sensor mounted on the weld head detects<br />

the leading edge of a moving part <strong>and</strong> sends a<br />

trigger pulse to the controller.<br />

2. The controller receives the trigger signal <strong>and</strong><br />

comm<strong>and</strong>s the linear motor/drive to ramp up to<br />

twice the speed of the conveyor. This provides<br />

an acceleration such that 2 inches of the part<br />

passes by the weld head by the time the weld<br />

head reaches 100% of the conveyor velocity.<br />

3. The controller changes the speed ratio to 1:1,<br />

so the weld head maintains the speed of the<br />

conveyor for the first weld. The weld takes 1<br />

second.<br />

4. The following ratio is set to zero, <strong>and</strong> the<br />

welder decelerates to zero velocity over 2<br />

inches.<br />

5. The controller comm<strong>and</strong>s the linear forcer to<br />

repeat the same acceleration ramp as in step␣1<br />

above. This causes the weld head to position<br />

itself, at an equal velocity with the conveyor, 4<br />

inches behind the first weld.<br />

6. <strong>Step</strong> 3 is repeated to make the second weld.<br />

7. Once the second weld is finished, the controller<br />

comm<strong>and</strong>s the linear forcer to return the weld<br />

head to the starting position to wait for the next<br />

part to arrive.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Indexer Drive <strong>Motor</strong> Encoder<br />

Model 500 L Drive PO-L20-P54 -E<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Microstepping<br />

Drive<br />

Linear <strong>Motor</strong><br />

Spot Welds<br />

Encoder<br />

(Mounted<br />

to Conveyor)<br />

Weld Head<br />

A75


Application Examples<br />

4. Optical Scanner<br />

Application Type: X-Y Point-to-Point<br />

Motion: Rotary<br />

Application Description: A dye laser designer<br />

needs to precisely rotate a diffraction grating under<br />

computer control to tune the frequency of the<br />

laser. The grating must be positioned to an angular<br />

accuracy of 0.05°. The high resolution of the<br />

microstepping motor <strong>and</strong> its freedom from<br />

“hunting” or other unwanted motion when stopped<br />

make it ideal.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• System must precisely rotate a diffraction<br />

grating to tune the frequency of the laser<br />

• PC-compatible system control<br />

• Angular accuracy of 0.05º<br />

• IEEE-488 interface is required<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• High resolution—∴ Microstepper<br />

• Little to no vibration at rest—∴ <strong>Step</strong>per<br />

• No “hunting” at the end of move—∴ <strong>Step</strong>per<br />

• Limited space is available for motor—∴ small<br />

motor is required<br />

Application Solution:<br />

The inertia of the grating is equal to 2% of the<br />

proposed motor’s rotor inertia <strong>and</strong> is therefore<br />

ignored. Space is at a premium in the cavity <strong>and</strong> a<br />

small motor is a must. A microstepping motor,<br />

which provides ample torque for this application, is<br />

selected.<br />

The laser’s instrumentation is controlled by a<br />

computer with an IEEE-488 interface. An indexer<br />

with an IEEE-488 interface is selected. It is<br />

mounted in the rack with the computer <strong>and</strong> is<br />

controlled with a simple program written in BASIC<br />

that instructs the indexer to interrupt the computer<br />

at the completion of each index.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Indexer Drive <strong>Motor</strong><br />

Model 4000 LN Drive LN57-51<br />

Drive<br />

Model 4000<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

A76


Application Examples<br />

5. Circuit Board Scanning<br />

Application Type: X-Y Point-to-Point<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Application Description: An Original Equipment<br />

Manufacturer (OEM) manufactures X-Ray Scanning<br />

equipment used in the quality control of printed<br />

circuit boards <strong>and</strong> wafer chips.<br />

The OEM wants to replace the DC motors,<br />

mechanics <strong>and</strong> analog controls with an automated<br />

PC-based system to increase throughput <strong>and</strong><br />

eliminate operator error. The host computer will<br />

interact with the motion control card using a “C”<br />

language program. The operator will have the<br />

option to manually override the system using a<br />

joystick.<br />

This machine operates in an environment where<br />

PWM (pulse width modulation) related EMI<br />

emission is an issue.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• 2-Axis analog joystick<br />

• Joystick button<br />

• Travel limits<br />

• Encoder feedback on both axes<br />

Display Requirements:<br />

• X <strong>and</strong> Y position coordinates<br />

Operator Adjustable Parameters:<br />

• Dimensions of sample under test<br />

• (0,0) position—starting point<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• AT-based motion controller card<br />

• Replace velocity control system (DC motors) <strong>and</strong><br />

mechanics with more accurate <strong>and</strong> automated<br />

positioning scheme<br />

• Manual Joystick control<br />

• Continuous display of X & Y axis position<br />

• User-friendly teach mode operations<br />

• Low EMI amplifiers (drives)<br />

Application Solution:<br />

The solution of this application uses the existing<br />

PC by providing a PC-based motion controller <strong>and</strong><br />

the AT6400 to control both axes. A microstepping<br />

drive is used because its linear amplifier<br />

technology produces little EMI. The PC monitor is<br />

the operator interface.<br />

A “C” language program controls the machine.<br />

Machine operation begins with a display to the operator<br />

of a main menu. This main menu lets the operator<br />

select between three modes: Automated Test, Joystick<br />

Position <strong>and</strong> Teach New Automated Test.<br />

In Automated Test mode, the PC displays a menu<br />

of preprogrammed test routines. Each of these<br />

programs has stored positions for the different test<br />

locations. This data is downloaded to the controller<br />

when a test program is selected. The controller<br />

controls the axes to a home position, moves to<br />

each scan position, <strong>and</strong> waits for scan completion<br />

before moving to the next position.<br />

In Joystick Position mode, the controller enables<br />

the joystick allowing the operator to move in both<br />

X <strong>and</strong> Y directions using the joystick. The AT6400<br />

waits for a signal from the PC to indicate that the<br />

joystick session is over.<br />

When Teach mode is selected, the PC downloads a<br />

teach program to the controller (written by the user).<br />

After the axes are homed, the controller enables the<br />

joystick <strong>and</strong> a “position select” joystick button. The<br />

operator then jogs axes to a position <strong>and</strong> presses<br />

the “position select” button. Each time the operator<br />

presses this “position select” button, the motion<br />

controller reads this position into a variable <strong>and</strong><br />

sends this data to the PC for memory storage.<br />

These new position coordinates can now be stored<br />

<strong>and</strong> recalled in Automated Test mode.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Controller Drive <strong>Motor</strong> Accessories<br />

AT6400-AUX1 LN Drive LN57-83-MO -E<br />

Daedal X-Y Table<br />

Joystick<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Drive<br />

Drive<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Indexer<br />

Joystick<br />

A77


Application Examples<br />

6. Telescope Drive<br />

Application Type: Metering/Dispensing<br />

Motion: Rotary<br />

Traditional gear drives are more commonly used<br />

with step motors. The fine resolution of a<br />

microstepping motor can make gearing<br />

unnecessary in many applications. Gears generally<br />

have undesirable efficiency, wear characteristics,<br />

backlash, <strong>and</strong> can be noisy.<br />

Gears are useful, however, when very large inertias<br />

must be moved because the inertia of the load<br />

reflected back to the motor through the gearing is<br />

divided by the square of the gear ratio.<br />

In this manner large inertial loads can be moved<br />

while maintaining a good load inertia-to-rotor<br />

inertia ratio (less than 10:1).<br />

Application Description: An astronomer<br />

building a telescope needs to track celestial events<br />

at a slow speed (15°/hour) <strong>and</strong> also slew quickly<br />

(15° in 1 second).<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Smooth, slow speed is required–∴ microstepper<br />

• High data-intensive application–∴ bus-based<br />

indexer<br />

• Future capabilities to control at least 2 axes of<br />

motion<br />

• Visual C++ interface<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• High resolution<br />

• Very slow speed (1.25 revolutions per hour)—<br />

microstepping<br />

• AT bus-based motion controller card<br />

• Dynamic Link Library (DDL) device driver must<br />

be provided with indexer. This helps Windows<br />

programmers create Windows-based<br />

applications (i.e., Visual C++) to interface with<br />

the indexer<br />

Application Solution:<br />

A 30:1 gearbox is selected so that 30 revolutions<br />

of the motor result in 1 revolution (360°) of the<br />

telescope. A tracking velocity of 15°/hour<br />

corresponds to a motor speed of 1.25 revs/hour or<br />

about 9 steps/sec. on a 25,000 steps/rev. Moving<br />

15° (1.25 revolutions) in 1 second requires a<br />

velocity of 1.25 rps.<br />

The inverse square law causes the motor to see 1/<br />

900 of the telescope’s rotary inertia. The equations<br />

are solved <strong>and</strong> the torque required to accelerate<br />

the telescope is 455 oz-in. The step pulses<br />

required to drive the motor are obtained from a<br />

laboratory oscillator under the operator’s control.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Indexer Drive <strong>Motor</strong><br />

AT6200-AUX1* S Drive S106-178<br />

* To control up to four axes, refer to the AT6400.<br />

Drive<br />

Computer<br />

(Indexer installed<br />

in a PC)<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

A78


Application Examples<br />

7. Engine Test St<strong>and</strong><br />

Application Type: Metering/Dispensing<br />

Motion: Rotary<br />

Application Description: A jet engine<br />

manufacturer is building a test facility for making<br />

operational measurements on a jet engine. The<br />

throttle <strong>and</strong> three other fuel flow controls need to<br />

be set remotely. While the application only calls for<br />

a rotary resolution of 1 degree (1/360 rev.), the<br />

smoothness <strong>and</strong> stiffness of a microstepping<br />

system is required.<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> speeds are to be low <strong>and</strong> the inertias of the<br />

valves connected to the motors are insignificant.<br />

The main torque requirement is to overcome valve<br />

friction.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Low wear<br />

• Remote operation<br />

• High reliability<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• <strong>Motor</strong> velocity is low<br />

• High stiffness at st<strong>and</strong>still<br />

• Slow-speed smoothness<br />

• Four axes of control<br />

• Homing function<br />

Application Solution:<br />

Each valve is measured with a torque wrench.<br />

Two valves measure at 60 oz-in <strong>and</strong> the other two<br />

measure at 200 oz-in. Two high-power <strong>and</strong> two<br />

low-power microstepping motor/drives systems<br />

are selected. These choices provide<br />

approximately 100% torque margin <strong>and</strong> result in a<br />

conservative design.<br />

The operator would like to specify each valve<br />

position as an angle between 0° <strong>and</strong> 350°.<br />

Home position switches are mounted on the test<br />

rig <strong>and</strong> connected to each indexer to allow for<br />

power-on home reference using the indexer’s<br />

homing feature.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Indexer Drive <strong>Motor</strong><br />

AT6400* S Drive S57-102<br />

* A st<strong>and</strong>alone indexer could also be used<br />

(instead of a bus-based indexer), refer to the<br />

Model 4000.<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Drive<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Drive<br />

Drive<br />

Computer<br />

(Indexer installed in a PC)<br />

Drive<br />

A79


Application Examples<br />

8. Capsule Filling Machine<br />

Application Type: Metering/Dispensing<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Application Description: The design requires a<br />

machine to dispense radioactive fluid into capsules.<br />

After the fluid is dispensed, it is inspected <strong>and</strong> the<br />

data is stored on a PC. There is a requirement to<br />

increase throughput without introducing spillage.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Increase throughput<br />

• No spilling of radioactive fluid<br />

• Automate two axes<br />

• PC compatible system control<br />

• Low-cost solution<br />

• Smooth, repeatable motion<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Quick, accurate moves<br />

• Multi-axis controller<br />

• PC bus-based motion control card<br />

• Open-loop stepper if possible<br />

• High-resolution motor/drive (microstepping)<br />

Application Solution:<br />

The multi-axis indexer is selected to control <strong>and</strong><br />

synchronize both axes of motion on one card<br />

residing in the IBM PC computer. An additional<br />

feature is the integral I/O capability that’s<br />

necessary to activate the filling process. The<br />

horizontal axis carrying the tray of capsules is<br />

driven by a linear motor. The simple mechanical<br />

construction of the motor makes it easy to apply,<br />

<strong>and</strong> guarantees a long maintenance-free life. The<br />

vertical axis raises <strong>and</strong> lowers the filling head <strong>and</strong><br />

is driven by a microstepping motor <strong>and</strong> a<br />

leadscrew assembly. A linear motor was also<br />

considered for this axis, but the fill head would<br />

have dropped onto the tray with a loss of power<br />

to the motor. Leadscrew friction <strong>and</strong> the residual<br />

torque of the step motor prevents this occurrence.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Indexer Drive <strong>Motor</strong><br />

AT6200 Axis 1: ZETA Drive S57-51<br />

Axis 2: ZETA Drive PO-L20-P18<br />

Top View<br />

Filling Heads<br />

Tray of<br />

Empty Capsules<br />

Hose<br />

Full<br />

Capsules<br />

Side View<br />

Platen<br />

Linear <strong>Motor</strong><br />

<strong>Motor</strong> with Leadscrew<br />

Computer<br />

(Indexer<br />

installed<br />

in a PC)<br />

Drive<br />

Drive<br />

A80


9. Indexing Table<br />

Application Type: Indexing/Conveyor<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Application Description: A system is required<br />

to plot the response of a sensitive detector that<br />

must receive equally from all directions. It is<br />

mounted on a rotary table that needs to be<br />

indexed in 3.6° steps, completing each index<br />

within one second. For set-up purposes, the table<br />

can be positioned manually at 5 rpm. The table<br />

incorporates a 90:1 worm drive.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Low-EMI system<br />

• Repeatable indexing<br />

• Remote operation<br />

• Table speed of 5 rpm<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Jogging capability<br />

• Sequence select functionality<br />

• Capable of remote drive shutdown<br />

Application Solution:<br />

The maximum required shaft speed (450 rpm) is<br />

well within the capability of a stepper, which is an<br />

ideal choice in simple indexing applications.<br />

Operating at a motor resolution of 400 steps/rev,<br />

the resolution at the table is a convenient 36,000<br />

step/rev. In this application, it is important that<br />

electrical noise is minimized to avoid interference<br />

with the detector. Two possible solutions are to<br />

use a low-EMI linear drive or to shut down the<br />

drive after each index (with a stepper driving a<br />

90:1 worm gear there is no risk of position loss<br />

during shutdown periods).<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Indexer Drive <strong>Motor</strong><br />

Model 500 LN Drive LN57-102<br />

* The SX drive/indexer <strong>and</strong> PK2 drive are other<br />

products that have been used in these types of<br />

applications.<br />

Application Examples<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Detector<br />

Radiation<br />

Source<br />

Drive<br />

Indexer<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Rotary<br />

Stage<br />

A81


Application Examples<br />

10. Rotary Indexer<br />

Application Type: Indexing Conveyor<br />

Motion: Rotary<br />

Application Description: An engineer for a<br />

pharmaceutical company is designing a machine<br />

to fill vials <strong>and</strong> wants to replace an old style<br />

Geneva mechanism. A microstepping motor will<br />

provide smooth motion <strong>and</strong> will prevent spillage.<br />

The indexing wheel is aluminum <strong>and</strong> is 0.250-inch<br />

thick <strong>and</strong> 7.5" in diameter. Solving the equation for<br />

the inertia of a solid cylinder indicates that the<br />

wheel has 119.3 oz-in 2 . The holes in the indexing<br />

wheel reduce the inertia to 94 oz-in 2 . The vials<br />

have negligible mass <strong>and</strong> may be ignored for the<br />

purposes of motor sizing. The table holds 12 vials<br />

(30° apart) that must index in 0.5 seconds <strong>and</strong><br />

dwell for one second. Acceleration torque is<br />

calculated to be 8.2 oz-in at 1.33 rps 2 . A triangular<br />

move profile will result in a maximum velocity of<br />

0.33 rps. The actual torque requirement is less<br />

than 100 oz-in. However, a low load-to-rotor<br />

inertia ratio was necessary to gently move the vials<br />

<strong>and</strong> fill them.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Smooth motion<br />

• PLC control<br />

• Variable index lengths<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Smooth motion<br />

• Sequence select capability<br />

• I/O for sequence select<br />

• Programmable acceleration <strong>and</strong> deceleration<br />

Application Solution:<br />

The index distance may be changed by the<br />

engineer who is controlling the machine with a<br />

programmable controller. Move parameters will be<br />

changing <strong>and</strong> can therefore be set via BCD inputs.<br />

The indexer can be “buried” in the machine <strong>and</strong><br />

activated with a remote START input.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Drive Indexer<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

SX Drive Indexer* S83-135<br />

* The 6200, AT6200, <strong>and</strong> Model 500 are other<br />

indexer products that have been used in these<br />

types of applications.<br />

PLC<br />

Programmable<br />

Logic Controller<br />

Controller<br />

Drive<br />

A82


Application Examples<br />

11. Conveyor<br />

Application Type: Indexing/Conveyor<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Tangential drives consist of a pulley or pinion<br />

which, when rotated, exerts a force on a belt or<br />

racks to move a linear load. Common tangential<br />

drives include pulleys <strong>and</strong> cables, gears <strong>and</strong><br />

toothed belts, <strong>and</strong> racks <strong>and</strong> pinions.<br />

Tangential drives permit a lot of flexibility in the<br />

design of drive mechanics, <strong>and</strong> can be very<br />

accurate with little backlash. Metal chains should<br />

be avoided since they provide little or no motor<br />

damping.<br />

Application Description: A machine vision<br />

system is being developed to automatically inspect<br />

small parts for defects. The parts are located on a<br />

small conveyor <strong>and</strong> pass through the camera’s<br />

field of view. The conveyor is started <strong>and</strong> stopped<br />

under computer control <strong>and</strong> the engineer wants to<br />

use a system to drive the conveyor because it is<br />

necessary for the part to pass by the camera at a<br />

constant velocity.<br />

It is desired to accelerate the conveyor to a speed<br />

of 20 inches/sec. in 100 milliseconds. A flat timing<br />

belt weighing 20 ozs. is driven by a 2-inch diameter<br />

aluminum pulley 4 inches wide (this requires a<br />

motor velocity of 3.2 rps). The maximum weight of<br />

the parts on the pulley at any given time is 1 lb.<br />

<strong>and</strong> the load is estimated to have an inertia of 2 ozin<br />

2 . Static friction of all mechanical components is<br />

30 oz-in. The required motor toque was<br />

determined to be 50.9 oz-ins (refer to Direct Drive<br />

Formulas on p. A63).<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Computer-controlled system<br />

• High accuracy<br />

• Low backlash<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Accurate velocity control<br />

• Linear motion<br />

• High resolution<br />

• AT bus-based motion control card<br />

Application Solution:<br />

A computer controls the entire inspection<br />

machine. A bus-based compatible indexer card<br />

was selected. A microstepping motor/drive system<br />

that supplied 100 oz-in of static torque was also<br />

chosen to complete the application.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Indexer Drive <strong>Motor</strong><br />

PC21* S Drive S57-83<br />

* The AT6200 <strong>and</strong> AT6400 are other PC-based<br />

indexer products that are often used in these<br />

types of applications.<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Drive<br />

Computer<br />

(Indexer installed<br />

in a PC)<br />

A83


Application Examples<br />

12. Engraving Machine<br />

Application Type: Contouring<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Application Description: An existing engraving<br />

machine requires an upgrade for accuracy beyond<br />

0.008 inches, capability <strong>and</strong> operating<br />

environment. Using a personal computer as the<br />

host processor is desirable.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Positional accuracy to 0.001 inches<br />

• Easy-to-use, open-loop control<br />

• CNC machining capability<br />

• Interface-to-digitizer pad<br />

• Compatibility with CAD systems<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• High resolution<br />

• Microstepping<br />

• G-Code compatibility<br />

• IBM PC compatible controller<br />

Application Solution:<br />

A four-axis motion controller resides on the bus of<br />

an IBM compatible computer, allowing full<br />

integrated control of four axes of motion. Axes 3<br />

<strong>and</strong> 4 are synchronized to prevent table skew.<br />

CompuCAM’s G-Code package allows the user to<br />

program in industry-st<strong>and</strong>ard machine tool<br />

language (RS274 G-Code) or to import CAD files<br />

with CompuCAM-DXF. Open-loop microstepping<br />

drives with precision leadscrews give positional<br />

accuracies better than the desired ±0.001 inch.<br />

This simple retrofit to the existing hardware greatly<br />

improved system performance.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Indexer Drives <strong>Motor</strong><br />

AT6400* S Drives S83-135<br />

* The Model 4000 (st<strong>and</strong>alone) <strong>and</strong> AT6450 are<br />

servo controller products that have also been<br />

used in these types of applications.<br />

IBM PC with Indexer<br />

Drives<br />

Digitizer Pad<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Axis 2<br />

Axis 1<br />

Axis 3<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Axis 4<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

A84


Application Examples<br />

13. Fluted-Bit Cutting Machine<br />

Application Type: Contouring<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Application Description: The customer<br />

manufactures a machine that cuts a metal cylinder<br />

into fluted cutting bits for milling machines. The<br />

machine operation employed a mechanical cam<br />

follower to tie the bit’s rotation speed to the<br />

traverse motion of the bit relative to the cutting<br />

tool. The cut depth was manually adjusted using a<br />

h<strong>and</strong> crank.<br />

This arrangement was acceptable when the<br />

company had a bit for the cam they wanted to<br />

grind. Unfortunately, custom prototype bits made<br />

of titanium or other high-tech metals required that<br />

they make a cam before they could machine the<br />

bit, or do those parts on a $10,000 CNC screw<br />

machine. Both of these alternatives were too<br />

expensive for this customer.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Machine must be capable of making lowvolume<br />

custom bits as well as high-volume<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ard bits—an be economical for both<br />

processes.<br />

• Quick set-up routine<br />

• Operator interface for part entry<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Smooth motion<br />

• Four axes of coordinated motion<br />

• 2 axes of linear interpolation<br />

• Math capabilities<br />

Application Solution:<br />

Controlled by a multi-axis step <strong>and</strong> direction<br />

controller, microstepping motors <strong>and</strong> drives are<br />

attached to four axes for smooth, programmable<br />

motion at all speeds.<br />

• Axis 1: Alignment<br />

• Axis 2: Chamfer (cutting depth)<br />

• Axis 3: Traverse<br />

• Axis 4: Rotation<br />

To allow for the flexibility required to cut a bit at a<br />

desired pitch, the traverse <strong>and</strong> rotation axes (axes<br />

3 <strong>and</strong> 4) are synchronized along a straight line.<br />

The controller’s linear interpolation allows this<br />

functionality. Both the alignment <strong>and</strong> chamfer axes<br />

(axes 1 <strong>and</strong> 2) remain stationary during the cutting<br />

process.<br />

The controller’s operator input panel <strong>and</strong> math<br />

capabilities allow the operator to enter the bit<br />

diameter, desired pitch, depth, <strong>and</strong> angle. Using<br />

these part specifications, the controller generates<br />

all motion profiles <strong>and</strong> stores them in nonvolatile<br />

battery-backed RAM. Programming is<br />

accomplished with the controller’s menu-driven<br />

language. The typical process is as follows:<br />

1. Axis 1 aligns the center line of the bit to the<br />

cutting tool.<br />

2. Axis 2 lowers the cutting tool to the desired<br />

cutting depth (chamfer).<br />

3. Axis 3 traverses the bit along the cutting tool.<br />

4. While axis 3 traverses, axis 4 rotates the bit to<br />

create the desired pitch.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Indexer Drives <strong>Motor</strong><br />

Model 4000* S Drives S83-135<br />

* The Model AT6400 <strong>and</strong> AT6450 are other<br />

controllers that have been used in these types<br />

of applications.<br />

Indexer<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Drive<br />

Drive<br />

Drive<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

(Axis 2 - Chamfer)<br />

Cutting<br />

Tool<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

(Axis 4 -<br />

Rotation)<br />

Drive<br />

Bit<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

(Axis 3 -<br />

Traverse)<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

(Axis 1 - Alignment)<br />

A85


Application Examples<br />

14. Surface Grinding Machine<br />

Application Type: Tool Feed<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Application Description: A specialty machine<br />

shop is improving the efficiency of its surface<br />

grinding process. The existing machine is sound<br />

mechanically, but manually operated. Automating<br />

the machine will free the operator for other tasks,<br />

which will increase overall throughput of the<br />

machine shop.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Allow flexibility to machine various parts<br />

• Easy set up for new parts<br />

• Automate all three axes<br />

• Keep operator informed as to progress<br />

• Low-cost solution<br />

• High-resolution grinding<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Nonvolatile memory for program storage<br />

• Teach mode<br />

• Multi-axis controller<br />

• Interactive user configurable display<br />

• Open-loop stepper if possible<br />

• High resolution motor/drive (microstepping)<br />

Application Solution:<br />

A four-axis motion controller with a userconfigurable<br />

front panel is required for this<br />

application. An indexer with a sealed, backlit<br />

display would be ideal for the application’s<br />

industrial environment (machine shop). The<br />

controller’s Teach mode <strong>and</strong> sizable nonvolatile<br />

memory allows for easy entry <strong>and</strong> storage of new<br />

part programs. Microstepping drives, which plenty<br />

of power, resolution, <strong>and</strong> accuracy are selected<br />

instead of more expensive closed-loop servo<br />

systems. The operator utilizes the controller’s jog<br />

function to position the grinding head at the proper<br />

“spark off” height. From this point, the controller<br />

takes over <strong>and</strong> finishes the part while the operator<br />

works on other critical tasks. Increasing the parts<br />

repeatability <strong>and</strong> throughput of the process<br />

justified the cost of automating the machine.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Indexer Drive <strong>Motor</strong><br />

Model 4000* S Drive S83-93<br />

* The AT6400 PC-based indexer has also been<br />

used to solve similar applications.<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Safety<br />

Guard<br />

Grinding<br />

Wheel<br />

Control Panel<br />

<strong>Motor</strong>s<br />

Indexer<br />

A86


Application Examples<br />

15. Transfer Machine<br />

Application Type: Tool Feed<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Application Description: A stage of a transfer<br />

machine is required to drill several holes in a<br />

casting using a multi-head drill. The motor has to<br />

drive the drill head at high speed to within 0.1" of<br />

the workpiece <strong>and</strong> then proceed at cutting speed<br />

to the required depth. The drill is then withdrawn at<br />

an intermediate speed until clear of the work, then<br />

fast-retracted <strong>and</strong> set for the next cycle. The<br />

complete drilling cycle takes 2.2 seconds with a<br />

0.6-second delay before the next cycle.<br />

Due to the proximity of other equipment, the length<br />

in the direction of travel is very restricted. An<br />

additional requirement is to monitor the machine<br />

for drill wear <strong>and</strong> breakage.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Limited length of travel<br />

• Limited maintenance<br />

• Monitor <strong>and</strong> minimize drill damage<br />

• High-speed drilling<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Packaged drive controller<br />

• Complex motion profile<br />

• High speed<br />

• High duty cycle<br />

Application Solution:<br />

The combined requirements of high speed, high<br />

duty cycle <strong>and</strong> monitoring the drill wear all point to<br />

the use of a servo motor. By checking the torque<br />

load on the motor (achieved by monitoring drive<br />

current), the drilling phase can be monitored (an<br />

increased load during this phase indicates that the<br />

drill is broken).<br />

This type of application will require a ballscrew<br />

drive to achieve high stiffness together with high<br />

speed. One way of minimizing the length of the<br />

mechanism is to attach the ballscrew to the<br />

moving stage <strong>and</strong> then rotate the nut, allowing the<br />

motor to be buried underneath the table. Since<br />

access for maintenance will then be difficult, a<br />

brushless motor should be selected.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Drive/Controller<br />

APEX6152<br />

Drill<br />

Head<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

606 <strong>Motor</strong><br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Table<br />

Rotating Nut<br />

Ballscrew<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Drive/Controller<br />

A87


Application Examples<br />

16. Flute Grinder<br />

Application Type: Tool Feed<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Application Description: A low-cost machine<br />

for grinding the flutes in twist drills requires two<br />

axes of movement—one moves the drill forwards<br />

underneath the grinding wheel, the other rotates<br />

the drill to produce the helical flute. At the end of<br />

the cut, the rotary axis has to index the drill round<br />

by 180° to be ready to grind the second flute. The<br />

linear speed of the workpiece does not exceed 0.5<br />

inches/sec.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Two-axis control<br />

• Low cost<br />

• Easy set-up <strong>and</strong> change over of part programs<br />

• Smooth, accurate cutting motion<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Two-axis indexer<br />

• Linear interpolation between axes<br />

• Nonvolatile program storage<br />

• Flexible data pad input<br />

• Moderate speeds<br />

• Programmable I/O<br />

Grinding Wheel<br />

Application Solution:<br />

This is a natural application for stepper motors,<br />

since the speeds are moderate <strong>and</strong> the solution<br />

must be minimum-cost. The grinding process<br />

requires that the two axes move at accurately<br />

related speed, so the controller must be capable<br />

of performing linear interpolation. The small<br />

dynamic position error of the stepper system<br />

ensures that the two axes will track accurately at<br />

all speeds.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Operator<br />

Controller Drive <strong>Motor</strong> Interface<br />

6200* S Drive S83-135 RP240<br />

* The Model 4000-FP has also been used to<br />

solve similar applications.<br />

Axis<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Twist<br />

Drill<br />

Rotary<br />

Head<br />

Drive<br />

X-Axis<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Axis Drive<br />

X-Axis<br />

Drive<br />

Operator Interface<br />

Controller<br />

Drive<br />

A88


Application Examples<br />

17. Disc Burnisher<br />

Application Type: Tool Feed<br />

Motion: Rotary<br />

Application Description: Rigid computer discs<br />

need to be burnished so that they are flat to within<br />

tight tolerances. A sensor <strong>and</strong> a burnishing head<br />

move together radially across the disc. When a<br />

high spot is sensed, both heads stop while the<br />

burnishing head removes the raised material. The<br />

surface speed of the disc relative to the heads<br />

must remain constant, <strong>and</strong> at the smallest<br />

diameter, the required disc speed is 2400 rpm.<br />

The machine operates in a clean environment, <strong>and</strong><br />

takes approximately one minute to scan an<br />

unblemished disk.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• High-speed burnishing<br />

• Surface speed of disc relative to the heads must<br />

remain constant<br />

• Clean environment—∴ no brushed servo<br />

motors<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Variable storage, conditional branching <strong>and</strong><br />

math capabilities<br />

• Linear interpolation between the head axes<br />

(axes #1 <strong>and</strong> #2)<br />

• Change velocity on-the-fly<br />

• Programmable inputs<br />

Application Solution:<br />

The drive for the disc requires continuous<br />

operation at high speed, <strong>and</strong> a brushless solution<br />

is desirable to help maintain clean conditions. The<br />

natural choice is a brushless servo system. The<br />

speed of this axis depends on head position <strong>and</strong><br />

will need to increase as the heads scan from the<br />

outside to the center. To successfully solve this<br />

application, the multi-axis indexer requires variable<br />

storage, the ability to perform math functions, <strong>and</strong><br />

the flexibility to change velocity on-the-fly.<br />

The sense <strong>and</strong> burnishing heads traverse at low<br />

speed <strong>and</strong> can be driven by stepper motors.<br />

<strong>Step</strong>per motors—since the sense <strong>and</strong> burnishing<br />

heads need to start <strong>and</strong> step at the same time,<br />

linear interpolation is required.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Controller Drive #1 Drive #2 Drive #3<br />

Model 4000* S Drive S Drive Z Drive<br />

<strong>Motor</strong> #1 <strong>Motor</strong> #2 <strong>Motor</strong> #3<br />

S83-93 S83-93 Z60<br />

* The AT6400 PC-based indexer has also been<br />

used in these types of applications.<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Axis 1<br />

Sensing Head<br />

Axis 2<br />

Burnishing Head<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Disc<br />

Axis 3<br />

Disc Drive <strong>Motor</strong><br />

Drive<br />

Multi Axis <br />

Controller (4000)<br />

Drive<br />

Drive<br />

A89


Application Examples<br />

18. Monofilament Winder<br />

Application Type: Winding<br />

Motion: Rotary<br />

Application Description: Monofilament nylon is<br />

produced by an extrusion process that results in<br />

an output of filament at a constant rate. The<br />

product is wound onto a bobbin that rotates at a<br />

maximum speed of 2000 rpm. The tension in the<br />

filament must be held between 0.2 lbs. <strong>and</strong> 0.6 lbs<br />

to ensure that it is not stretched. The winding<br />

diameter varies between 2" <strong>and</strong> 4".<br />

The filament is laid onto the bobbin by a ballscrewdriven<br />

arm, which oscillates back <strong>and</strong> forth at<br />

constant speed. The arm must reverse rapidly at<br />

the end of the move. The required ballscrew speed<br />

is 60 rpm.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Controlled tension on monofilament<br />

• Simple operator interface<br />

• High throughput<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• 2 axes of coordinated motion<br />

• Linear interpolation<br />

• Constant torque from motor<br />

Application Solution:<br />

The prime requirement of the bobbin drive is to<br />

provide a controlled tension, which means<br />

operating in Torque mode rather than Velocity<br />

mode. If the motor produces a constant torque,<br />

the tension in the filament will be inversely<br />

proportional to the winding diameter. Since the<br />

winding diameter varies by 2:1, the tension will fall<br />

by 50% from start to finish. A 3:1 variation in<br />

tension is adequate, so constant-torque operation<br />

is acceptable. (To maintain constant tension,<br />

torque must be increased in proportion to winding<br />

diameter.)<br />

This requirement leads to the use of a servo<br />

operating in torque mode (the need for constantspeed<br />

operation at 2000 rpm also makes a<br />

stepper unsuitable). In practice, a servo in Velocity<br />

mode might be recommended, but with an<br />

overriding torque limit, the programmed velocity<br />

would be a little more than 2000 rpm. In this way,<br />

the servo will normally operate as a constanttorque<br />

drive. However, if the filament breaks, the<br />

velocity would be limited to the programmed<br />

value.<br />

The traversing arm can be adequately driven by a<br />

smaller servo.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Indexer Drive <strong>Motor</strong><br />

6250* BL30 ML2340<br />

* The AT6450 PC-based servo controller <strong>and</strong> the<br />

APEX20/APEX40 servo controllers have also<br />

been used in this type of application.<br />

Bobbin<br />

Torque<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Drive<br />

<strong>Servo</strong><br />

Drive<br />

Controller<br />

A90


Application Examples<br />

19. Capacitor Winder<br />

Application Type: Winding<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Application Description: The customer winds<br />

aluminum electrolytic capacitors. Six reels, two<br />

with foil (anode <strong>and</strong> cathode) <strong>and</strong> four with paper,<br />

are all wound together to form the capacitor. After<br />

winding the material a designated number of turns,<br />

the process is stopped <strong>and</strong> anode <strong>and</strong> cathode<br />

tabs are placed on the paper <strong>and</strong> foil. The tabs<br />

must be placed so that when the capacitor is<br />

wound, the tabs end up 90° (±0.1°) from each<br />

other. This process is repeated until the required<br />

number of tabs are placed <strong>and</strong> the capacitor<br />

reaches its appropriate diameter.<br />

The previous system used a PLC, conventional DC<br />

drives, <strong>and</strong> counters to initiate all machine<br />

functions. DIP switches were used to change <strong>and</strong><br />

select capacitor lengths. Lengthy set-up <strong>and</strong><br />

calibration procedures were required for proper<br />

operation. In addition, material breakage was<br />

common, resulting in extensive downtime. An<br />

operator had to monitor the machine at all times to<br />

constantly adjust the distances for accurate tab<br />

placement.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Constantly monitor the linear feed length of the<br />

paper <strong>and</strong> foil <strong>and</strong> calculate the constantly<br />

changing capacitor circumference as a function<br />

of that length<br />

• A complete motion control package is required<br />

to eliminate the need for a PLC <strong>and</strong> separate<br />

motion cards<br />

• Reduce time <strong>and</strong> complexity of set-up (too much<br />

wiring in previous system)<br />

• Reduce machine downtime caused by material<br />

breakage<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Following<br />

• Two axes of coordinated motion<br />

• Math capability<br />

• AT-based control card<br />

Application Solution:<br />

Precise motion control of the material feed axes<br />

dem<strong>and</strong>s closed-loop servo comm<strong>and</strong>s. Actuation<br />

of external cylinders <strong>and</strong> solenoids requires both<br />

analog <strong>and</strong> digital I/O. A flexible operator interface<br />

is needed for diagnostics <strong>and</strong> other alterations of<br />

machine function. Motion, I/O, <strong>and</strong> an operator<br />

interface should be provided with a machine<br />

controller.<br />

The first motorized axis (m<strong>and</strong>ril) pulls all six<br />

materials together <strong>and</strong> feeds an appropriate<br />

distance. An encoder is placed on this motor as<br />

well as on the materials as they are fed into the<br />

m<strong>and</strong>ril. The controller constantly compares the<br />

two encoders to get an exact measurement of<br />

linear distance, <strong>and</strong> compensates for material<br />

stretching.<br />

When the linear distance is achieved, the first<br />

motor comes to an abrupt stop while a second<br />

axis places a tab. The controller then initiates a<br />

cold weld (pressure weld) of the tab onto the<br />

paper <strong>and</strong> foil.<br />

To avoid material breakage, constant tension is<br />

applied to each of the six reels via air cylinders.<br />

Sensors are installed on all axes so that if a break<br />

occurs, the controller can stop the process.<br />

A computer makes this process easy to use <strong>and</strong><br />

set up. PC/AT-based support software allows the<br />

user to build his controller comm<strong>and</strong> program.<br />

The operator sets the diameter of the appropriate<br />

capacitor, the operating speed <strong>and</strong> the number of<br />

capacitors (all via the keyboard). After this<br />

process, the machine runs until a malfunction<br />

occurs or it has completed the job.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Controller Drive <strong>Motor</strong> Accessories<br />

AT6250* BL30 ML2340 -E Encoder<br />

* The 6250 st<strong>and</strong>alone 2-axis servo controller <strong>and</strong><br />

APEX20/APEX40 servo drives have also been<br />

used in these types of applications.<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Drive<br />

Encoder<br />

Input<br />

Drive<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Output<br />

Tab Feeder<br />

Axis <strong>Motor</strong><br />

Anode<br />

Tab<br />

Reel<br />

Cathode<br />

Tab<br />

Reel<br />

Anode<br />

Foil Reel<br />

Spindel<br />

Axis <strong>Motor</strong><br />

<strong>and</strong> Encoder<br />

Paper<br />

Reel<br />

Paper<br />

Reel<br />

Opto I/O Rack<br />

Capacitor<br />

Wound Onto<br />

Spindle<br />

Encoder<br />

Paper<br />

Reel<br />

I/O to Limits,<br />

Cylinders <strong>and</strong><br />

Solenoids<br />

Computer<br />

(Indexer installed in a PC)<br />

Paper<br />

Reel<br />

Cathode<br />

Foil Reel<br />

A91


Application Examples<br />

20. Labelling Machine<br />

Application Type: Following<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Application Description: Bottles on a conveyor<br />

run through a labelling mechanism that applies a<br />

label to the bottle. The spacing of the bottles on<br />

the conveyor is not regulated <strong>and</strong> the conveyor<br />

can slow down, speed up, or stop at any time.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Accurately apply labels to bottles in motion<br />

• Allow for variable conveyor speed<br />

• Allow for inconsistent distance between bottles<br />

• Pull label web through dispenser<br />

• Smooth, consistent labelling at all speeds<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Synchronization to conveyor axis<br />

• Electronic gearbox function<br />

• Registration control<br />

• High torque to overcome high friction<br />

• High resolution<br />

• Open-loop stepper if possible<br />

Velocity<br />

Primary Axis<br />

Application Solution:<br />

A motion controller that can accept input from an<br />

encoder mounted to the conveyor <strong>and</strong> reference<br />

all of the speeds <strong>and</strong> distances of the label roll to<br />

the encoder is required for this application. A<br />

servo system is also required to provide the<br />

torque <strong>and</strong> speed to overcome the friction of the<br />

dispensing head <strong>and</strong> the inertia of the large roll of<br />

labels. A photosensor connected to a<br />

programmable input on the controller monitors the<br />

bottles’ positions on the conveyor. The controller<br />

comm<strong>and</strong>s the label motor to accelerate to line<br />

speed by the time the first edge of the label<br />

contacts the bottle. The label motor moves at line<br />

speed until the complete label is applied, <strong>and</strong> then<br />

decelerates to a stop <strong>and</strong> waits for the next bottle.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Controller<br />

APEX6152*<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

APEX604<br />

* The ZXF single-axis servo controller has also<br />

been used in these types of applications.<br />

Secondary Axis<br />

Registration Input<br />

Time<br />

Start Photocell<br />

<strong>Servo</strong><br />

Encoder<br />

Drive/Controller<br />

A92


Application Examples<br />

21. Window Blind Gluing<br />

Application Type: Following<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Application Description: A window blind<br />

manufacturer uses an adhesive to form a seam<br />

along the edge of the material. It is critical that the<br />

glue be applied evenly to avoid flaws; however, the<br />

speed that the material passes beneath the<br />

dispensing head is not constant. The glue needs<br />

to be dispensed at a rate proportional to the<br />

varying speed of the material.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Allow for varying material speed<br />

• Dispense glue evenly<br />

• Allow for multiple blind lengths<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Synchronization to material speed<br />

• Velocity following capabilities<br />

• Sequence storage<br />

Application Solution:<br />

A step <strong>and</strong> direction indexer/follower <strong>and</strong> a<br />

microstepping motor/drive are used to power a<br />

displacement pump. The indexer/follower is<br />

programmed to run the motor/drive at a velocity<br />

proportional to the primary velocity of the material,<br />

based on input from a rotary incremental encoder.<br />

This assures a constant amount of glue along the<br />

length of the material.<br />

When the start button is depressed, the glue will<br />

begin dispensing <strong>and</strong> can be discontinued with the<br />

stop button. If a new speed ratio is desired, FOR<br />

can be changed with either the front panel<br />

pushbutton, thumbwheels, or with the RS-232C<br />

serial link.<br />

Program<br />

Two following comm<strong>and</strong>s are used.<br />

FOR<br />

FOL<br />

Sets the ratio between the secondary<br />

motor resolution <strong>and</strong> the primary<br />

encoder resolution<br />

Sets the ratio of the speed between<br />

the primary <strong>and</strong> secondary motor<br />

One input will be configured to start motion, a<br />

second input will be used to stop motion. The<br />

motor has 10000 steps/revolution. The encoder<br />

that is placed on the motor pulling the material<br />

has 4000 pulses/revolution. It is desired to have<br />

the motor dispensing the glue turning twice as<br />

fast as the encoder sensing the material.<br />

FOR2.5<br />

FOL2ØØ<br />

Set the motor to encoder ratio<br />

The following speed ratio is 200% or<br />

twice as fast<br />

A1Ø Set acceleration to 10 rps 2<br />

AD1Ø Set deceleration to 10 rps 2<br />

MC<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

The controller is placed in Continuous<br />

mode<br />

Drive/Controller<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

SXF Drive/Controller* S57-102<br />

* The Model 500 single-axis controller <strong>and</strong> the<br />

S Drive have also been used in these types of<br />

applications.<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Encoder<br />

Drive/Controller<br />

A93


Application Examples<br />

22. Moving Positioning System<br />

Application Type: Following<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Application Description: In a packaging<br />

application, a single conveyor of boxes rides<br />

between 2 conveyors of product. The product<br />

must be accurately placed in the boxes from<br />

alternate product conveyors without stopping the<br />

center conveyor of boxes. The line speed of the<br />

boxes may vary. When the product is ready, the<br />

controller must decide which box the product can<br />

be placed into <strong>and</strong> then move the product into<br />

alignment with the moving box. The product must<br />

be moving along side of the box in time for the<br />

product to be pushed into the box.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Reliable product packaging on the fly<br />

• St<strong>and</strong>alone operation<br />

• Multiple product infeeds<br />

• Continuous operation without stopping the box<br />

conveyor<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Programmable I/O<br />

• Sequence storage<br />

• Complex following capabilities<br />

• Moving positioning system functionality<br />

• Multitasking<br />

Application Solution:<br />

A st<strong>and</strong>alone multiple-axis controller provides the<br />

control for this application. The controller can<br />

perform motion profiling based on an external<br />

encoder that is mounted on the center conveyor of<br />

boxes. The two product conveyors are driven by<br />

servo motors for high speeds <strong>and</strong> accelerations.<br />

The controller looks for a product ready signal<br />

from a sensor mounted on the product infeed<br />

conveyor <strong>and</strong> then makes a move based on the<br />

status of the boxes on the box conveyor <strong>and</strong> the<br />

status of the product on the other product<br />

conveyor. The controller is multitasking the control<br />

of the two product conveyors <strong>and</strong> the external<br />

encoder input, as well as a sensor input to monitor<br />

the status of the boxes. Thus the controller can<br />

instantaneously decide into which box the product<br />

should be placed <strong>and</strong> where that box is located.<br />

The controller then accelerates the product into<br />

alignment with the appropriate box in time for the<br />

product to be completely placed in the box, <strong>and</strong><br />

continues to monitor the other rest of the product<br />

<strong>and</strong> box positions.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Controller Drive <strong>Motor</strong> Encoder<br />

Model 500 L Drive L20 -E Encoder<br />

Product<br />

Product<br />

Infeed<br />

Box<br />

Conveyor<br />

Product<br />

Product<br />

Infeed<br />

Product<br />

Synchronization<br />

Product<br />

Synchronization<br />

Controller Drive<br />

Drive Drive Drive<br />

A94


Application Examples<br />

23. Plastic Injection Molding<br />

Application Type: Injection Molding<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Application Description: A manufacturer of<br />

injection molding machines wants a system that<br />

will close a molding chamber, apply pressure to<br />

the molding chamber for 5 seconds <strong>and</strong> then open<br />

the mold. This action needs to be synchronized<br />

with other machine events. When the molding<br />

chamber is open the motor must be ‘parked’ at a<br />

designated position to allow clearance to remove<br />

the molded part. The manufacturer would like an<br />

electronic solution (this is the only hydraulic axis on<br />

the current machine).<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• Electronic solution<br />

• Computer-controlled solution<br />

• 4000N (900lbs.) force<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Position <strong>and</strong> torque control<br />

• Serial link to computer <strong>and</strong> other drives<br />

• Ability to change pressure <strong>and</strong> dwell<br />

Application Solution: A BLHX75BP brushless<br />

servo drive with an ML345OB-25 motor <strong>and</strong> an<br />

ETS8O-BO4LA Electro-Thrust Electric Cylinder<br />

were used. The motor drives the rod inside the<br />

cylinder <strong>and</strong> extends/retracts the top molding<br />

chamber. During this portion of the machine cycle,<br />

the servo drive must control the position of the<br />

motor. When the top molding chamber closes on<br />

the bottom molding chamber, a pressure must be<br />

applied. While pressure is being applied to the<br />

mold the position of the motor is not important.<br />

However, the motor must control the pressure on<br />

the molding chamber by applying a torque from<br />

the motor. A regular positioning servo can only<br />

apply torque by generating a position error—trying<br />

to control torque through position is not very<br />

accurate <strong>and</strong> can create instabilities. The BLHX<br />

servo was chosen because it can switch between<br />

position control <strong>and</strong> torque control on-the-fly<br />

without instability or saturation <strong>and</strong> then, while in<br />

torque control mode, directly controls motor<br />

torque.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

A Engineering Reference<br />

Controller/Drive <strong>Motor</strong> Actuator<br />

BLHX75BN ML3450B-10 -ET580-BO4LA<br />

ML3450B-25<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

Electric<br />

Cylinder<br />

Drive<br />

Top Mold<br />

Chamber<br />

Bottom Mold<br />

Chamber<br />

"HOME" Position<br />

"PARK" Position<br />

"CLOSE" Position<br />

A95


Application Examples<br />

24. Rotating Tube Cutter<br />

Application Type: Flying Cutoff<br />

Motion: Linear<br />

Application Description: Metal tubing feeds off<br />

of a spool <strong>and</strong> needs to be cut into predetermined<br />

lengths. A rotating blade mechanism is used to cut<br />

the tube, <strong>and</strong> the blade mechanism must spin<br />

around the tube many times in order to complete<br />

the cut. The throughput of this machine must be<br />

maximized, so the tubing cannot be stopped while<br />

this cut is being made. Therefore, to make a clean<br />

cut on the tube, the blade must move along with<br />

the tube while the cut is being performed.<br />

Machine Requirements:<br />

• St<strong>and</strong>alone operation<br />

• Move cutting mechanism with the tubing to<br />

make the cut without stopping<br />

• Simple user interface to set different tube<br />

lengths<br />

• High accuracy on cut<br />

Motion Control Requirements:<br />

• Programmable I/O<br />

• Program storage<br />

• Position following<br />

• High acceleration <strong>and</strong> speed<br />

Coil of Tube<br />

Application Solution:<br />

A single-axis servo controller/drive was chosen to<br />

solve this application. An external encoder<br />

monitors the tube output <strong>and</strong> sends this<br />

information back to the servo system. The servo<br />

system tracks the length of the tube that is being<br />

fed past the cutting blade. Once the appropriate<br />

amount of material has been fed past the blade,<br />

the servo accelerates the cutting device up to the<br />

speed of the tube, sends an output to start the<br />

cutter, <strong>and</strong> then follows the tube speed exactly.<br />

Product Solutions:<br />

Drive/Controller<br />

APEX6152<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

APEX610<br />

Encoder<br />

Cutting<br />

Mechanism<br />

<strong>Motor</strong><br />

RP240<br />

Leadscrew<br />

Table<br />

Controller/Drive<br />

A96

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!